Speech Mark Catalogue

Education, Health & Social Care 2011 Catalogue
Education, Health
& Social Care
2011 Catalogue
Early Years
Speech & Language
Special Needs
ColorCards®
Social & Emotional Skills
Emotional & Mental Health
Elderly Care
Contents
Ordering is easy… How to Pay
Simply complete all sections of the order form below, PLEASE INDICATE
PLEASE INVOICE ME PURCHASE ORDER
Dear Colleague, indicate your method of payment and send by: NUMBER IN BOX PROVIDED
What’s New 1 CHEQUE (MADE PAYABLE TO SPEECHMARK LTD)
ColorCards® 3 We are proud to present to you our biggest ever catalogue featuring
CHARGE TO MY DEBIT/CREDIT CARD
inspirational, practical and easy to use resources that are essential for
ColorCards 3 anyone working in health, education and social care. As Publishers and
Verbs 10 Originators, we pride ourselves on the highest production values, ensuring
Sequencing 11 that our resources will stand the test of time and are a real investment. CARD NUMBER
Observation 14 On pages 2 and 3 you will find a snapshot of the fantastic resources that
Sequencing 12 are new for 2011 – covering Speech & Language, Special Needs, Early
ColorLibrary 16 Years, Emotional and Mental Health and Elderly Provision. START DATE EXPIRY DATE
Skills for Daily Living 18
Activities 19 Highlights include:
ISSUE NO. 3-DIGIT CODE ON REVERSE OF CARD
• Three new sets of Colorcards, including Life Events Colorcards on
Speech & Language 20 Page 4, a range of 36 cards, offering an opportunity to consider NAME OF CARDHOLDER AND REGISTERED ADDRESS
how key events might affect individuals, family, friends or groups.
Narrative 20 • The Strands of Speech & Language Therapy, written by a team of
Speaking & Listening 23 speech and language therapists from the Wolfson
Language and communication 28 Neurorehabilitation Centre, ideal for practitioners working with
Speech and language disorders 32 patients who have acquired communication disorders – see page 29.
Dysfluency 35
Voice Disorders 36 • Not Just Talking, an innovative approach to dealing with children
Aphasia 37 who have learned to talk but are still unable to communicate FREE DELIVERY ON ALL UK ORDERS OVER £100
AAC & hearing 41 effectively, featured on page 31.
Feeding and Swallowing 42
• Four new additions to the Talkabout series, including two
Talkabout 44
Talkabout for Children resources, full of activities and games for Title Product Code QTY Price VAT Total
developing self awareness, self esteem and social skills – see page 44.
Special Needs 48 • Featured on page 69 are two new sets of Blob Cards, designed to
Autism Spectrum Disorder 48 facilitate awareness of and how to overcome the causes of anger,
Teaching Children with Special Needs 51 and how to understand one another from looking at the whole
Learning Disabilities 52 range of human behaviour.
Dyspraxia 53 • New resources aimed at using environmental and social psychology to
stimulate function in individuals suffering from dementia and using
Early Years 54 computers as part of activity programmes for people in dementia care
– see Dementia Care – The Adaptive Response on page 135 and
Early Skills 54 We Can Do I.T. Too on page 134.
Language Cards 59
• Two new books designed to help anyone working in residential homes,
Storycards 60
day centres or clubs for the elderly, compile life histories and develop
Feelings and Emotions 62
reminiscence activities – look out for Writing Life Histories and
The Activity & Reminiscence Yearbook on page 137.
Social & Emotional Skills 63
At the back of the catalogue are two pages showing our new subject sets,
Feelings and Emotions 64 expertly selected to provide you with a range of complementary
Self Esteem 78 resources across a number of topics and offered at a value set price.
Emotional Literacy 80 Delivery charge
You will also find details of all of these and our latest resources on our
Teenage Life 86 brand new website – www.speechmark.net . If you need more information
Social Skills
Life Skills
88
90
on anything please do not hesitate to call our experienced customer Delivery Address TOTAL £
service team who will be delighted to discuss and advise you on any
Transition 91 aspect of your enquiry. YOUR NAME
Thinking and Choices 92
We look forward to hearing from you!
JOB TITLE
Emotional & Mental Health 105 Best wishes.
ESTABLISHMENT
Helping Children with Feelings 105
Arts Therapy 111
ADDRESS
Group Activities 113
Anger Management 115
Behaviour Management 118 POSTCODE
Personal Development 126
Anxiety and Stress 127 Liz Lane Find us on Facebook TEL FAX
Mental Health 130
Head Injury 132 Managing Director Follow us on Twitter EMAIL
Dementia Care 134 @_Speechmark
Speechmark Publishing Ltd
Invoice Address (If Different)
Elderly Care 136
NAME
Pocket Colorcards for Adults 136
Reminisence 137 ESTABLISHMENT
Activities 143
ADDRESS
Speechmark Sets 149 POSTCODE
Index & Order Form 151

Cat_2011 1-19 trade_Layout 1 03/12/2010 14:15 Page 1
What’s New
Life Times ColorCards: Eco Issues Colorcards How Are They Feeling?
Life Events 36 cards and worksheets Colorcards
36 cards depicting events designed to encourage A superb set of 30 A4 cards
and experiences thinking and to examine and
that shape debate. understand
our lives. hopes and
fears.
PAGE 4 PAGE 5 PAGE 5
The Strands Social Not Just

of Speech & Communication Talking!
Language Difficulties A concrete
Therapy Resource Pack alternative
Devising tailor- Facilitates approach to
made speech and identification, tackling the
language therapy assessment and fundamentals
interventions. intervention from which
strategies. communication
difficulties arise.
The Brain Game Language for Talkabout Board Game

An innovative and fun way to learn Living A fun way to develop five key skill
vocabulary. Communication areas.
activities for
young adults
with learning
difficulties.
Talkabout Here's One I Play

for Children Made Earlier Better
Activities and Ideas for Games
games for enlivening and Games
developing extending SLT and
self awareness, sessions. effective
self esteem strategies to
and social ensure ASD
skills. children make
the most of
play.
Spot What's Wrong Anger and Assemblies

Language Cards Behaviour Across Faiths
A great tool to Blob Cards 40 ready-to-use
encourage Two sets of assemblies
development cards to covering
of visual initiate Buddhism,
discrimination, perception of Christianity,
receptive and behaviour and Hinduism, Islam,
expressive outcomes. Judaism and
language skills. Sikhism.
1
What’s New
Discuss This! Rainbow Game What's the Score

Amazingly versatile game A fun way Helping young offenders make
to facilitate discussion, to raise sensible choices.
develop ideas on any topic. self-
esteem
and build
social skills.
The Knowledge Game How Do I? Date The Really Useful ASD

7 games exploring health Provides opportunities for discussion Transition Pack
issues and reflection in this sometimes Enables development of a
affecting difficult area. detailed map
all young of potential
people. in-school
provision for
children on
the autism
spectrum.
Anger How To Stop CRISP

Management: Bullying A computer
A Practical 101 strategies based speech
Resource that really work. rehabilitation
Practical tool.
and
meaningful
programmes
accessible to all
children.
Living with We Can IT Too Dementia Care

an Acquired Using computers The Adaptive
Brain Injury as part of activity Response
A practical life programmes for Key strategies to
skills workbook - people with work effectively
includes CD of dementia. in the dementia
comprehensive care
downloadable environment.
activities.
Writing Life Activity & Sing Along CD

Histories Reminiscence CD version of the popular Sing
An invaluable Yearbook Along piano music tape.
guide, packed Hundreds of
with ideas and activity and
suggestions. reminiscence
ideas organised
in 52 weekly
sessions.
2
ColorCards®
social & emotional skills
Inspiring, professional materials

designed to help develop both
language and social skills for
students of all ages
The Speechmark ColorCards© are uniquely created by
speech & language therapists and teachers, and are “The world’s best resource for
designed to: developing speaking and
• Improve attention, language and observation skills, listening in the primary
including listening, understanding, vocabulary, classroom”
writing skills, expressive language, auditory memory, Clare Matheison
sequencing, turn taking, classification, logical Primary School Teacher
thought and problem solving.
• Encourage and inspire visual and kinaesthetic
learners.
• Develop emotional literacy.
• Create a five minute warmer or filler, or use them as
the main part of your lesson.
• Ensure you have fun with enjoyable and stimulating
photo card resources for any occasion.
The images of real objects, people, situations and
activities are chosen and photographed with great care
to maximise the educational benefit for students of all
ages and abilities, from early years through mainstream
education and special education, to adult learning, such
as ESOL.
Featuring models of a variety of ages and from
different cultures, each set is produced to a very high
standard with wipe-clean laminated surfaces and
rounded corners.
Cultures, Beliefs & Customs

36 cards 148 x 210mm (A5),
36 beautiful photographic cards to stimulate
CD Rom + instruction
discussion on our multicultural society
booklet, boxed
This beautiful collection of cards explores the
rich diversity of traditions, behaviours and ISBN: 978 0 86388 804 5
values arising from the differing cultures, ORDER CODE
customs and beliefs that share our world. AO2-001-5691
In the multicultural society we live in these cards
are invaluable to instil an intellectual and
emotional appreciation of differing cultures which
facilitates effective understanding and
communication. A deeper awareness will help to
foster respect, tolerance and perception of how and
why behaviour and responses are influenced. free
CD Rom
The cards are based around the following themes:
• Symbolism • Love
• Values • Honour
• Authority • Beauty
• Order • Spirit
• Ceremonies • Festivals
An invaluable reference for anyone concerned to
raise and maintain awareness about the rich
diversity of our varying cultural heritages.
Includes ideas to stimulate thought and debate
and a FREE CD with useful worksheets.
Ages 5+
3
ColorCards®
Teen Issues
36 cards, 210 x 148mm (A5),
36 beautiful photographic cards to stimulate
discussion on our multicultural society
booklet, boxed
This beautiful collection of cards explores the
rich diversity of traditions, behaviours and ISBN: 978 0 86388 781 9
values arising from the differing cultures, ORDER CODE
customs and beliefs that share our world. AO2-001-5646
In the multicultural society we live in these
cards are invaluable to instil an intellectual
and emotional appreciation of differing
cultures which facilitates effective
understanding and communication. A
deeper awareness will help to foster respect,
tolerance and perception of how and why
behaviour and responses are influenced.
The cards are based around the following
themes:
• Symbolism
• Values
• Authority
• Order
free
CD Rom
• Ceremonies
• Love
• Honour
• Beauty
• Spirit
• Festivals
An invaluable reference for anyone concerned
to raise and maintain awareness about the rich
diversity of our varying cultural heritages.
Includes ideas to stimulate thought and
debate and a FREE CD with useful
worksheets.
Ages 11-18
Life Times ColorCards: Life Events

36 cards, 148 x 210mm (A5)
Events and experiences that shape our lives
+ instruction booklet, boxed
A collection of 36 cards representing a range of
key moments in life, offering an opportunity to ISBN: 978 0 86388 879 3
consider, reflect and discuss how this might affect ORDER CODE
the individual, family, friends or group. AO2-001-5758
Subjects include:
• Birth of a sibling
• First day at school
• Running away from home
• Moving house
• Becoming a parent
• Acquiring a pet
• Car crash
• Serious illness or disability
• Death of a relative or friend
• Time with family or friends
• Holidays
• Walks
• First day at work
• Passing an examination
• An act of bravery
The cards are suitable for use in a whole range
of environments and will encourage participants to
recall and discuss their own personal experiences.
Also included is a booklet containing ideas for use
and discussion points.
Ages 5+
Available
Summer 2011
4
ColorCards®
Eco Issues ColorCards®

36 cards, 210 x 148mm (A5)
36 cards and worksheets designed to encourage
+ instruction booklet.
thinking and debate
A collection of images that portray the best and FREE CD Rom with
worst aspects of human activity and its effect on worksheets
the environment. This interesting and topical ISBN: 978 0 86388 817 5
subject makes the cards ideal to use as a start
point for discussion, exploration and ORDER CODE
understanding of the impact our actions have AO2-001-5732
on the world.
Topics include:
Use this set to focus on: Available
• Global warming Spring 2011
• Deforestation
• Toxic waste
• Self-sufficiency
• Recycling
• Flooding
• Poverty
• Energy
• Transport
The accompanying booklet provides start points
for discussion. Includes a CD Rom with
worksheets for each Colorcard providing the
option to print as required.
Printed on environmentally friendly,
sustainable material.
All Ages
How Are They Feeling? ColorCards®

30 cards, 297 x 210mm (A4)
30 superb cards to examine and understand
hopes and fears CD Rom + instruction
booklet, boxed
These cards present a range of scenarios and
activities that occur frequently or rarely in ISBN: 978 0 86388 884 7
everyday life, but which may have a huge
ORDER CODE
influence or impact. Using relevant cards from
AO2-001-5751
the set provides opportunities to discuss what
it may or may not portray and provide an ideal
start-point for conversation or story telling with
individuals or groups. Available
Scenarios, experiences and activities Summer 2011
depicted include:
• Parents rowing in front of daughter

• Visit to the dentist
• Feeding a pet
• Attending a night club/concert/festival
• Starting a race
• Moving house
• Cyber bullying
• Having no money
The accompanying booklet provides
guidance for using the cards effectively and
the CD includes worksheets for each card.
Ages 5+
5
ColorCards®
Decisions £44.99 +VAT

30
30 cards,
cards, 297
297 x
x 210mm
210mm
30 cards to encourage rational
(A4), CD
(A4), CD Rom
Rom +
+ instruction
instruction
decision making
booklet, boxed
booklet, boxed
Inspire decision making with this
set of 30 photographic ISBN:
ISBN: 978
978 0
0 86388
86388 764
764 2
2
cards that feature unexpected or ORDER CODE
ORDER CODE
unwelcome situations. AO2-001-5489
AO2-001-5489
Each one presents a problem.
These vary from minor difficulties
upsetting daily routine such as • Realise that some problems are
missing a bus, to major practical and that some include
predicaments with elements of an element of social behaviour
danger such as finding a pan on
• Know when there is danger or
fire in the kitchen.
potential danger
Some situations will be familiar and • Understand that sometimes you
some will present new challenges. should ask for help, sometimes
Thinking through these difficulties take the initiative and walk
will help children: away
• Make responsible choices • Find a balance between acting
• Develop independent thought quickly and considering all
• Keep safe aspects of a situation
• Understand the differences • Recognise that there will be
between minor difficulties and consequences of intervening
emergencies and think about what might
happen next.
The set is designed to encourage
children to think logically, to use
reasoning skills and to make
prompt and rational decisions. This
free
CD Rom
resource includes a FREE CD Rom
to enable teachers to print off each
card as required for individual
pupils.
Ages 5+
Story Starters
30 cards 297 x 210mm
30 cards to stimulate narrative
(A4), CD Rom + instruction
Boost creative writing sessions with these booklet, boxed
wonderful cards that provide an image for the
ISBN: 978 0 86388 765 9
opening of a narrative and can be expressed
as storytelling, drama, poetry or prose. The ORDER CODE
cards are grouped into genres including: AO2-001-5536
• Fantasy
• Real-life adventure
• Travel
• Mystery.
Suggestions are related to each genre. Some
images relate to more than one category, and,
of course, cards can be employed in
any way users wish.
This resource includes
a FREE CD Rom to enable teachers to print
off each card as required for individual pupils.
30 large format photocards free
CD Rom
Ages 5+
6
ColorCards®
Feelings
48 cards, 297 x 210mm
Help children to explore their own and other
(A4) + instruction booklet,
people’s feelings and emotions
boxed
This creative set of photographic cards
illustrates a huge range of feelings in children ISBN: 978 0 86388 694 2
and adults – from happiness to sadness, anger ORDER CODE
to fear and so many more. AO2-001-5469
Some cards feature just one person; others
show two or more people and how they
interact. On some cards the emotions are
positive, on others they are negative, and
sometimes the cards feature both types of
emotion.
Children will learn to recognise and
understand the significance of different facial
expressions and body language. They will also
be able to relate to many of the situations on
the cards, which will encourage real
understanding.
Use this set to focus on:
• The vocabulary of feelings
and emotions
• Managing individual emotions
• How feelings may change in
different situations
• How other people also have
feelings and needs
• Non-verbal language
• Caring attitudes
• Feeling comfortable at home,
at school and in social situations
• Good ways to listen,
speak and behave.
A valuable addition to resources for SEAL.
The large format makes these cards ideal
for groups and Circle Time.
Ages 5+
What Are They Thinking?

30 cards, 297 x 210mm
Inspiring and creative resource for developing
empathy, understanding feelings and
booklet, boxed
recognising emotions
Designed to stimulate animated discussion, ISBN: 978 0 86388 695 9
these imaginative photocards provide ORDER CODE
an innovative way of initiating AO2-001-5470
conversation with individuals and
groups. Also useful for creative writing
with all ages.
free
CD Rom
The user imagines what the people are
thinking and how they may feel in a similar
situation, then fills in the thought bubble
either verbally or in writing. This provides an
opportunity to:
• Focus on thinking
• Explore the relationship
between thoughts and feelings
• Recognise that behaviour can
affect others
• Look at the influences on thoughts
and feelings, of factors such as
surprise, stress, anger and excitement.
Includes a CD Rom with all the images
to print out as individual worksheets.
A valuable resource for SEAL.
Ages 5+
7
ColorCards®
Visual Metaphors Photocard Toolkit

56 Photocards
Stimulates creative thinking and promotes effective
Facilitators Guide/
communication
Lesson Plans
By Jessica Kane 2CDs – Music/Task Sheets
A superb collection of 56 stunning images used in conjunction Boxed
with a range of tasks specifically designed to stimulate thought ISBN: 978 0 86388 780 2
and build ideas for participants and groups. Each task contains
clear instructions and examples of the task for the ORDER CODE
facilitator/teacher/peer to model effective communication and AO2-003-5670
leadership skills, and challenge participants to ‘look outside the
box’.
The tasks have been designed to build social relationships to help
individuals understand not only their behaviour, but also that of
others around them, in a variety of situations. Visually stimulating
participant sheets are included on the CD Rom. These task sheets
contain scaffolds (key words, phrases, tables, etc) to assist each
participant to achieve the outcome for each task.
This flexible and unique visual literacy programme is designed to:
• Explore behaviour and relationships
• Strengthen values
• Promote effective communication and
leadership skills
• Stimulate creative thinking
• Build ideas
• Promote visual and critical literacy
skills
• Develop critical analysis skills through
‘hands on’ activities
• Develop group skills and encourage
solution focused thinking. “I use this visual package in a
• Develop self-awareness plethora of ways including staff and
A flexible, multi-dimensional resource – including a student leadership and team
facilitator’s guide with comprehensive lesson plans, 56 building, slef reflection, student
photocards, a reflective audio soundtrack and CD National Testing and parent
containing task sheets. workshops.”
Ms Angela Dimmock, Deputy
Can be used across primary and secondary curriculums as
Principal, Labrador School
well as with adults. An ideal resource pack for PSHE
teachers, group leaders and counsellors.
All Ages
Life Times ColorCards: World War II

36 cards, 148 x 210mm (A5)
36 photographic cards depicting life during 1938-1945 when + instruction booklet, boxed
the world was at war and daily experiences were defined by
that event ISBN 978 0 86388 794 9
Here we see people, places and events that shaped everyday ORDER CODE
life and left an enduring legacy to all involved. AO2-001-5680
Subjects include:
• Army, Navy and Air Force
• School Life • Family Life
• Evacuation • Air Raids and shelter
• Political figures • Entertainment
• Home Guard • Land Army
• Digging for Victory • Rationing
• Prisoners of war • Remembrance
• and many others…
Each card has an image relating to an
aspect of life during the Second World War
– Land Girls working with farmers to bring in
a harvest; bombed out houses caused by
flying bombs; evacuated children complete
with labels. The cards are suitable for use in
a whole range of environments and will
encourage participants to recall and discuss
their own personal experiences.
An accompanying booklet contains ideas
for use and discussion points.
Ages 11+
8
ColorCards®
Emotions
48 cards which identify emotions activities, normally where difficulties are
+ booklet, boxed
Beautifully photographed flashcards experienced and feelings are adversely
designed to promote awareness and affected ISBN: 978 0 86388 361 3
trigger discussion about feelings and • Enjoyable situations showing scenes ORDER CODE
emotions. with people involved in pleasurable AO2-001-3026
activities and circumstances where
Various emotions are illustrated in a
they feel content.
range of situations such as:
This set is particularly helpful in
• Individual people showing emotions
developing self-esteem, citizenship, self-
through facial expression and body
expression and an understanding of
language
important body language messages.
• Difficult situations showing scenes
with people involved in familiar Ages 5+
Adjectives
48 cards which develop • Clean and dirty – faces, trousers,
+ booklet, boxed
comprehension and expression of plates, arms and legs
ISBN: 978 0 86388 391 0 adjectives • Open and closed – lunch boxes,
ORDER CODE A set of 48 large format cards which umbrellas, books, jewellery boxes
AO2-001-0765 have two of the same items on each • Wet and dry – girls, hands,
card to illustrate a variety of different paintings, hair.
adjectives. For example: The concepts and vocabulary shown
• Big and little – parcels, hats, balls, relate to common experiences and
sunglasses, teddies have been selected for use with a
• Long and short – hair, socks, wide range of ages, interests and
dresses, ribbons, sleeves and language abilities.
trousers Ages 4+
Odd One Out

Develop observation and • Ice cream, popcorn, sweets –
+ booklet, boxed
perception skills swan
Find the odd one out! A superb set of • Cup, bowl, plate, jug – spoon ISBN: 978 0 86388 284 5
48 cards which show objects on each • Orange, lemon, lime, ORDER CODE
card, all of the same category type grapefruit, tangerine – pear. AO2-001-4378
except one - an odd one out. Level 1 The cards develop observation,
shows four objects, level 2 five objects attention and visual perception
and level 3 six objects. skills.
Examples include: Ages 5+
Prepositions
48 cards designed to develop comprehension • Through – The boy’s toes are poking
+ booklet, boxed
and expression of prepositions through his sock
ISBN: 978 0 86388 389 7 This is a set of 48 cards arranged in eight sets • Between – The small girl is standing
ORDER CODE of six cards. Each set represents a single between the boys.
AO2-001-0763 preposition photographed six times in The concepts and vocabulary shown relate
different contexts. Examples include: to common experiences such as a cat on a
• In – The girl is standing in the bucket lap, whilst other cards introduce humour
with, for example, a bear queuing at a bus
• On – The boy is sleeping on the chair
stop.
• Under – The bowl of fruit is under
the table The prepositions illustrated teach awareness
• Over – The balloons are floating of space, position and movement.
over the girl Ages 4+
Everyday Objects
48 cards 210 x 148mm +
A superb tool to aid the development • Household objects – bowl, booklet, boxed
of language bin, saucepan
A comprehensive pack of 48 cards • Personal items – keys, mobile, ISBN: 978 0 86388 402 3
offering a wealth of teaching watch, camera ORDER CODE
possibilities to introduce, develop or • Furniture and electrical items – AO2-001-4217
reinforce basic language concepts. computer, lamp, table, bed
The cards are arranged in six • Clothes – coat, shoes, sweater, jeans. “A quality tool in
categories each with eight items The items are well known to all ages the development of
including: and abilities, and are a valuable language”
• Food – apple, bread, egg, juice resource for individuals and groups.
MENCAP News
• Toys – cars, drum, bike, ball Ages 3+
9
ColorCards®
verbs
Verb Tenses
for example: 60 large format photocards
20 different verbs to
148mm square
teach future, present and • To wash – she will wash,
past tense wire-o-bound side by side
she washes, she washed in threes + instructions,
Visually describing twenty • To eat – they will eat, boxed
different verbs, including they eat, they ate
ten regular verbs and ten • To play - they will play, ISBN: 978 0 86388 359 0
irregular verbs, as well as an they are playing, they
equal split between verbs in ORDER CODE
have played AO2-001-2247
the singular and plural. • To draw – he will draw,
Each verb has three cards he is drawing, he has
related to it illustrating the drawn.
different verb tenses,
Ages 5+
Sequences: Verb Tenses

48 cards 148 x 148mm +
16 three-step sequences illustrating the • Sweeping the floor
instruction booklet, boxed • Cutting a cake
past, present and future tenses of familiar
ISBN: 978 0 86388 585 3 activities • Brushing hair
Eight verbs have regular, and therefore • Lighting candles.
ORDER CODE
predictable, past tenses. The other eight Individual cards can be
AO2-001-5337
verbs have irregular past tenses. used to focus on one tense, or use the
Ten of the sequences show singular verb whole sequence to contrast past,
forms with one person doing the activity, present and future tenses.
and six show plural verb forms with two These cards are a flexible and fun
3-STEP people involved. Examples include:
• Cleaning football boots
resource for language teaching and
therapy with people of all ages and
backgrounds.
• Packing a suitcase
Ages 5+
Expressive Verbs
A valuable resource for 48 cards 210 x 148mm
48 cards illustrating expressions with
developing verbal and non- + booklet, boxed
intrinsic meanings
verbal expression, creative ISBN: 978 0 86388 525 9
A collection of bold, vibrant and often
thought, complex syntactical
humorous photocards that illustrate actions and ORDER CODE
structures, and an
expressions implying a range of states,
understanding of non-verbal AO2-001-5216
reactions, intentions and emotions, showing how
language and cultural diversity.
expressions and actions are used to
communicate effectively. Ideal for individual and group
work in a variety of settings,
The images portray the use of fingers, hands,
and with a wide range of
face, mouth, eyes, body and feet, and include:
people including those with
• The girl is counting on her fingers pragmatic disorders, those needing to develop
• The boy is waving alternative and augmentative communication
• The girl is sticking out her tongue skills and those needing to improve their
• The boy is crying receptive and expressive language.
• The girl is stamping her foot Ages 4+
Basic Verbs
48 cards in simple settings • The girl is yawning
+ booklet, boxed
With clear images illustrating • The boy is opening the box
the most frequently used and • The girl is walking. ISBN: 978 0 86388 476 4
easily recognisable verbs these The cards show both male and ORDER CODE
photographic cards include: female subjects of different AO2-001-5163
• The boy is brushing the dog ages and ethnic groups.
• The girl is dancing Ages 4+
• The boy is laughing
Familiar Verbs
• The boy is mixing the cake 48 cards 210 x 148mm
Illustrating frequently used and
mixture. + booklet, boxed
recognisable verbs
Using context the verbs illustrated The cards show both male and ISBN: 978 0 86388 519 8
include: female subjects with slightly more
ORDER CODE
adults than the simpler Basic
• The girl is biting a chocolate bar AO2-001-5209
Verbs set, and associated objects
• The boy is blowing bubbles have been added to the images
• The girl is copying a word to give an idea of place.
• The boy is grating some cheese Ages 5+
• The girl is making a paper
flower
10
ColorCards®
sequencing
Basic Sequences
48 cards 148 x 148mm +
48 cards illustrating everyday activities in
instruction booklet, boxed
3-step sequences
Use these three-step sequences to demonstrate ISBN: 978 0 86388 351 4
simple sequentially related actions which will help ORDER CODE
establish basic concepts and encourage an AO2-001-0673
understanding of order and direction.
The set of 16 three-step sequences portray a range
of everyday topics including:
• Making a bed
• Wrapping a present
• Dressing a baby. 3-STEP
Ages 4+
Simple Sequences
48 cards 148 x 148mm +
48 cards of 2-step and 3-step sequences • Doing a
of everyday activities jigsaw puzzle
ISBN: 978 0 86388 475 7 At a simpler level than Basic Sequences, • Playing a
this pack shows a range of familiar daily computer game
ORDER CODE
activities. Includes 12 two-step • Decorating
AO2-001-5162
sequences showing: a cake
• Cleaning teeth • Riding a bike.
•
•
Making jam tarts
Tidying the living room
The activities are easy to
relate to and show frequently
2&3
• Packing a school bag. occurring activities within STEP
the experience of most users.
A further eight slightly more complex
three-step sequences illustrate: Ages 4+
Sequences: 4-Step
48 cards 148 x 148mm +
48 cards of 4-step sequences of familiar activities
Contains 12 lively four-step sequences showing a
range of familiar events both at home and out and ISBN: 978 0 86388 526 6
about, including: ORDER CODE
• Putting a new toy together AO2-001-5220
• Washing the car
• Having breakfast 4-STEP
• Making cakes
• Going to the dentist “The use of the little
gems known as
• Buying an ice cream.
ColorCards® is only
The photographs include people of different ages as limited as the
and ethnic groups. imagination”
Ages 5+ Pippa Wilson, SLT
Cause & Effect

48 cards 148 x 148mm + Subject matter includes:
48 cards illustrating 2-step sequences of
day-to-day events • The boy plays with
ISBN: 978 0 86388 355 2 Designed to help develop logical and the ball indoors … and
critical thinking skills, this set will also help knocks the flowers
ORDER CODE
with verbal reasoning, as well as encourage down
AO2-001-3358
the use and practice of questioning. • The girl leaves the bath
Contains 24 sequenced pairs that illustrate water running… and it overflows
how ‘one thing leads to another’. A specific • The boy eats a lot of chocolate…
situation is presented on the first card, the and feels ill
user then having to predict the possible • The girl builds the bricks into a high
2-STEP outcome that may, or may not, be shown
on the second card. Includes a variety of
tower… and they fall down.
Ages 4+
situations that are immediate or happen
over a period of time; welcome or
unwelcome; positive or negative.
11
ColorCards®
sequencing
Problem Solving
48 cards 148 x 148mm +
Illustrating problems and solutions
Illustrating everyday problems and two possible ways of solving them, this pack
of 48 cards is ideal for use in the classroom or clinic with children and adults of ISBN: 978 0 86388 356 9
all ages. ORDER CODE
There are three cards in each sequence; the first shows the problem and the AO2-001-3852
second shows a possible solution; while the third card introduces an alternative
way of dealing with the problem depicted.
Problems and solutions include:
• Car broken down – try to repair it, asks where to get help
• Woman is unhappy as overweight – tries healthy eating, exercise
• Child is unhappy and bored – woman comforts her,
woman takes her out
• Girl doesn’t like her meal – leaves it, talks to the waiter
• Man cannot sleep – has a hot drink, reads a book
• Woman and girl argue – they sulk, they make up.
The cards are useful for understanding the need to
approach problems logically, realising that problems may
influence later events, learning that some solutions may not
please everyone involved, appreciating that feelings can
influence the choices we make, and general language work.
Ages 5+
Sequencing: 6 & 8-Step for Children

48 cards 148 x 148mm +
48 cards illustrating 2-step period of time; welcome or
sequences of day-to-day events unwelcome; positive or negative.
ISBN: 978 0 86388 558 7 Designed to help develop Subject matter includes:
ORDER CODE logical and critical thinking skills, • The boy plays with
AO2-001-5284 this set will also help with verbal the ball indoors … and
reasoning, as well as encourage knocks the flowers down
the use and practice of
• The girl leaves the bath
questioning.
water running… and it
Contains 24 sequenced pairs overflows
that illustrate how ‘one thing • The boy eats a lot of
leads to another’. A specific chocolate…and feels ill
situation is presented on the
• The girl builds the bricks into
first card, the user then having
a high tower… and they fall
to predict the possible outcome
down.
that may, or may not, be shown
on the second card. Includes a Ages 6+
variety of situations that are 6&8
immediate or happen over a STEP
Sequencing: 6 & 8-Step for Adults

48 cards 148 x 148mm +
48 cards of 6 & 8-step familiar events
6 and 8-step sequences photographed in a variety of indoor
and outdoor locations provide excellent opportunities for ISBN: 978 0 86388 557 0
language work including syntax, grammar, vocabulary and ORDER CODE
time concepts.
AO2-001-5283
Adult models and appropriate activities make this set ideal for
working with adults and adolescents.
The set of four six-step sequences depict:
• The present
• Football Match
• Meal in a restaurant “The variety of content
• Trying to Work. is ColorCards® greatest
Also three more complex eight-step 6&8 strength, making them
sequences portray: STEP suitable for a wide
• Lost keys range of teaching
• Walking accident objectives”
• The purse. Pippa Wilson, SLT
Ages 12+
12
ColorCards®
listening
Listening Skills ColorCards®

The Listening Skills ColorCards® range provides sound and picture matching activities, presented via superb,
high quality laminated picture cards, and a brilliant sound CD.
Ideal for working with groups or individuals, this series will develop sound awareness, attention, concentration,
active listening, auditory discrimination and vocabulary skills.
Outdoor Sounds
40 cards 210 x 148mm +
40 cards and sounds to enhance language development
Arranged in four groups of ten, this set includes forty
commonly heard sounds. New cards and sounds include ISBN: 978 0 86388 521 1
mobile phone, car alarm and skateboarding. ORDER CODE
• Animals & birds – bee, sheep, ducks, AO2-001-5199
horse
• Out & about – traffic, mower, waves,
car alarm
• Having fun – fireworks, tennis, swimming
• Transport – car, train, aeroplane,
helicopter.
Ages 4+
CD
Resource
Indoor Sounds
40 cards 210 x 148mm +
40 cards and sounds to enhance language
development
This Indoor Sounds matching activity includes ISBN: 978 0 86388 520 4
ten sounds each within four groups: ORDER CODE
• Human sounds – whistling, singing, AO2-001-5194
snoring, laughing, yawning
• Everyday sounds – telephone,
knocking, clock, bell, eating an apple
• Activity sounds – computing,
hammering, shaving, breaking eggs
• Leisure sounds – piano, bouncing a
ball, personal stereo, sewing machine.
All 40 sounds are commonly heard and are
accompanied by easily recognised pictures.
Ages 4+
CD
Resource
Sequencing Sounds
40 cards 210 x 148mm +
40 superb cards depicting individual sounds of
14 two-step sequences and four three-step
sequences ISBN: 978 0 86388 522 8
Two-step sequences include: ORDER CODE
•
•
Cleaning teeth
Birthday cake candles
CD
Resource
AO2-001-5204
• Alarm clock.
Three-step sequences include:
• Having breakfast
• Playing percussion instruments
• Having a drink.
Ages 4+
VALUE! BUY ALL 3 LISTENING SKILLS AT A SAVING

ORDER CODE AO2-001-5241
(Please note - set price not available to trade)
13
ColorCards®
observation
What’s Wrong?
48 cards which develop perceptual skills + booklet, boxed
Each image in this collection of 48 photographic cards shows something
wrong, either as it is happening or when it is about to happen. Lively and ISBN: 978 0 86388 617 1
humorous, these images are highly motivating to students of all ages and ORDER CODE
abilities. AO2-001-5382
Images include adults and children in a variety of situations such as with
an upside down television, making sandwiches with photographs and
playing golf with an umbrella.
Use these cards to heighten: Revised
• Attention skills • Observation • Vocabulary building
• Expressive language • Storytelling • Logical thought • Problem solving.
Edition
Ages 4+
What’s Inside?
Develop observation and attention skills
+ booklet, boxed
24 pairs of photographs with one card of each pair show the outside of a
ISBN: 978 0 86388 357 6 storage place or container and the other card reveal the and varied contents.
ORDER CODE For example:
AO2-001-4091 • Toy box contains a doll, soft toy, game, car, building bricks
• Garage contains a car, bicycle, boots, garden tools, lawn mower
• Suitcase contains a jacket, trousers, socks, shoes, tie
• First aid box contains scissors, pills, bandage, cream, dressings.
The cards encourage expression, comprehension, attention, observation,
vocabulary and classification skills.
Ages 4+
What Is It?
A collection of 72 cards to develop observation skills
& 48 cards 105 x 148mm +
Featuring 24 cards showing an expected view of an object, and booklet, boxed
48 smaller cards with two unconventional views of the same item.
For example: ISBN: 978 0 86388 511 2
• Boot – back and base view ORDER CODE
• Alarm clock – back and top view AO2-001-4093
• Umbrella – spokes and handle
• Bicycle - chain set and brake lever.
Ideal to develop visual perception, logical thought, attention and
concentration, vocabulary, expressive language and observation skills.
Ages 5+
What’s Different?
Develop visual discrimination + booklet, boxed
Three differences exist between each pair of cards in this set.
The task is to identify and explain the differences, encouraging a wide ISBN: 978 0 86388 395 8
range of communication and language skills. The set comprises 24 pairs ORDER CODE
of photographs showing well-known activities concerned with work, AO2-001-1726
leisure and daily living such as:
• Cooking • Dressmaking • Gardening.
More advanced skills can be used by showing one card and then
removing it when you show the second card, thus requiring the
differences to be recalled from memory.
Ages 5+
What’s Missing?
48 cards 210 x 148mm +
48 cards which develop observation skills
booklet, boxed
A clever and useful set of 24 pairs of photographs showing a complete
scene in one card and another of the same scene with five items ISBN: 978 0 86388 364 4
missing. For example, in a picnic scene, a cup, banana, basket handle,
ORDER CODE
man’s ring and half a plate are missing.
AO2-001-3027
Presented with increasing degrees of difficulty to allow selection
when working with different ages and skills. Can be used for more
complex, higher-level language work and general language
stimulation with older children and adolescents. Use the cards to test:
• Visual skills • Auditory skills • Attention training
• Problem solving • Oral and written language.
Ages 5+
14
ColorCards®
observation
Find the Link

200 hexagonal laminated
Word finding and category game
cards approx 100 x 115mm,
By Diana Williams game board 510 x 620mm +
The first ever board game to incorporate the well- instruction booklet, boxed
known quality of the ColorCards® range,
ISBN: 978 0 86388 421 4
Find the Link is a substantial resource
featuring a total of 200 photographic game ORDER CODE
cards. Suitable for individuals or groups of up AO2-001-5125
to five players, it develops word-finding and
categorisation skills. Find the Link features:
• 40 categories that range from the
general, such as animals and
transport, to more complex
such as function and place; “A great tool to develop
• Image categories include: vocabulary, classification,
• Animals – pets, domestic/farm attention and concentration,
animals, mini-beasts, wild logical thought and expressive
land animals, sea creatures language.… the images are
• Food – fruit, vegetables, flexible enough for you to
desserts, main meal, drinks implement in as many ways as
• Clothes – summer, party, your imagination allows! The
sports, winter, night-time cards and game board are
• Transport – rail, road, both colourful and sturdy
air, water, work. enough for wear and tear by
• A versatile board allowing little fingers”
the cards to be used in Nursery Education
different ways;
“This is a superbly presented
• 200 photographic game cards
that can also be used alone for
game … Everybody has
sorting and classification. enjoyed using it. The clear
photographs make it ageless
Ages 4+
and the number of categories
and divisions make it very
Board flexible … well worth a school
Game or other establishment buying
it. …I couldn’t be without
mine now”
NAPLIC Newsletter
What Can You See?

30 A4 photographic picture
Guess the hidden picture with this visual awareness
cards, 2 viewing books each
game that also encourages conversation skills
with different panels, +
This entertaining game can be played by both instruction booklet, boxed
individuals and groups. Each of the selection of
pictures is viewed through a space in the book’s pages, ISBN: 978 0 86388 619 5
gradually revealing more and more of the image. This ORDER CODE
allows players to guess what they can see, encouraging AO2-001-5390
communication and vocabulary building. “A great tool...The
There are two viewing books, each with different images are flexible
panels, and 30 large-format (A4) cards, using enough for you to
ColorCards® clear photographic style. implement in as many
ways as your imagination
The images form two categories: Objects & Animals
and People & Places. The game can easily be
allows!”
personalised by using A4 printed pictures and Nursery Education
photographs familiar to the players which can help to
make the session more engaging and allows for endless
variety.
This easy to play game
encourages and develops the
following skills:
• Attention and concentration
• Turn-taking
• Logical thought
• Visual perception
• Predicting
• Problem solving
• Vocabulary and word-finding
• Expressive language.
Ages 4+
15
ColorCards®
ColorLibrary
ColorLibrary For example:

ColorLibraries are file boxes containing 96 cards that are • Developing verbal comprehension
divided into six categories, designed to create a rich • Encouraging expressive language
resource of essential vocabulary. • Vocabulary building
The cards can be used effectively to enhance a range of • Classification
language skills. • Developing communication skills.
Food
96 cards 105 x 148 mm
96 cards illustrating food to enhance
+ booklet, boxed
communication skills
A superb set of cards that does not rely ISBN: 978 0 86388 398 9
on packaging to identify a range of ORDER CODE
food items. The cards can be used
AO2-001-1245
as a starting point for conversation
by sorting them into their various
categories and then lead to a multitude
of activities at various levels of difficulty,
for example, ‘Show me the bread’
or ‘Which one is made with flour?’
The categories are:
• Fruit – such as apple, orange, pineapple
• Vegetables – such as cabbage, leeks, potatoes
• Basics – such as bread, flour, eggs
Best • Prepared Food – such as curry and rice, steak and chips, pizza
Seller • Drinks – such as beer, coffee, water
• Snacks – such as hot dog, crisps, ice cream.
Ages 3+
Home
96 cards 105 x 148 mm
96 cards of furniture and household items to
+ booklet, boxed
enhance communication skills
Ideal starting points for conversation or an excellent ISBN: 978 0 86388 624 9
sorting activity. Questions can be asked at various ORDER CODE
levels of difficulty, for example,‘Show me the TV’ or
AO2-001-5392
‘Which one is for cooking the food?’
The categories are:
• Living Room – such as armchair, house plant, TV
• Kitchen – such as broom, cooker, washing
machine
• Bedroom – such as bed, mirror, wardrobe
• Bathroom – such as bath, toothbrush, bathroom
scales
• Office – such as printer, telephone, bin
• Garden & Shed – such as lawnmower, deckchair, barbecue.
Beautifully updated with clear and modern images, this set is a core
resource for vocabulary work.
Ages 3+
Possessions
96 cards 105 x 148 mm +
96 cards of people’s possessions
booklet, boxed
These cards can be used in all aspects of
language development and teaching. They are ISBN: 978 0 86388 388 0
ideal as conversation starters or the user can ORDER CODE
be asked to sort the cards into categories.
AO2-001-1398
The categories are:
• Care - pills, glasses and walking stick
• Children - toys, satchel and lunch box
• Domestic - book, camera and sewing machine
• Leisure - chess, guitar and knitting
• Personal - wallet, jewellery and keys
• Toiletries - razor, make up and hair brush.
Ages 3+
16
ColorCards®
ColorLibrary
Transport & Vehicles

96 cards 105 x 148 mm
96 cards of transport vehicles • Rail such as train,
+ booklet, boxed
From bicycles to boats and monorail and
trucks to trains, this underground ISBN: 978 0 86388 393 4
transportation set can be used • Personal such as car,
ORDER CODE
as a starting point for caravan and horse box
AO2-001-2214
conversation, sorted into • Cycles such as scooter,
appropriate categories and other mountain bike and
activities. tandem
The categories are: • Service/work
such as
• Air such as plane, glider and
ambulance,
rocket
dustbin lorry
• Water such as hovercraft, and oil tanker.
barge and rowing boat
Ages 3+
Animals & Birds

96 cards 105 x 148 mm • Domestic Animals –
96 cards featuring a selection of
+ booklet, boxed such as cat, dog, horse
living creatures from all over the
ISBN: 978 0 86388 510 5 world • Insects/Mini Beasts –
Use these cards as a starting point such as butterfly, housefly, wasp
ORDER CODE
for conversation or ask the user • Reptiles & Amphibians – such as
AO2-001-2215
to sort them into their categories. alligator, frog, snake
The difficulty can be varied, for • Marine Life – such as crab, dolphin,
example, ‘Point at the bird’ or lobster
‘Which one lays eggs?’ • Birds – such as duck, owl, sparrow.
The categories are: Ages 3+
• Wild Land Animals – such as
elephants, lion, mouse
Sport & Leisure

96 cards 105 x 148 mm
96 cards illustrating sport and The categories are:
+ booklet, boxed
leisure to enhance • Adventure Sports – such
communication skills as ballooning, rallying, ISBN: 978 0 86388 509 9
A popular choice water skiing ORDER CODE
for everyone, the • Team Sports – such as AO2-001-1647
cards can be used football, cricket, polo
as a starting point • Individual Sports – such as
for conversation or tennis, fencing, running
to sort them into
• Hobbies – such as cycling,
their different
fishing, gardening
categories. This
can be done at • Pastimes – such as chess,
various levels of music, reading
difficulty, for • Entertainment – such as art
example, ‘Show me galleries, sightseeing,
the game of tennis’ watching TV.
or ‘Which one Ages 3+
needs a ball?’
Occupations
96 cards 105 x 148 mm • Public Services – such
96 cards of people in occupations to
+ booklet, boxed as fireman, postman,
enhance communication skills
ISBN: 978 0 86388 380 4 teacher
Photographed on location these cards will
initiate conversation, can be sorted into • Transport – such as
ORDER CODE bus driver, pilot, train
categories to enhance understanding,
AO2-001-1648 driver
which in turn will lead onto activities at
various levels of difficulty. For example, • General – such as designer,
‘Show me the nurse’ or ‘Which one works in scientist, chef.
a hospital?’ Ages 3+
The categories are:
• Arts & Crafts – such as bookbinder,
piano tuner, sculptor
• Trades – such as plumber, butcher,
welder
• Health Workers – such as dentist, VALUE! BUY ALL 7 COLORLIBRARY PACKS AT A SAVING
nurse, optician
17
ColorCards®
skills for daily living
Skills for Daily Living

These specially commissioned illustrated cards are intended Ideal for a range of clients, including adolescents and adults
to promote discussion about the activities and behaviours with learning disabilities or Autistic Spectrum Disorders and
being shown. Unlike photographic images, these lifelike those recovering from head injury or a stroke.
illustrations enable students to generalise the situations.
Social Behaviour
44 cards 148 x 210mm +
44 cards on skills for daily living
These full-colour cards illustrate a variety of familiar
situations and activities that can be used with older ISBN: 978 0 86388 422 1
children and adults who require intervention in the area ORDER CODE
of appropriate social behaviour. Some cards show a
AO2-001-5126
good understanding of social skills, while others show a
poor understanding by one or more people.
Situations include:
• Disturbing other people
• Jumping a queue
• Helping a disabled person
• Caring for an animal
• Cheating in an exam.
The cards also show non-verbal communication, such as
posture, gesture, facial expression, respecting personal
space and appearance.
Ages 6+
Personal Safety
44 cards 148 x 210mm +
Designed to help students identify and discuss • Drinking from a stream
health and safety issues • Driving too close to a horse rider
The full-colour illustrations show a variety of • Not washing hands after using the toilet ISBN: 978 0 86388 474 0
situations in which people are at risk, either • Blocked fire exit ORDER CODE
through their own behaviour or that of others. • Playing football in the street. AO2-001-5160
Each card clearly shows the activity creating the
risk and users can be encouraged to discuss the Ages 6+
reasons for this risk and ways of avoiding it,
making the pack a valuable resource for
teachers, therapists and others working with
individuals and groups who do not fully
appreciate risk and safety.
Cards included:
• Buying drugs
• Talking to strangers
• Skateboarding in a shopping precinct
• Lack of hygiene in the kitchen
• No seatbelts in a school bus
Personal Relationships
44 cards 148 x 210mm +
Designed to help students understand Cards included:
and discuss personal relationships • Mother and baby
This illustrated set shows different kinds • Man and child ISBN: 978 0 86388 559 4
of relationships and also the progression • Siblings ORDER CODE
of attachments from initial meeting to
• Grandparents and children AO2-001-5285
sexual activity.
• Single parent family group
• The set features the full range of
• Doctor and patient
relationships from parental and
familial, through professional • Teacher and pupil
(employer and employee) and • Boy and girl holding hands Contains images
friendship, to same-sex and both-sex • Two women dating of a sexual nature
meeting, dating and having sex. • Two men kissing
• The 48 illustrations feature people of • Older couple having
all ages (from baby to older person) sexual intercourse.
and from a range of ethnic
backgrounds. Ages 8+
VALUE! BUY ALL 3 SKILLS FOR DAILY LIVING AT A SAVING

18
ColorCards®
activities
Categories
192 cards 95 x 95mm +
Comprising two sets of identical pairs, Multi-Match has been
booklet, boxed
designed for a wide variety of games, matching tasks and
activities suitable for all work with children, adolescents and ISBN: 978 0 86388 387 3
adults. The cards are so versatile, giving huge scope for activities
such as pelmanism and lotto with all age groups. ORDER CODE
AO2-001-3730
The Multi-Match system is completed with the addition of Lotto
Clip Frames, which turn Multi-Match into an extensive and lasting
lotto resource.
The collection comprises of 96 pairs of images, giving a total of
192 cards, which are categorised into two areas: complex and
simple. There are a number of ways of using these cards - by
sorting them in different ways, by colour, by patterns and shapes,
same and different, what’s missing and so on.
Examples include:
• Black – hairdryer, cup & saucer, mobile phone, portable stereo
• Stripes – jug, socks, toothpaste, scarf
• Circles – paints, plates, coins, clock
• Spots – dog, mugs, dice, dominoes.
Each idea involves the use of more than one skill and can be
used to work on different aspects of communication.
Ages 3+
Lotto Clip Frames

Pack of 8 Lotto clip Frames
This clever device is designed for use with Multi-Match
cards. One of the Multi-Match pairs slots into the Clip ORDER CODE
Frame to make a customised lotto baseboard then the AO2-001-4094
matching pair is placed on top as in any traditional lotto
activity.
• Make up your own lotto baseboard using all or some of
the 8 frames supplied. For example you can have a
baseboard of objects beginning with the letter ‘C’, or
items that are blue – the possibilities are endless.
• Create and re-create your own customised
gameboards instantly.
• Actively customise the baseboard according to the
needs of your client or the language activity,
and grade the difficulty or the content of
the task.
Each idea involves the use of more than one skill and can
be used to work on different aspects of communication.
Ages 3+
VALUE! BUY CATEGORIES & LOTTO CLIP FRAMES AT A SAVING

ColorCards® Activities
152pp, 207 x 131mm Individual cards can be
101 Ideas for children & adults
paperback used to focus on one tense,
By Vanessa Harrison
ISBN: 978 0 86388 551 8 or use the whole sequence
Compact and practical, this handbook to contrast past, present
ORDER CODE contains 101 teaching and therapy ideas and future tenses.
AO2-002-5296 for using ColorCards® photographic cards
to develop language skills. All Ages
• The activities are easy to set up,

effective and highly motivating
• They are written in an easy to read style.
Many include words lists and tips
• Organised into ten skill areas which
address all aspects of language learning:
• Attention • Listening • Understanding
• Auditory memory • Sequencing
• Turn-taking • Classification
• Expression • Using language
• Life skills.
19
Speech & Language

narrative
StoryBoards
8 StoryBoards, 1 story cards
By Felicity Durham
board, 60 story cards, 6
StoryBoards is a simple and fun resource to help lotto boards, photocopiable
children with language and communication story planner, colour coded
difficulties develop their narrative skills. Using dice and manual, boxed.
game boards and colourfully illustrated picture
cards, StoryBoards helps children to visualise ISBN: 978 0 86388 553 2
and practise telling a story through identifying
the essential elements, how these should be ORDER CODE
sequenced and providing a basic vocabulary. AO2-003-5279
There are individual boards for four players – larger
groups can work in pairs to develop individual stories
or work on a single story as a group.
There are 6 story elements colour coded for ease of
identification:
• Location • Time •Transport • Object
• Feelings • Weather
National Association
By picking story cards from the different sets, stories can be
silly or sensible and children can either stick to their choices of Toy & Leisure
or negotiate for a change, which encourages discussion and Libraries
reasoning. For example, if a child is going to the zoo, would Good Toy Awards
they travel there in a helicopter? Education
Hugely flexible, other activities include: Throwing a story; Gold Award Winner
Lotto; Find a pair; Vocabulary ladders; and Asking
questions. StoryBoards can also be used for news time;
preparation for visits or holidays and narrative development.
“The children were immediately excited by A structured and accessible resource, StoryBoards is ideal
this resource and were able to verbalise for use with individuals or groups by teachers, speech &
structured stories to each other,” one Year language therapists and teaching assistants working with
young children. It can be easily incorporated into classroom
4 teacher told us: “It makes story writing
activities and relates directly to the English National
fun!” said Imogen, aged nine. Great for Curriculum Key Stage 1 and 2.
children who need extra help in structuring
their ideas and expressing themselves Ages 4-11
through narratives, working in small
groups or in twos and threes.”
The Good Toy Guide
StoryBoards 2
8 StoryBoards, 1 story cards
Game to encourage children to develop
board, 60 story cards, 6
imaginative writing
lotto boards, photocopiable
By Felicity Durham story planner, colour
StoryBoards 2 follows the same successful format as coded dice and manual,
Storyboards but introduces imaginative/fantasy boxed.
locations, activities and outcomes.
ISBN:
The story elements include – Where did you go? (e.g. 978 0 86388 748 2
desert island, under the sea, fairy castle, underground,
dark forest, outer space) When did you go? How did ORDER CODE
you get there? AO2-003-5599
What did you see? How did you feel? What
happened?
Here is an example:
• Where – a visit to a fairy castle
• When – in the morning
• How – magic carpet, rode on a dragon, space
rocket, hot air balloon
• Saw – wand, harp, jewelled crown, suit of armour,
dragon breathing fire “’I wish we could do this
• Felt – choose from emotions pack, happy, sad, everyday!’ was an eight year
excited, scared olds’ enthusiastic response to
• What happened – changed into a frog, rode this simple and fun teaching
home on a dragon, woke up. resource. Well worth a place in
Ages 4-11 the primary classroom.”
Jean Hilton, Storyteller and
educator, Facts & Fiction Magazine
VALUE! PURCHASE BOTH AT A SAVING

20
Speech & Language

narrative
Narrative Intervention Programme

297 x 210mm, (A4)
Improve the understanding and telling of stories in
wire-o-bound
secondary school students and young adults
By Victoria Joffe ISBN: 978 0 86388 797 0
Specifically designed for older children and young adults, ORDER CODE
this practical language programme was created by a AO2-002-5683
specialist speech & language therapist with input from
secondary school teachers and students. It focuses on
enhancing the understanding and expression of stories in
students aged from 8 to 18 with language and
communication difficulties, and aims to:
• Create an awareness of how storytelling can be used to
enhance learning in school and social interactions in
school and home environments.
• Facilitate storytelling.
• Enhance the joy and enjoyment in telling stories.
• Identify different types of narratives and provide
examples for each type. Available
• Encourage effective listening and attention skills. Spring 2011
• Examine different means of making story production
more interesting through vocal variety, body language
and print.
• Encourage the use of the story planner in planning and
structuring essays in the classroom and for homework.
Ages 8-18
Story Starters ColorCards®

30 cards, 297 x 210mm
30 cards to stimulate narrative (A4), CD Rom +
Boost creative writing sessions with these instruction booklet, boxed
wonderful cards that provide an image for
the opening of a narrative and can be ISBN: 978 0 86388 765 9
expressed as storytelling, drama, poetry or ORDER CODE
prose. The cards are grouped into genres
including: AO2-001-5536
• Fantasy • Real-life adventure • Travel
• Mystery.
Suggestions are related to each genre. Some
images relate to more than one category,
and, of course, cards can be employed in
any way users wish.
This resource includes a FREE CD Rom to
enable teachers to print off each card as
free
CD Rom
required for individual pupils.
30 large format photocards
Ages 5+
Decades Discussion Cards

40 cards, 148 x 210mm (A5)
40 photographic cards to introduce, remind and inform
about people, places and events of the 1950s and 60s
The 1950s were characterised by a complete shift in ISBN 978 0 86388 793 2
lifestyle. Recovery from the aftermath of the Second ORDER CODE
World War was steady and slow – a time for austerity,
AO2-003-5679
rationing, housing shortages and conservative attitudes.
The emergence of a more prosperous society saw an
enormous growth in consumer goods and the rise of youth
culture. This huge turnaround in finances and lifestyle
created opportunities that were to be fully exploited in the
'Swinging 60's'.
These discussion cards are ideal as triggers for:
• Conversation • Story Telling • Articulation
• Language Skills
Each card contains an image, related information and
some ideas to develop the subject further.
Ages 11+
21
Speech & Language

narrative
The Story Maker Motivator

161pp, 297 x 210mm (A4)
A stimulating creative writing and thinking • Objects
wire-o-bound + CD Rom
resource book for secondary school students • Characters
By Frances Dickens ISBN 978 0 86388 668 3
• Feelings
This unique handbook and practical guide ORDER CODE
• Settings
develops imagination, expands horizons and AO2-002-5434
enriches the creative writing process for all • Speech and sound
students. Visually enticing, clear and
comprehensive, it includes a CD Rom for
•
•
Descriptive story elements
Thesauruses
free
CD Rom
printing the lesson plans and worksheets and
features reading lists, a mixture of scenarios, • Samples of usage
photographs and illustrations. Developed from the award-winning primary
Topics covered are: resource ‘The Story Maker’, ‘The Story Maker “It is packed with ideas!”
• Narrative planning Motivator’ was trialled and tested for two years
Roger Mason, Retired Head
with 11-15 year olds in Graveney Secondary
• Beginnings, cliffhangers, suspense hooks, Backwell Secondary School
School. Suitable for English teachers, student
endings teachers, EFL teachers, special needs teachers,
learning support teachers and parents working at
home with their children, this wide-ranging “Your methods helped me spark
“I found your workshops very resource provides a unique approach to broaden up ideas for all the different
inspiring. They helped me write writing and thinking skills. sections of the stories that you
more easily and made writing helped us on.”
Ages 11-18
more enjoyable for me.” Joe, 12 years
Hester, 13 years
The Story Maker

128pp, 297 x 210mm (A4)
By Frances Dickens & Kirstin Lewis
wire-o-bound
This innovative handbook aims to help children to write
creatively. Designed for children aged 4-11 years, and ISBN: 978 0 86388 602 7
suitable for children of all abilities. The strong visual ORDER CODE
emphasis will inspire children to write their own stories and AO2-002-5367
expand their vocabulary. ‘Writer’s tips’ introduce each of the
twelve sections:
• Story types • Characters • Feelings • Size
•
•
Speech & Sound • Speed • Settings • Texture
Colours • Objects • Time and Weather.
NEW
The Story Maker is integral to teaching the National Literacy
Edition
Strategy objectives at all Key Stages.
• Simple layout that will appeal to children and
ESL Students
• Fully illustrated in colour throughout to inspire children
• Broadens vocabulary
• Photocopiable storyboards at the beginning of each
section encourage children to sequence British Book Design
& Production Award
• Separate introduction for older children who can Primary Education
work alone. Winner
• Narrative Planning explores story development and
how links can be made
Ages 4-11
StoryCard Narrative
48 cards to develop speaking and listening skills
Includes 48 A5 picture cards, 32pp
puppets booklet, 4 felt animals,
By Sue Duggleby, illustrated by Ross Duggleby boxed
This resource is designed to make children aware ISBN: 978 0 86388 549 5
of the basic structure of a simple story
i.e. beginning, middle and end. The stories ORDER CODE
encourage the children to consider Who? Where? AO2-003-5294
When? and What happens?
Told through 12 cards each, are:
(Sulu the Lion) – Lions can’t climb trees... or can they?
(Rolo the Hippo) – This is my pool!
(Mala & Rosie) – Big elephant, little elephant
(Dot the Giraffe) – Who’s eaten the jam?
As well as the stories themselves, the reverse of each
provides a photocopiable tool for children to create
their own stories from the characters and situations.
Developing narrative skills will always be fun when
using these beautifully illustrated picture stories and
character puppets!
Ages 4+
22
Speech & Language

speaking & listening
Developing Baseline
Communications Skills 304pp, A4, illustrated,
wire-o-bound
By Catherine Delamain & Jill Spring ISBN: 978 0 86388 481 8
Teachers often express concern about the many children who enter
Foundation Stage classrooms lacking the speaking, listening and ORDER CODE
communication skills necessary to make a successful start to their AO2-002-4757
school years. This practical resource, aimed at fostering personal,
social and emotional development, and promoting language and
early literacy skills, seeks to address some of these problems.
• Provides two hundred games and activities suitable for children
aged from 4 to 5 in both mainstream and special schools
• Activities are graded into levels of difficulty, for whole classes or
groups, and can easily be incorporated into the existing school
curriculum.
• Includes activities that can be carried out by teachers, classroom
assistants or volunteers.
• An accompanying CD allows for quick and easy record keeping
Ages 4-5
Speaking, Listening & Understanding

312pp, A4,
By Catherine Delamain & Jill Spring wire-o-bound
Written by two experienced speech & language therapists, who
have worked extensively alongside mainstream teachers, this ISBN: 978 0 86388 433 7
book provides a collection of graded games and activities ORDER CODE
designed to foster the speaking, listening and understanding skills AO2-002-5139
of children aged from 5 to 7.
• Activities are divided into Understanding Spoken Language
(Following instructions; Getting the main idea; Thinking skills;
Developing vocabulary; Understanding inference) and Using British Book
Spoken Language (Narrating; Describing; Explaining; Design &
Predicting; Playing with words). Production
• Each activity may be carried out by teachers, classroom Award Winner
assistants or volunteers
TES/NASEN
• Incorporates user-friendly opportunities for assessment, target
Special Needs
setting and evaluation.
Book Awards:
• Includes photocopiable material to support the activities
Highly
• Promotes the skills outlined in Speaking and Listening in
the English National Curriculum Key Stage One.
Best commended
Ages 5-7
Seller
Understanding and Using

Spoken Language 296pp, A4,
wire-o-bound
Catherine Delamain & Jill Spring ISBN: 978 0 86388 515 0
Following on from Speaking, Listening & Understanding this collection
of original games and activities is designed to help children aged from ORDER CODE
7 to 9. AO2-002-5183
The exercises can be used by mainstream teachers with the relevant
age group, as well as with older children with impaired or
impoverished communication. In this instance, the activities would be
Education
especially effective if used by teachers and speech & language
therapists working collaboratively. They would also be a useful tool Resources
for teachers and therapists in special schools and speech & language Awards:
clinics. Primary Books
• Divided into two areas (Understanding Spoken Language and Using Winner
Spoken Language) each skill area is organised along broad
developmental lines, and the activities can be easily incorporated
into the daily classroom programme.
• Instructions are clear and simple, and the activities are designed for
whole classes or smaller groups and can be carried out by Best
teachers, speech & language therapists, classroom assistants
or volunteers.
Seller
• Equipment is kept to a minimum, and the book provides the
majority of the resources as photocopiable pages, most of which
are highly illustrated.
• Promotes the skills outlined in the Speaking and Listening section
of the English National Curriculum Key Stage Two. VALUE! PURCHASE ALL 3 BOOKS AT A SAVING
Ages 7-9 ORDER CODE AO2-002-5297
23
Speech & Language

Speaking English: Asking & Answering

72 A5 colour laminated
An ESOL Resource for KET (Key English Test)
photocopiable prompt and
By Daniela Fabrizi information cards +
This set contains 72 illustrated factual information cards and instruction manual, boxed
question prompt cards to practice asking and answering questions ISBN: 978 0 86388 578 5
of a non-personal kind.
ORDER CODE
• Topics are related to daily life, leisure activities and social life, including
AO2-003-5327
services, hobbies, sports, holidays, shopping, clothes, school, and travel.
To answer the questions correctly, students must identify the right information from
the information cards.
• Designed for preparing students for the speaking component of Cambridge ESOL Examinations
Key English Test (KET), the cards can be used with all ESL learners of any age, sex, cultural
background or nationality to practise asking and answering questions.
• Ideal for adult learning, students with language delay, learning disabilities of specific language
impairment.
• Designed to increase students’ confidence in asking and answering questions, the cards can
also be used for role plays where students are encouraged to use spoken language to
expand and talk about personal likes, dislikes and opinions.
Similar to examination material, the cards will familiarise students with how testing is carried out and
the type of visual stimuli that is used during examination. They are also a fun and enjoyable activity
to encourage students to develop a positive attitude towards language learning.
Ages 13+
Speaking English: Discussion Topics

30 A4 colour laminated
An ESOL Resource for PET (Preliminary English Test)
photocopiable cards +
By Daniela Fabrizi instruction manual, boxed
Developed by an ESLK (English as a Second Language) teacher and
ISBN: 978 0 86388 581 5
examiner, these large, colourful cards stimulate discussion and help
students give their views and opinions on a situation. ORDER CODE
• Each card contains visual prompts and topics include travel, AO2-003-5335
holidays, services, the environment, entertainment and work.
• Cards have no wording on them allowing use in a variety of
contexts, tasks and languages
• Contains a teacher’s manual with instructions for following the tasks, which
include: making and responding to suggestions; discussing alternatives; making
recommendations; eliciting opinions, negotiating agreement and turn-taking.
• Through fun and enjoyable tasks, students will increase their ability and
confidence in taking part in discussions, and improve their language and
communication skills.
• Suitable for all ESL classes at an intermediate level as well as for adult learning,
and students with language delay
• An excellent tool to prepare for part two of the Speaking Paper of Cambridge
ESOL Preliminary English Test (PET).
Similar to examination material, these posters will familiarise students with how
testing is carried out and the type of visual stimuli that is used during examination.
Ages 13+
VALUE! PURCHASE BOTH PACKS AT A SAVING

The Sourcebook of Practical Communication

160pp, A4, illustrated,
Programme for conversational practice & functional
wire-o-bound
communication therapy
By Sue Addlestone ISBN: 978 0 86388 317 0
A unique resource for conversational practice, full of practical ORDER CODE
and creative topic-based activities, the Sourcebook is ideal for AO2-002-5068
use with a wide range of clients, both paediatric and adult, and
provides ideas to help promote the carryover of speech and
language skills into everyday conversation.
• Contains 90 conversation topics that cover a broad range
of interests
• Suitable for a wide range of clients, including those with an
articulation disorder, disorders of prosody, dysarthria,
dysfluency, dysphasia, dysphonia or reading and writing
difficulties.
• Practical, creative and ready-to-use
• Includes photocopiable record forms, exercises and home
practice sheets.
Ages 6+
24
Speech & Language

Vocabulary Enrichment
Programme 297 x 210mm (A4)
wire-o-bound
Enhance the understanding and use of vocabulary in ISBN: 978 0 86388 798 7
secondary school students and young adults Available
Summer 2011 ORDER CODE
By Victoria Joffe
AO2-002-5684
Specifically designed for older children and young
adults with language and communication needs, this
practical language Programme was created by a • Focus on themes taken from the National
specialist speech & language therapist with input from Curriculum, including living and non living
secondary school teachers and students. It focuses on organisms, planet Earth and the world, the
enhancing the understanding and expression human body, emotions, healthy living, and
of vocabulary and word meanings in students aged occupations.
from 8 to 18, and aims to:
• Enhance the understanding and use of figurative
• Create an awareness of how improved vocabulary and idiomatic language as well as more
knowledge can be used to compound and complex sentence structures.
enhance learning in school and social interactions in
school and home environments. • Introduce a range of cueing techniques to aid in
word retrieval.
• Encourage an awareness and interest in words and
language, introduce the • Provide effective strategies for word learning to
concept of words and meanings and identify their encourage independent word learning skills.
role and use in language, • Teach an effective, efficient and realistic use of
communication and social interaction. the dictionary as a tool for word learning and
• Introduce the word map and explore the rich explore the role of the thesaurus in enhancing
networks of information attached to each word, oral and written work.
including the meanings and make up of words using Ages 8-18
root and base words, suffixes and prefixes,
synonyms and antonyms, and the etymology
(origins) of words.
Fun with Sounds

Cards + 6 lotto boards,
Game to encourage production of specific speech sounds
boxed
and to develop vocabulary
By Sue Duggleby, illustrated by Ross Duggleby ISBN: 978 0 86388 783 3
Children learn to say speech sounds during the first 5 or 6 ORDER CODE
years of life. This fun resource helps children with their speech AO2-003-5627
development and encourages the production of specific
speech sounds.
There are boards for sounds at the beginning and end of words, with an additional set of cards
included to enable games such as Pairs or Snap to be played. Each board features 9 illustrations with
words underneath. The featured sound is highlighted in red.
• features the sounds which are generally acquired earliest –‘m’, ‘n’, ‘p’, ‘b’, ‘t’, ‘d’
• encouraging each child to listen for a sound in a word
• encouraging correct production of specific speech sounds in words containing their target sounds
• increasing sound awareness, which is vital for literacy.
In addition to the above, they can also be useful in other areas of language, such as improving turn
taking skills and extending vocabulary.
The resource is intended for use by speech and language therapists, teaching staff and parents.
It is also a useful tool for teaching English as a foreign language.
Ages 4+
Riddles, Rhyme & Alliteration

128pp, A4,
Listening exercises based on phonics
wire-o-bound
By Jane Turner
ISBN: 978 0 86388 600 3
This is a very practical resource for teachers of young pupils,
particularly those with special needs. It can be used with the ORDER CODE
whole class, small groups or individual pupils. It will work with AO2-002-5360
pupils who have listening and auditory discrimination difficulties or
poor listening skills as well as those who have mild to moderate
hearing loss or ‘glue ear’.
Each section is based on a particular phoneme and contains
riddles, an illustrated page to help the pupils to guess the riddles,
exercises on alliteration and rhyming words, a story containing
words beginning with the target phonemes and tongue twisters.
A photocopiable worksheet and illustrated page help the pupil
and allows them to work independently.
The book can be used separately or as part of a phonic
programme. Most of
the exercises in each section are short and the book is an ideal
resource for the teacher to use when pupils have finished tasks
and have spare time.
Ages 4-7
25
Speech & Language

Games for Talking

Games for Talking is a unique series of boxed cards designed for speech & language
therapists, occupational therapists, teachers and all group leaders.
• The games can be used as icebreakers, warm-ups, as a stand-alone activity, or time fillers.
• Each pack introduces enjoyable activities for communication that can be set up and played
in an instant. No preparation and no special equipment are required.
Top 5
80 cards each measuring
Top 5 is a pack of cards for conversation, group openers or for use simply
74 x 114mm, instructions
as a fun game. Each card suggests a category for top five discussion.
& ideas, boxed
• Examples are: Name your top five excuses for being late to work; smells
in the kitchen; animal noises; holiday destinations; or people you have ISBN: 978 0 86388 835 9
met in the past.
ORDER CODE
• Hugely adaptable – change the game to top two, top ten, or worst AO2-003-3780
two and so on.
• Great cue cards for reminiscence, memory, recall and group interaction
with any group.
Ages 5+
What do you Mean?

By Louise Scrivener • Match up the literal and implied 74 x 114mm, instructions
These illustrated cards are ideal either meanings to ask ‘What do you & ideas, boxed
as a fun activity resource or for really mean?’
using with people who interpret • Idioms include: ‘Let the cat out of ISBN: 978 0 86388 841 0
language literally, including the bag’; Stand up for yourself’; ORDER CODE
those with Autistic Spectrum ‘Piece of cake’; ‘It cost an arm and AO2-003-5331
Disorders. a leg’; ‘green fingers’; ‘see eye to
• Featuring forty commonly eye’; ‘Feeling blue’.
used idioms and metaphors,
A flexible resource for individuals or
each pair of cards show
groups of all ages, this resource is a
scenarios that demonstrate both
new way of presenting idioms by
the literal interpretation and the
visually reinforcing the implied
implied meaning
meaning.
Ages 5+
Feeling blu
e
Let’s Draw Feeling blue
• Categories of picture includes: 80 cards each measuring

A fun card game for all ages to
shapes; simple objects; verbs; 74 x 114mm, instructions &
promote interaction and
communication through drawing. nature; animals; sports; fun!; ideas, boxed
and more complex. ISBN: 978 0 86388 895 3
• Containing 76 line-drawn
picture cards, this versatile • Each category contains both
ORDER CODE
pack offers a variety of games simple and more detailed
images, with the ‘More AO2-003-5282
including copying; describing
for others to draw; drawing for complex’ category containing
others to guess; and selecting composite scenes
two cards (from different such as the seaside
categories) and naming them and the supermarket.
for others to draw a picture Ages 5+
containing both items.
Let’s Mime
• The game can be adapted 80 cards each measuring
Let’s Mime is a simple non-
to include verbal activities, 74 x 114mm, instructions
competitive charades game
for groups of two or more such as & ideas, boxed
people of any age. Use it with describing the action on ISBN: 978 0 86388 845 8
a particular communication the card for a group to
outcome in mind, or play it guess, or for finding key ORDER CODE
just for fun. words relating to the AO2-003-4609
image on the card.
• Entirely non-verbal, players
simply mime the actions • Lovely cartoon illustrations.
depicted on the cards. Ages 5+
26
Speech & Language

Let’s Talk: Assertiveness

78 cards, each measuring
Card game to improve communication and confidence 74 x 114mm, instructions and
By Sue Nicholls ideas, boxed.
The pack comes in six sections: ISBN: 978 0 86388 878 6
• Is this assertive, passive or aggressive? ORDER CODE
(Examples of different behaviours and beliefs) AO2-003-5584
• Give an example of… (Participants reflect on their
own experiences to explore assertiveness issues)
• Change this to being assertive (Changing passive and aggressive body language
and response to assertive ones)
• Discussion cards (To get participants thinking about ideas behind assertiveness
and motivations for becoming more assertive)
• When could you use this strategy? (Practical suggestions for becoming more
assertive)
• Situation cards: being assertive (Asking for ideas of an assertive response in
different scenarios).
Ages 11+
Let’s Talk: Feelings

Card game to enable people to become more aware of their feelings
74 x 114mm, instructions &
By Sue Nicholls
ideas, boxed.
The cards are divided into six sections:
ISBN: 978 0 86388 741 3
• Give an example of when you felt …. (Try to be specific)
ORDER CODE
• Situation cards. How would you feel? (Different people respond in different
ways to the same event; some might be excited, others nervous). AO2-003-5583
• You are feeling … How would you show it? (Talk about and demonstrate body
language, facial expressions and discuss the actions which might result from emotions.
Discuss how people show their emotions in different ways).
• You are feeling … What would help you to deal with it? (People deal with their feelings in
different ways. For some, it helps to talk; others need time by themselves; others find it useful
to write down their feelings.)
• A friend is feeling … How could you respond to be helpful? (How we can help each other to deal
with our feelings, by talking and listening).
• Situation cards. How might the other person feel? (We are not responsible for each others feelings,
but we can take responsibility for our actions and the consequences.
Discuss what it means to be considerate).
Ages 5+
Let’s Talk: Social Skills

80 cards each measuring 74 x
By Lesley Mayne 114mm, instructions
Let’s Talk Social Skills cards are designed to build stronger & ideas, boxed
ISBN: 978 0 86388 640 9
• The social skills topics can be used as a therapeutic activity,
a warm-up exercise, or a closing game. ORDER CODE
• Communication partners practice engaging in conversation AO2-003-5388
with peers and adults by addressing statements or asking
and answering questions that are typically discussed in a variety
of social settings.
• Topics include: negotiation skills, conversation skills, self-perception, physical &
verbal reactions, friendship,personal responsibilities, greetings, closures, talents
and interests, setting social plans, reading non-verbal communication and topic
management.
The use of these cards will help build valuable social
interaction skills.
Ages 7+
Let’s Talk!
By Patricia Roe
& ideas, boxed A set of discussion and prompt cards designed for use by all groups.
The pack is divided into the following three themes:
ISBN: 978 0 86388 840 3
• One thing…One thing I feel I do well is ...;
ORDER CODE One thing that amuses me is…;
AO2-003-4083 One thing that would brighten up my day is….
• Think back: What is your earliest memory?;
Name something good about getting older;
Do you remember going to your first dance?
• Let’s Talk!: Do you like your name?;
If you had one wish, what would it be?; Whatdo you enjoy reading?
Ages 5+
27
Speech & Language

language & communication
Communication Development Profile

160pp, A4 wire-o-bound
By Charlotte Child with interactive CD-ROM
The practical CD-Rom resource provides a simple, shared
framework to help speech & language therapists work more ISBN: 978 0 86388 552 5
effectively with the families, carers and teachers of children with ORDER CODE
(often profound and multiple) learning disabilities.
The Profile immediately improves the way therapists support and
AO2-002-5311
free
CD Rom
advise teachers and families, and consequently results in a more
united and holistic approach towards the child’s development.
It provides a clear descriptive breakdown of five key areas of language and communication
development from birth to the development and use of grammatical sentences.
Areas are:
• Attention • Comprehension (what the child understands) • Expression (how the child communicates)
• Sound system • Use of communication (what and why the child communicates).
The Profile also:
• Enables information from formal assessments and informal observations and experiences to be
combined to jointly identify and/or to explain the child’s stage of development for each key area.
• Gives a visual representation of the child’s skills and allows the therapist to directly compare the stage of development of each area, and to
identify the child’s strengths and weaknesses.
• Establishes the communicative phase that the child is in and clearly illustrates the most appropriate style of intervention to best support the
child’s communication development at that point.
• Reduces dissatisfaction and misunderstandings when identifying targets and setting activities with both teachers and families, and in agreeing
speech & language therapy provision.
This profile is an essential tool for all therapists working with children with learning difficulties. It improves multi-disciplinary assessments; enables
parents to have an informed and genuine role; makes target setting in educational settings directly relevant to the curriculum; expands on the P-
Levels and better describes them; and enables the therapist to explain their thought processes, which all lead to better goal-setting and cohesive
communication development strategy for the child.
Ages 0-5+
School Start
304pp, A4, wire-o-bound +
Programmes for language and sound awareness CD Rom
By Catherine de la Bedoyere & Catherine Lowry
Devised by two speech & language therapists
experienced in working with teaching staff, the
free
CD Rom
ISBN: 978 0 86388 613 3
ORDER CODE
book consists of two 30-week programmes aimed AO2-002-5377
at developing Language and Sound Awareness
skills. Each six-week block has clearly written
objectives that are linked to the National the checklists, record sheets and handouts
Curriculum Foundation Stage. Baseline and needed to carry out the programme
evaluation checklists are also provided to monitor • An accompanying CD Rom giving the option
each child’s progress. to print out some of the resource templates in
School Start offers: colour.
• An introduction on how to use the School Successfully trialled over a three-year period,
Start programme School Start is an invaluable resource for teachers
• Group sessions for the Language and Sound and teaching assistants that encourages good
Awareness programmes collaborative practice between schools, speech &
• 70 photocopiable resource templates language therapists, the school’s inclusion
coordinator and parents.
• Programme delivery templates containing all
Ages 4-6
Achieving Speech & Language Targets

232pp, A4,
A resource for individual education planning wire-o-bound
By Jill Spring & Catherine Delamain
ISBN: 978 0 86388 579 2
A practical resource book for Special Needs
Coordinators (SENCOs), teachers, teaching ORDER CODE
assistants and speech & language therapists AO2-002-5333
who are working with children who have
significant language delay and who are in
their first year at school. • A wide range of games, songs and rhymes
The authors emphasise the crucial role of play to help children achieve specific targets
in language development and the book offers • Teaching ideas and targets, key vocabulary
more than 200 games and activities to help lists, and activity areas for each stage.
children achieve their targets for each stage This is an essential tool for busy teaching
using a simple, structured layout. staff. Many of the activities can take place in
The book offers: the context of the everyday curriculum and
include a range of play opportunities
• Advice on how to draw up effective
designed to make learning interesting and
individual Education Plans (IEPs)
dynamic.
• Checklists which enable the user to
identify a child’s problems in the areas of Ages 4-5
understanding language; using spoken
language and developing speech sounds
28
Speech & Language

The Strands of Speech &

Language Therapy 80pp, A4, wire-o-bound
+CD
Katy James, Jacqueline McIntosh, Nicole Charles, Brenda Lyons & ISBN: 978 0 86388 815 1
Beverley Leach
ORDER CODE
This book is written by a team of speech and language therapists
AO2-002-5730
from The Wolfson Neurorehabilitation Centre. It is intended for
practitioners working with patients who have acquired
communication disorders resulting from brain injury: aphasia,
cognitive-communication disorder, dysarthria, apraxia. The authors
believe that a therapeutic programme should have its foundations in
the linguistic, non-verbal, neurological and neuropsychological
perspective of the patient’s difficulties. The approach the team has
developed consists of several different strands of therapy, with each
strand representing an element of the rehabilitation process:
• Assessment
• Goal planning
• Specific individualised treatment
• Education OUT NOW!
• Friends and family
• Psychosocial adjustment
This book describes these strands, illustrates in a user-friendly way
how each one relates to therapy, and gives some practical ideas of
how practitioners might work within them. Each chapter begins with
the guiding principles and evidence base that underlie the rationale
for one particular strand of therapy. Then follow examples of
practice and case studies of patients with various types of brain
injury. One case study runs throughout the text to provide a real-life
example of each strand.This book describes a speech and language
therapy service that aims to be responsive to patients’ needs and
develops tailor-made intervention programmes that are unique to
each individual. Includes CD containing assessments and practical
tools.
Developing Language Concepts

312pp, A4, wire-o-bound
Programmes for school-aged children
ISBN: 978 0 86388 281 4
Bridget Burrows
This book provides practical, step-by-step photocopiable programmes to ORDER CODE
help with specific language concepts, such as amount, colour, size, time AO2-002-4762
and shape.
• The programmes are intended for speech & language therapists to copy
and send to the school where staff can deliver the programmes, although
they can be used by the therapist themselves.
• Clearly set out, the exercises can be personalised for each child and
are graded so that the therapist can select and copy the sheets
relevant to the child’s needs. Each programme introduces the concept,
teaches it and then checks to see if the child understands it.
• There is also practical advice on setting up therapy programmes in
schools, such as setting up appointments; working in the school with
children; staff and parents; covering letters to send with the
programme; how to write programmes and many other useful tips.
Ages 5+
Working with Children’s Language

By Jackie Cooke & Diana Williams, Foreword by Bill Graham wire-o-bound
Containing a wealth of accessible ideas and a huge range of
activities, this book’s practical approach to language teaching ISBN: 978 0 86388 374 3
has established it as a durable manual in its field. ORDER CODE
• Includes games, activities and ideas suitable for developing AO2-002-0103
specific language skills.
• Covers early language skills, attention control, listening
skills, the role of play, the
development of comprehension, “This excellent handbook will be welcomed by all those
perception and the acquisition
who work with young children… it offers a wealth of
of expressive language.
practical suggestions applicable equally to the specialist in
Ages 3+ a language unit, the teacher in the infant or nursery class,
the playgroup leader or parent.”
Child Language Teaching & Therapy
29
Speech & Language

Short-Term Memory Difficulties in Children

A practical resource Contents:
• Introduction to the theory of ISBN: 978 0 86388 441 2
By Joanne Rudland
memory ORDER CODE
This book is ideal for practising
educational psychologists and speech • Practical ideas for planning AO2-002-5143
& language therapists working with therapy
children with short-term memory • Advice sheets for parents and
difficulties. Memory therapy can have teachers
a direct and positive impact on a • Baseline test
child’s receptive language skills, self- • Practical exercises for therapy and
confidence and ability to learn. homework
This practical resource provides a • Recording forms and progress
complete programme of ideas for charts.
developing a child’s short-term
Ages 7-11
memory skills.
Language for Thinking

A structured approach for young children
Stephen Parsons & Anna Branagan, Foreword by James Law ISBN: 978 0 86388 575 4
This photocopiable resource provides a clear structure to assist ORDER CODE

teachers, SENCO’s, learning support assistants and speech & AO2-002-5244
language therapists in developing children’s language from the
concrete to the abstract. It is based on fifty picture and verbal
scenarios that can be used flexibly with a wide range of ages and abilities.
• Quick, practical and easy to use in the classroom, this programme can be used with
individual children, in small groups or can form the basis of a literacy lesson or speech &
language therapy session.
• Question sheets are carefully structured to promote children’s development of inference,
verbal reasoning and thinking skills.
• The three parallel assessments of spoken and written language can be used to assess each
child’s starting level and then to monitor progress; score forms and worksheets for each
lesson are included.
• Particularly useful for children who are recognised as having delayed language skills,
specific language impairment, Autism Spectrum Disorder (including Asperger’s Syndrome),
pragmatic language impairment or moderate learning difficulties.
Ages 4-12+
Social Communication Difficulties

Resource Pack 120pp, wire-o-bound, A4
Includes CD
By Lucy Prosser, Sally Farrow, Gilly Williams, Ann Pugmire, Nicola ISBN: 978 0 86388 820 5
Cole, Vijaya Sudra, Emily Rackstraw, Margaret Irons, Caroline
Bishop and Jenny Wilk ORDER CODE
AO2-002-5734
Devised by members of the Speech and Language Therapy team
in Portsmouth City teaching PCT this Advice Pack breaks down
social communication difficulties into four key areas:
• Language
• Conversation skills
• Social skills
• Selecting and organising information.
The pack will facilitate identification and assessment of social communication
difficulties and provide suggested intervention strategies related to specific
areas of communication. A range of photocopiable handouts have been created
which address each feature identified. The handouts provide a description of
the SCD feature, examples of how this might present in children and then a list free
CD Rom
of practical suggestions for teaching specific skills. An excellent practical
resource.
All Ages
Available
Spring 2011
30
Speech & Language

language and communication
Not Just Talking

Approx 120pp,
Identifying non-verbal communication difficulties –
wire-o-bound, A4
a life changing approach
By Sioban Boyce ISBN: 978 0 86388 849 6
This innovative approach to dealing with communication difficulties was ORDER CODE
devised by the author following encounters with increased numbers of AO2-002-5753
children who had learned to talk, but still were unable to communicate
effectively. This new theory of communication development devised in
the late 1990s has been successfully used by the author and a wide
range of educators and promotes the good use of non-verbal skills in
children. This programme changes the lives of the children (in the family
and at school) who benefit from it.
The book will look at:
• Non-verbal communication theory • Normal and disordered
development • Problems arising – behaviour; social skills; emotions;
education; in the family • Prevention • Assessment • Intervention
Generally those children with poor non-verbal skill development will have
limited ability to communicate effectively in all situations and may even Available
be ‘shut down’, i.e. not attempting to communicate unless they choose September 2011
to. This flagship book provides a whole new perspective and presents a
concrete alternative approach to tackling the fundamentals from which
communication difficulties arise.
All Ages
The Brain Game!

Game board, category
The vocabulary and word finding game
cards, instruction booklet.
By Ellen Saunders
ISBN: 978 0 86388 813 7
An innovative and fun game that can be
used with children of all ages and abilities ORDER CODE
to structure their learning of vocabulary, by AO2-003-5728
introducing categories in a fun way.
The game consists of a game board and 3
sets of challenge cards. Each set of cards
focuses on a different skill that we all need in
order to be able to store and retrieve words
correctly. The board game is based on 12
different categories that help form a basis to
build vocabulary. These include:
• Clothes • Sports • Body Parts • Vehicles •
Animals • Food • Furniture • Drinks • Toys Available Board
• Jobs • Weather • Buildings Spring 2011 Game
The games can be used for various reasons:
• Working with anybody with a word finding difficulty aged 6yrs+, from children to adults.
• Used for therapy, such as vocabulary building, pre-teaching vocabulary, and increasing skills and strategies to aid word finding skills.
• Used for assessment to pin point exact area of breakdown where skills are reduced, according to original model, and to guide
therapy e.g. Generation difficulties.
Ages 5+
Language for Living

Approx 300pp,
Communication Activities for Young Adults with
A4, illustrated,
Learning Difficulties
Wire-o-boundIncludes CD
By Jill Spring and Catherine Delamain
ISBN: 978 0 86388 825 0
This unique collection of 180 enjoyable group activities
aims to foster both the skills underlying communication, ORDER CODE
such as body language and awareness of others, and AO2-002-5738
aspects of spoken language itself. The activities fall
broadly within the Entry Levels 1-3 of the Skills for Life
Core Curriculum, but can be used as a completely
independent programme. The book addresses the needs of students with very
varied skill levels, and includes some activities which can be used with non-
verbal students. Language for Living has the following advantages:
• No formal assessment necessary
• Equipment not required or kept to a minimum
• Activities can be freely adapted to suit students’ lifestyles and experience
• Activities simple to organise, and easy to fit in to the daily programme of college,
day or residential settings.
• Photocopiable resource section
• CD Rom for optional record- keeping and printable resources Available
Spring 2011
Ages 4+
31
Speech & Language

speech & language disorders
Phonological
Screening Assessment 32 cards 93 x 93mm,
20pp booklet & 4 A4
By Neil Stevens & Deborah Isles laminated photocopiable
sheets, boxed
A quick, interesting and effective method
of gaining a sample of speech sounds ISBN: 978 0 86388 273 9
while also providing active participation, ORDER CODE
this assessment provides and accurate and AO2-003-4727
comprehensive overview of phonological
difficulties.
• Contains 32 colour picture cards; the
stimulus items are contained within the
Rebus symbol collection and have
been chosen from the 100 most “This test is versatile,
common words for a child to straightforward and
acquire, or can be found in the
Makaton Core Vocabulary.
attractive... The pictures
are clear and not
• Suitable for all ages from pre- babyish... Good value.”
school child
Speech & Language Therapy
to adult, including those with
learning difficulties. in Practice
• Testing time is from 10 to 15
minutes.
• Includes a photocopiable record and
analysis form and photocopiable
templates of the colour items
in black-and-white line drawing format.
Ages 2+
Test of Morpheme Usage

21 cards 105 x 148mm,
By Neil Stevens 24pp booklet & laminated
The Test of Morpheme Usage is ideal for speech & photocopiable scoring sheets,
language therapists, teachers, educational psychologists boxed
or health visitors wishing to monitor language
development. Morphemes are key to the expansion and ISBN: 978 0 86388 459 7
development of expressive language. With the Test of ORDER CODE
Morpheme Usage, the busy clinician has a quick, AO2-003-5102
interesting and flexible method of investigating the
acquisition of English morphemes.
• Follows developmental norms
• Identifies specific areas for possible remediation
• Contains 21 colour photographic cards used as stimuli
• Suitable for all ages from young child to adult
• Easy and quick to administer
• Clear and simple scoring and analysis.
Ages 2+
Lemon & Lime Library

An articulation screen & resource pack wire-o-bound with
By Rebecca Palmer & Athanassios Protopapas interactive CD-ROM
This comprehensive manual and CD Rom resource profiles the ISBN: 978 0 86388 548 8
articulation ability of a client, identifies areas in particular need of
treatment and provides the material and tools to create tailor-made ORDER CODE
practice worksheets. AO2-002-5274
• The easy CD Rom generates word lists according to the linguistic
and phonetic criteria defined by the therapist. Words can also be
added to the Library allowing it to grow over time and to store a
large number of words for articulation practice.
• Tailor-made lists of practice words and sentences, pictures and
instructions, can be designed and printed for individual clients or
students.
• There are seven levels of articulation practice in the order of single
sounds; consonant-vowel combinations; DDK rates; short words;
mutic syllabic words; short phrases with the target sound in one
word; and longer sentences saturated with the target sound.
• Includes an articulation screening test using words not in the
Library to indicate the areas of greatest difficulty and to assess
the generalisation of articulation skills.
This versatile resource can be used with children or adults and will be
invaluable to speech and language therapists, teachers and students
free
CD Rom
of phonetics.
Ages 3+
32
Speech & Language

The Renfrew Language Scales

Revised edition
Catherine Renfrew’s three tests have been used for many years and provide a means of assessing children’s speech and
language. All tests are suitable for use with 3-9 year olds and are norm referenced to enable therapists to produce
comparative results. Norms are given at six-monthly intervals for both the Action Picture Test and Word Find Vocabulary and
monthly for the Bus Story Test.
Action Picture Test

10 full colour cards,
The test has been designed to fulfil the need for a photocopiable scoring form,
standardised test that, in a short and simple form, would manual, boxed
stimulate children to give samples of spoken language
that could be evaluated in terms of information given ISBN 978 0 86388 809 0
and the grammatical structures used, viz.
ORDER CODE
• Words used to convey AO2-003-5724
information, ie nouns, verbs,
prepositions
• Present, past and future tenses
• Irregular forms of plural and
past tenses
• Simple and complex sentence
construction
• Passive voice
Ages 3-8
Bus Story Test

Booklet, photocopiable
The age level of consecutive speech used in scoring form, manual, boxed
retelling a story can be assessed from the
information content, sentence length and ISBN 978 0 86388 808 3
grammatical usage of this revised test. The test
ORDER CODE
includes a coloured picture story book, a scoring
AO2-003-5723
form to photocopy and a manual, but also
requires the use of audio recording equipment.
Ages 3-8
Word Finding Vocabulary Test

50 line-drawn picture cards,
The extent to which pictures of objects, arranged in photocopiable scoring form,
order of difficulty, can be named correctly is manual, boxed
assessed using this test. Most of the objects
illustrated have no alternative name, so the ISBN 978 0 86388 807 6
responses of children can be quickly measured. ORDER CODE
Completely revised, this new edition contains 50 AO2-003-5722
line-drawn pictures, a manual and a photocopiable
scoring form.
Ages 3-8
Best
Seller
VALUE! BUY ALL 3 SETS AT A SAVING

33
Speech & Language

The Selective Mutism Resource Manual

By Maggie Johnson & Alison Wintgens
ISBN: 978 0 86388 280 7
This unique manual emphasises practical assessment and treatment and
provides advice and information on this rare condition. ORDER CODE
• Summarises relevant literature and theory and provides detailed AO2-002-4759
ideas on assessment and management.
• Includes case examples,
photocopiable material, and a “This excellent book provides a much
discussion about progress, transfer
Best and discharge.
needed practical manual… I fully recommend
this resource manual. This book should be a
Seller • Written for teachers, clinical and
must in every agency that happens to meet
educational psychologists, speech
and language therapists, child children with SM and their families.”
psychiatrists and parents. European Child & Adolescent Psychiatry
Ages 4-16
My Friend Daniel Doesn’t Talk

28pp, 210 x 210mm, full
By Sharon Longo colour illustrated, stitched
This is a story about Daniel, a selectively BMA Medical Book
mute boy who is befriended in class by Awards: ISBN: 978 0 86388 562 4
Ryan. This beautifully illustrated ORDER CODE
Patient Information
storybook is for children aged 4-8 who AO2-002-5288
are either copying with selective mutism, Award Highly
severe shyness or social anxiety, or who Commended
know of a child who is.
An invaluable tool for teachers and children who are trying to
understand children with selective mutism, severe shyness or social
anxiety.
Ages 4-8
Practical Intervention for Cleft Palate Speech

Flexible therapy ideas for working with • The therapy ideas can be
cleft palate clients of all ages used flexibly and are ISBN 978 0 86388 513 6
designed to cover all age-
By Jane Russell & Liz Albery ORDER CODE
groups: pre-school, school-
A Speechmark core resource, this age and adult. AO2-002-5181
photocopiable manual provides
• The suggestions presented in
practical ideas and material for speech
this book help to determine
& language therapists to use with
the best approach for each "This book is a
clients whose speech difficulties arise
client. must have."
from cleft palate and/or velopharyngeal
disorders. All Ages Speech & Language
• Enables therapists in the community Therapy in Practice
to feel confident in dealing with the "The layout is
specific problems that cleft palate
speech can bring, even if they have
straightforward...
no experience of working with this a valuable link between the
client group. specialist SLT and the NHS
or independent SLTs."
Independent Talking Points
Children’s Phonology Sourcebook

By Lesley Flynn & Gwen Lancaster wire-o-bound
Foreword by Kim Grundy
ISBN: 978 0 86388 412 2
Successfully bridging the gap between theory and practice, this manual
provides a wealth of creative ideas for lively and entertaining activities. ORDER CODE
AO2-002-3077
• Provides lively, interesting and practical resource material and ideas
for use with young speech-disordered children.
• Linking theory to practise, this user-friendly clinical resource emphasises
the auditory processing of speech, covers the interaction between high level phonological processing and
speech production and encourages a thoughtful and creative approach to management.
• Essential reading for all therapists, this practical sourcebook is designed to make therapy an enjoyable and
rewarding experience for child and adult alike.
Contents include: Acquisition and disorders of phonology at ‘First Words’ stage; Disorders of output
phonology; Development and disorders of speech perception; Current approaches to treatment; Parent training
programme; Word lists and general games for MMC therapy.
Ages 3-10
34
Speech & Language

NEW dysfluency
Edition
The Dysfluency Resource

Book (2nd Edition) 180pp, 297 x 210mm
(A4) wire-o-bound
Comprehensive resource book for treating
ISBN 978 0 86388 792 5
adults who stammer
By Jackie Turnbull & Trudy Stewart ORDER CODE
• This completely revised and updated AO2-002-5676
edition takes account of advances in
theory and practice.
• As well as extensively revised chapters it
contains two completely new chapters – "This second edition builds upon
one on principles of therapy and the other the success of the first by
on running groups.
expanding the content and making
• It provides an excellent resource for it even more user-friendly… I would
therapists looking for practical ideas and recommend this book
resources to use with adults who stammer.
unreservedly."
Adult Bulletin
Practical Intervention for Early

Childhood Stammering 312pp, A4, wire-o-bound
with CD Rom
Palin PCI Approach
ISBN: 978 0 86388 667 6
By Elaine Kelman & Alison Nicholas
ORDER CODE
Therapy for young children who stammer is now high priority, AO2-002-5433
with growing research evidence supporting early intervention.
This manual from the Michael Palin Centre for Stammering
Children (MPC) is a detailed, step-by-step guide intended to support general and
specialist speech & language therapists in developing their confidence and skills
in working with this age group.
• Based on a strong theoretical framework which explains the factors
contributing to the onset and development of stammering and describes
recent research findings regarding the nature of stammering in this age group. free
CD Rom
• Provides a comprehensive guide to the assessment process and helps to
identify which children are likely to recover naturally and which are at risk of
developing a persistent stammering problem.
• The therapy approach has been successfully tried and tested at the Michael
Palin Centre, and the manual provides detailed descriptions of the therapy
process. It also includes a supporting CD-Rom and photocopiable resources
such as assessment and therapy forms and parents’ handouts.
• For children at increased risk of persistence, the manual incorporates a direct
therapy programme which involves teaching the child strategies for
developing fluency.
This manual disseminates the MPC’s specialist therapy knowledge and research
findings, and is an invaluable guide for all speech and language therapists and
students working with stammering.
Ages 3+
Working with Dysfluent Children

Practical approaches to assessment & therapy
ISBN: 978 0 86388 514 3 Trudy Stewart & Jackie Turnbull
ORDER CODE This extensively revised edition is now an up-to-date
AO2-002-5182 clinical text, with ideas on relating theory to current
practice. It is an invaluable resource for those working
with children who are dysfluent, containing revised
chapters on all stages of dysfluency and practical ideas
and suggestions for therapeutic approaches.
Areas covered include:
• Development of stammering
• Assessment of children who are dysfluent
• Early dysfluency
• Borderline stammering
• Confirmed stammering
• Group therapy
• Working with nurseries and schools.
Ages 3-16
35
Speech & Language

voice disorders “A valuable resource for any speech and
language therapy department … one you
can rely on and refer to regularly”
Speech & Language Therapy in Practice
Working with Voice Disorders

By Stephanie Martin & Myra Lockhart
ISBN: 978 0 86388 489 4
Foreword by Dr Robert E Hillman
An essential resource for clinicians of varying levels of experience ORDER CODE
from student to specialist, this book provides practical insights and AO2-002-4253
direction in all aspects of managing voice disorders.
• Provides a sound theoretical framework to this specialism and also
offers a rich variety of practical resource material – the result of the author’s wide
experience accumulated over many years in the field of voice therapy.
• The multi-dimensional structure of this manual allows the clinicians to look at both the specific
aspects of patient management as well as the issues of clinical effectiveness, clinical
governance and service management.
• Its pragmatic approach, wealth of photocopiable material and clinician-friendly patient-centred
approach makes this an essential resource for every clinician.
Contents: Anatomy overview; Non organic disorders; Organic disorders;
The case history; Assessment; Treatment strategies; Management strategies; Service management;
Appendices: Voice care advice; Voice disorders summary chart; Voice questionnaire; Case history
proforma; Voice assessment sheet; Voice record sheet; Voice diary; Prognostic indicator check list.
Adult
VIP: Voice Impact Profile

48pp, A4, wire-o-bound with
By Stephanie Martin & Myra Lockhart interactive CD Rom
This user-friendly, point-in-time assessment tool provides an ‘at a glance’
vocal profile for the clinician, voice coach and client. It examines the ISBN: 978 0 86388 527 3
potential impact of a number of specific factors on the voice: general ORDER CODE
health; vocal history; vocal health; voice care; vocal status; voice AO2-002-5243
genogram; anxiety and stress; social functioning; vocal demand; and
environmental factors, and offers an overview of the theory to support
this choice.
• The questions have been carefully designed to elicit easily recorded
free
CD Rom
information from the client about a range of factors that are known to
affect vocal quality.
The tick-box answers then translate into the Vocal Impact Profile, a
visual presentation of the areas of greatest impact on voice.
• Self-administered by the client, the questionnaire should take
approximately ten to fifteen minutes to complete.
• The responses are entered into the computer programme (supplied on
CD Rom) or transferred manually on to the hard copy thus offering a
clear visual representation of the results.
• VIP can be used as a template for achieving change in a specific area
of vulnerability and provides a robust visual reinforcement of that
change over time – it is thus helpful as a therapy-monitoring tool and
as an evaluation of client awareness, behavioural change and clinical effectiveness.
Contents: Anatomy overview; Non organic disorders; Organic disorders;
The case history; Assessment; Treatment strategies; Management strategies; Service management;
Appendices: Voice care advice; Voice disorders summary chart; Voice questionnaire; Case history
proforma; Voice assessment sheet; Voice record sheet; Voice diary; Prognostic indicator check list.
Ages 5+
Working with Children’s Voice Disorders

By Jenny Hunt & Alyson Slater
Foreword by Jayne Comins ISBN: 978 0 86388 279 1
Drawing on more than ten years’ experience with children’s voice ORDER CODE
disorders, the authors give practical advice on the nature of children’s AO2-002-4758
voice problems, ideas for therapy, the aims of intervention and how
best to achieve them, as well as an overview of the relevant literature.
• Contains ideas for setting up treatment groups, together with case
studies and suggestions on how to evaluate therapy and measure “Any student, generalist
outcomes. or specialist therapist
• Includes ideas for working with groups as well as individuals. working with dysphonic
• Easily accessible and user-friendly children, should read this
• Contains photocopiable resources for setting up voice groups, book.”
including all essential paperwork. RCSLT Bulletin
Contents: Introduction; Laryngeal and Voice Development in Children; (Book of the Month)
The Origins of Paediatric Dysphonia; Assessment and Evaluation;
principles of Therapy and Management; Developing a Programme of
Vocal Hygiene for Children; Relaxation and Posture Modification;
Breathing for Voice; Voice Therapy Techniques; the Group Approach to
Therapy and Therapy Evaluation; Appendices
Ages 0-16
36
Speech & Language

aphasia
VASES: Visual Analogue

Self-Esteem Scale CD Rom + A5 booklet in a
storage wallet
The classic self-esteem measure for people with ISBN: 978 0 86388 789 5
communication impairment now updated and re-
launched on CD Rom ORDER CODE
AO2-003-5685
By Shelagh Brumfitt and Paschal Sheeran
This tried-and-tested resource is the first self-esteem
rating scale designed specifically for the aphasic speaker.
It can also be used with people with other acquired “A simple, straight-
communication impairments, such as dysarthric speakers, forward and user friendly
and with learning disabled adults. way to help clients with
• Provides an opportunity to discuss the patient’s aphasia to explore their
feelings by providing a series of pictures which form a self-esteem … an
point for discussion. invaluable resource.”
• Short and easy to administer. Cathy Sparkes, Wolfson
• Provides an overall idea of how the person views Neurorehabilitation Centre,
themselves and can be used as an outcome measure. RCSLT Bulletin
• The test results can be recorded on the CD Rom and
displayed to clearly show any changes in the patient’s
feelings over a period of time.
Updated and re-launched with an interactive
CD Rom, this is a vital resource for
understanding and addressing the impact
NEW acquired language impairment has on self-
Edition esteem and the loss of self and identity.
Adult
“An important and valuable

assessment tool.”
Dr. Margaret Walshe, Trinity College
Dublin, IASLT Update
Aphasia Screening Test (AST)

3rd edition 297 x 210mm (A4) illustrated,
wire-o-bound display book,
A hugely successful, tried and tested assessment for adults test cards, interactive CD
with acquired aphasia Rom, manual and record
forms
By Renata Whurr
Used by more than 2,000 speech & language therapists, this ISBN 978 0 86388 790 1
user-friendly and enjoyable assessment is straightforward to ORDER CODE
use, easy to interpret and clinically effective. Portable and AO2-003-5674
suitable for bedside assessment, the responses can now be
digitally recorded on the accompanying CD Rom.
• Designed for severely- to moderately-impaired aphasic adults, the AST is a sensitive and
comprehensive clinical tool for obtaining a profile of the communication and language
processes of listening, understanding, speaking, reading and writing.
• The responses are entered onto the computer programme to produce clear test results
and profile summaries outlining the main strengths and weaknesses of the patient, thus
facilitating treatment plans.
• Once analysed, the profile defines areas of language disturbances in order to help plan
treatment, and re-testing provides an objective measure of changes in a patient’s
language and communication functions.
Used successfully for more than 30 years, the AST is the benchmark for aphasia screening.
Now with an interactive CD Rom, this third edition is an essential resource for all clinicians
working with adults.
Adult
Available
Spring 2011
37
Speech & Language

aphasia
Sourcebook for Assessing &

Maintaining Communication 302pp, illustrated, A4
wire-o-bound
By Fiona Sugden-Best ISBN: 978 0 86388 305 7

This sourcebook is for clients who have some, even if limited, motor ORDER CODE
control to enable hand pointing, and contains: AO2-002-4781
• Oromotor exercises in a clear format, with illustrations, to enable
clients to work independently.
• Articulation sheets: Speech sounds, including consonant clusters of multi-syllabic words and
tongue twisters.
• Language assessments and screens for those reliant at a high level on hand pointing only.
• AAC screen with alphabet charts for direct access.
• Handouts to give to the client for awareness of their specific communication difficulties.
• Questionnaires, breathing and voice parameters which include breathing exercises and sheets
relating to relaxation and posture, pitch, intonation and resonance exercises to give to the client.
Adult
Sourcebook for Adults with Profound

Communication Difficulties 212pp, illustrated, A4,
wire-o-bound
By Fiona Sugden-Best ISBN: 978 0 86388 269 2
For clients who have limited motor control, with a reliance on a yes/no ORDER CODE
response and/or eye pointing, this practical workbook includes: AO2-002-3927
• Oromotor exercises for face, lip, tongue, jaw and palate.
• Articulation sheets for each sound in initial, medial and final positions.
• Language assessments.
• AAC screening form.
• Handouts, questionnaires & breathing sheets.
Adult
BNVR: The Butt Non-Verbal

Reasoning Test 56pp, A4, wire-o-bound, 55
colour illustrations
By Pamela Butt & Romola Bucks ISBN: 978 0 86388 472 6
The BNVR Test is a unique non-linguistic approach for identifying ORDER CODE
whether a cognitive deficit as well as a linguistic deficit exists in
AO2-002-5161
individuals with acquired aphasia.
• Requires the client to solve 10 everyday problems, presented in
full-colour photographic format
• Non-linguistic approach to testing problem solving based on real-
life situations
• Quick and easy to use, it indicates a cognitive as well as a
linguistic deficit
• Likely to be suitable for non-English speaking individuals.
Adult
FCTP: Functional Communication

Therapy Planner 72pp, A4, wire-o-bound
ISBN: 978 0 86388 237 1
By Linda Worrall • Observe the client’s performance
in considerable detail; ORDER CODE
The FCTP provides a structure for
AO2-002-4216
clinicians to develop, administer and • Be non-standardised to encourage
evaluate aphasia therapy. It aims to: clinicians to use professional
• Ensure that activities relevant to judgement in their evaluation and
the client are evaluated and planning and to encourage them
targeted and allows the client to to modify the content to suit
drive the decision-making process; specific populations and settings.
• Be flexible taking into account pre- Adult
morbid personality, activities and
abilities;
38
Speech & Language

aphasia
IFCI: Inpatient Functional

Communication Interview 96pp, A4, wire-o-bound
ISBN: 978 0 86388 506 8
By Robyn O’Halloran, Linda Worrall, Deborah Toffolo,
Chris Code & Louise Hickson ORDER CODE
AO2-002-5180
The IFCI provides structured assessment that gives a
comprehensive evaluation of the everyday communication
needs of patients whilst they are in hospital.
The interview is conducted in three parts:
• Gathering relevant information from the patient’s
medical history
• Interviewing the patient
• Interviewing relevant members of the health care team.
This enables the clinician to write an overall summary which
will describe the patient’s ability to communicate in the hospital
setting, identifies the strategies that facilitate effective
communication and identifies any goals for intervention.
Adult
Beyond Aphasia
288pp, 245 x 171mm,
Therapies for living with communication disability paperback
By Carole Pound, Susie Parr, Jayne Lindsay & Celia Woolf
Foreword by Martha Taylor Sarno ISBN: 978 0 86388 347 7
This book focuses explicity on therapeutic techniques developed ORDER CODE

from a social model approach to disability and learning to live with AO2-002-3842
difference. It describes theories, activities and methods of
implementation developed from the work of Connect with people
with long-term aphasia.
• Theoretical discussion runs alongside practical ideas for
therapy and evaluation, case studies and commentaries with
the authors regarding the method and means of implementation.
• Synthesis theory and practice in this new area of service delivery.
Its non-impairment led focus of the therapies means that it has
wide appeal to therapists, health service professionals and
volunteers who work with people with chronic disabilities affecting
lifestyle and communication.
Adult
Communication Activities
with Adults 128pp, 207 x 131mm,
paperback
By Jayne Comins, Felicity Llewellyn & Judith Offiler ISBN: 978 0 86388 343 9
With more than 100 graded communication activities for ORDER CODE
individuals and groups, this practical book is an excellent AO2-002-5098
resource for health professionals and activity providers.
• An extensively revised and updated form of the
extremely popular Activities and Ideas, which was
originally published in 1983.
“Excellent for care
• Originally compiled for use with people with dysphasia, providers needing some
this book is also valuable for working with the elderly
and day-centre clients, and can be used for group warm-
fresh inspiration or
ups. wanting something ready
• The majority of activities require little or no preparation to hand to fill an odd five
and can be adapted to suit different abilities. minutes or so.”
Signpost Magazine
Contents: Cued responses; Short answers; Longer answers;
Non-verbal activities; Reading; Writing.
Ages 7+
39
Speech & Language

aphasia
Phonology Resource Pack for Adult Aphasia

Five illustrated A4
By Sarah Morrison wire-o-bound books
Provides speech & language therapists, support in a slip case
workers, volunteers and other professionals
with a ready-to-use photocopiable and ISBN: 978 0 86388 228 9
flexible resource to use with people with ORDER CODE
aphasia, specifically those with AO2-002-4210
phonological deficits. With its focus on the
psycholinguistic approach to aphasia therapy,
the pack presents a series of carefully graded
exercises, many in worksheet format, that work
on rhyme recognition, judgement and
generation, and homophone judgement.
• Certain tasks correlate directly with
sub-sections in the PALPA
(Psychological Assessment of
Language Processing in Aphasia),
and can be used to teach tasks,
as well as to remediate
identified deficits.
• Word and picture rhyme activities are graded into easy,
moderate and difficult tasks to use in therapy, or to
photocopy to make worksheets for home practice.
Adult
SPPARC: Supporting Partners of

People with Aphasia in A4, illustrated
Relationships & Conversation wire-o-bound book with a
CD Rom and DVD
By Sarah Lock, Ray Wilkinson & Karen Bryan, Foreword by ISBN: 978 0 86388 689 8
Claire Penn ORDER CODE
SPPARC highlights the importance of working with partners in AO2-002-5464
order to create real life change both for partners and for
people with aphasia.
The SPPARC pack consists of a manual, CD Rom and DVD and
provides:
• Practical resources to run support and conversation training
programmes either for groups of partners or for the partner
and person with aphasia together as a couple.
• Conversation assessment and treament materials,
photocopiable and printable (from the CD Rom) activities
and handouts, as well as an introduction to conversation
analysis.
• A DVD with 27 extracts of everyday conversations between
several people with aphasia and their partners, which can
be used as a resource both for assessing everyday
conversation and for facilitating change.
Adult
Semantic Workbooks
Six illustrated books in a
By Caroline Davidson, Kaye Beveridge & Carol Nelson sturdy ring-binder
This set of six books consists of photocopiable
exercises to target different aspects of clients’ ISBN: 978 0 86388 267 8
semantic processing using drawings that are clear ORDER CODE
and captivating. AO2-002- 4640
• Gives a range of semantic therapy ideas and
materials can be used individually or modified for
use with groups
• Exercises are graded in order of difficulty and
presented in a range of formats, eg pictures only,
written word only and pictures with words. NEW
• Designed for use with adults with acquired
neurological disorders and based on the cognitive
Edition
neuropsychological model of language processing.
• Many of the picture exercises would also be
suitable for semantic work with children.
Ages 5+
40
Speech & Language

AAC & hearing
RCSLT Clinical Guidelines

(£40.50 to RCSLT members,
Edited by Sylvia Taylor-Goh please quote your
These guidelines provide clinicians, managers and service users with membership number when
statements regarding the clinical management of specific disorders or ordering)
conditions and in some instances, particular populations.
432pp, A4, paperback
The Guidelines:
ISBN: 978 0 86388 505 1
• Assist in the clinical decision-making process by providing
information on what is considered to be the minimum best practice. ORDER CODE
• Provide specific clinical guidance on the assessment and AO2-002-5179
management of each area. Each recommendation is supported by
evidence from the literature or is based upon the consensus of
clinical experts.
Sections include: Pre-School children with communication, language and
speech needs; School aged children with speech language and
communication difficulties; Autistic spectrum disorders; cleft palate and
velopharyngeal abnormalities; Clinical voice disorders; Dysarthria;
Aphasia, etc.
All Ages
The Frenchay E-tran Frame
Polypropelene frame
The E-tran (eye transfer) frame is a low-tech does need to
& A4 instruction card
communication aid for people who have be established
in a carrying wallet
difficulty with speech. between the
user and the ORDER CODE
How does it work? The frame is held by the
communication AO2-003-5213
communication partner about 18” in front of
partner so
the user’s face at eye-level. The user looks
choices can be confirmed.
at the place where the letter they wish to
communicate is positioned and then to the Where can it be used? Anywhere!
corresponding colour disc of that letter. The Lightweight and portable the E-tran can be
communication partner confirms each letter. used in places where other communication
If appropriate they can pre-empt the word aids may not be appropriate – for example
the user is building up. in the bath. It can be used in addition to
other methods of AAC the user may have
Who can use it? Anyone who is able to
and is particularly helpful at times when the
move their eyes intentionally and has basic
user is too tired to use more high-tech
spelling skills, (for example, individuals with
methods.
MND or MS). A consistent yes/no response
Adult
Teamwork
224pp, 2245 x 171mm,
A guide to successful collaboration in health & social care
paperback
By Sue Hutchings, Judy Hall & Barbara Lovelady
ISBN: 978 0 86388 276 0
In today’s world, health and social care policy and theories can evolve
and be disseminated at ever increasing speed, making the simple act of ORDER CODE
keeping up to date and informed difficult and exhausting. AO2-002-4761
This book:
• Illustrates the key concepts, ideas, policy and politics that are
involved in multi-professional team working today;
• Aims to make sense of collaborative working and to help illuminate
the implications this has for practice and professional development;
• Is practically orientated, and based on the authors’ own thoughts,
research and experiences.
Adult
Active Communication Education (ACE)

Program for older people with hearing hearing impairment: 104pp, A4, wire-o-bound
impairment using the telephone, ISBN: 978 0 86388 614 0
listening to the
By Louise Hickson, Linda Worrall & Nerina Scarinci ORDER CODE
television, going to a
Active communication Education (ACE) is a restaurant and AO2-002-5378
communication awareness and training programme conversing at the
for older people with acquired hearing loss. It dinner table.
provides health professionals working in the
Within each module there is a detailed discussion
community (audiologists, speech pathologists,
of the communication activity itself, possible
nurses) with a step-by-step programme for running
solutions, practical exercises, takeaway exercises
a group education programme for older people
and written information all designed to teach
with hearing impairment and their significant
participants individual problem-solving skills. Also
others.
discussed are the use of communication strategies,
The ACE programme consists of a series of modules lip reading skills, clarification skills and assistive
about everyday communication activities that have technology.
been found to be problematic for older people with
Adult
41
Speech & Language

feeding & swallowing
CD
Resource
Swallowing Guidelines
Individualised programmes of care with CD ROM
By Elizabeth Boaden & Jo Walker
ISBN: 978 0 86388 517 4
This pack is the simple answer to a
ORDER CODE
busy therapist’s problem. It enables the therapist to meet their
AO2-002-5185
professional responsibility to inform patients and carers of
relevant dysphagia instructions by designing contemporaneous
written information, advice and therapy.
• Using an interactive CD Rom, Swallowing Guidelines allows you to produce multiple
individualised programmes that may be emailed or posted to the individuals, their carers or
other professionals in any location.
• The programme sheets offer comprehensive advice covering all aspects of dysphagia care in
clear unambiguous language. All that the therapist needs to do is highlight the sections
pertinent to their patient and the programme is created. As the individual’s status changes,
the programme can be quickly amended to reflect their changing needs.
• The CD Rom and accompanying template ensures that individualised programmes are
comprehensive.
Adult
Working with Dysphagia

By Lizzy Marks & Deirdre Rainbow
ISBN: 978 0 86388 249 4
This practical text is indispensable to all clinicians working
with dysphagia and is suitable for those involved in a range ORDER CODE
of settings and with a diversity of client groups. With its AO2-002-3843
perspective on everyday working practice, Working with
Dysphagia fills a gap in an area where practical and
workable material is much sought after. It includes:
• The normal swallow; Respiration & aspiration;
Introduction to assessment; Subjective assessment;
Objective assessment; General issues in management;
Oral stage management; Tracheotomies & ventilators;
Nutrition & hydration; Legal & professional issues;
Health & safety; Making ethical decisions; Training other
professionals.
• Appendices that bring together examples of client
advice sheets, programmes and details of available
resources, including internet sites.
Adult
Feeding & Swallowing

Disorders in Dementia 136pp, A4,
wire-o-bound
By Jacqueline Kindell
ISBN: 978 0 86388 312 5
This informative and practical manual draws
on expert research to highlight the feeding ORDER CODE
and swallowing difficulties that can occur with AO2-002-5026
dementia and offers potential strategies to
manage these problems.
• Professionals are enabled to focus on the
needs of the individual by providing “A detailed, extremely
practical questions that are asked when practical book ...it’s value
making an assessment. The step-by-step is in its thorough
process facilitates observation, treatment of this often
documentation and management of complex area of clinical
feeding and swallowing difficulties.
work ... undoubtedly a
• Forms, schedules and checklists that can valuable source of
be photocopied are provided to aid
implementation.
information.”
• A detailed, practical resource which RCSLT Bulletin
includes case studies to illustrate theory in
practice, as well as a wide ranging
bibliography, and offers support and
direction.
Adult
42
Speech & Language

feeding & swallowing
Eating & Drinking Difficulties in Children

A guide for practitioners 312pp, A4, illustrated,
wire-o-bound
By April Winstock
Foreword by Dr Lewis Rosenbloom ISBN: 978 0 86388 426 9
Clearly illustrated, this is the ultimate practical handbook for all ORDER CODE
professionals working with children with eating and drinking difficulties, AO2-002-5136
and an essential guide for all students studying this area of therapy.
Covering the complex issues involved in the field of eating and drinking
difficulties in children this text: “This is a very practical
• Examines the theoretical background while maintaining a clear focus handbook… very clearly
on its practical application; set out… an excellent
• Provides essential information on all the relevant issues; book for those training to
work in the area of
• Contains an invaluable range of photocopiable material for each
chapter, which can be given to families and professional colleagues;
dysphagia… an excellent
resource to have at hand”
• Provides a range of appendices with details of useful resources
Independent Talking Points
including a reference list and suppliers of equipment.
Ages 0-16
The Manual of Paediatric

Feeding Practice 180pp, A4, wire-o-bound
ISBN: 978 0 86388 492 4
By Arlene McCurtin
Foreword by Gillie Kennedy ORDER CODE
AO2-002-3325
• Provides practical and accessible assessment, therapy and
management tools for children with feeding difficulties.
• Intended for use in clinics, this manual is problem led and
pragmatic in its approach.
• Organised in an efficient A-Z format so that required topics
can be quickly and easily located.
• Provides photocopiable checklists and assessments to hand
to parents, teachers and others working with the child.
Ages 0-16
“I would recommend this book to add to

any department’s resources, both acute
and outpatient. It is easy to access, gives
good checklists and guidelines for those
new to the feeding field”
RCSLT Bulletin
The Fun with Food Programme

Therapeutic intervention for children with aversion to oral feeding 312pp, A4, wire-o-bound
Edited by Arlene McCurtin ISBN: 978 0 86388 566 2
An eagerly-awaited resource, this programme provides exact ORDER CODE
prescriptions for therapeutic intervention with children who have AO2-002-5313
aversion to oral eating, drinking and swallowing.
• For all those who ask ‘How do I get this child to eat?” this is
the answer! It is a practical, how-to manual for all professionals
working with children who don’t want to eat; either those
totally tube fed, or those who eat selectively.
• An interdisciplinary programme, it provides comprehensive
solutions across multiple areas. The programme is practical and
easy to adapt, and can be used selectively or in it‘s entirety.
• Contains assessment forms, outcome measures, session plans,
case notes and activity suggestions – everything that the
therapist needs.
• Designed to develop more efficient and effective services for
disabled children with aversion to oral feeding, the Programme
has also been used successfully to treat individuals with
physical disabilities, learning disabilities, Autism Spectrum
Disorders, Down’s Syndrome, sensory processing disorders, and
those with complex medical histories but no overt diagnosis.
Ages 1+
43
Speech & Language

talkabout
Talkabout for Children 1

A4, wiro-bound, 280 pages
Developing self awareness and self esteem
free
CD Rom
By Alex Kelly
This practical resource is packed with activities and games
ISBN: 978 0 86388 827 4
ORDER CODE
for developing self awareness and self esteem - an essential AO2-002-5740
prerequisite to developing social skills. This book provides is
an excellent first step to any social skills. programme.
The book includes:
OUT NOW!
• Over 40 activities to develop self awareness and self esteem
• A CD with colour versions of the activities to print out and use
• A year’s teaching plan to help teachers incorporate groups into the school curriculum
• A short introduction to working with children with low self esteem and social skills difficulties
• A short assessment of self awareness and self esteem
• 25 excellent group cohesion activities to use within in your groups
• Forms and evaluation sheets to help with the smooth running of groups
This resource has already been piloted across the UK and abroad and has proved to be very
popular with teachers, therapists and children. The children in particular love the new Talkabout
characters that are introduced to help them understand some of the concepts.
Ages 4+
Talkabout for Children 2

A4, wiro-bound, 280 pages
Developing Social Skills
By Alex Kelly ISBN: 978 0 86388 869 4
Designed specifically for young children (aged 4 and above) or ORDER CODE
children with special needs, this practical resource is packed AO2-002-5746
with activities and games for developing social skills. Social
competence is an essential aspect of our quality of life and this
resource will help you to develop these skills in young children.
The book includes: Available
Spring 2011
• Over 60 activities to develop social skills in body language,
conversations and assertiveness
• A CD with colour versions of the activities to print out and use
• A teaching plan to help teachers incorporate groups into the school curriculum
• A short introduction to working with children with social skills difficulties
• An assessment of social skills and planning sheet for intervention
• 25 excellent group cohesion activities to use within your groups
• Forms and evaluation sheets to help with the smooth running of groups
This resource has already been piloted across the UK and abroad and has proved to be very
popular with teachers, therapists and children. Puppets and animals bring some of the
concepts to life and new Talkabout characters help the children to learn these essential skills.
Ages 4+
Talkabout Board Game

1 game board, 6 Talkabout
A fun way to develop 5 key skill areas
character pieces
By Alex Kelly and Brian Sains
5 sets of Talkabout
This board game has been designed to support challenge cards; 1 set
work on social communication skills, self esteem
Chance cards, Dice
and friendship skills.
The Talkabout board game is a journey through the ISBN: 978 0 86388 828 1
week where a player will encounter a number of ORDER CODE
different social skills tasks that need to be completed AO2-003-5741
in order to get to the end of the week.
The purpose of the game is to work together. There is
therefore no winner. Once a player has got to the
middle of the board, their role is to help the others to
Available
get there too.
Spring 2011
The game can be played at 6 different levels by
using the different colour coded packs to work
on different skills:
• Self awareness and self esteem
• Body language
• Conversational skills
• Friendship skills
• Assertiveness skills
• Any combination of the above
2-6 Players
Ages 7-16
44
Speech & Language

talkabout
Talkabout Posters
16 A3 posters, laminated
16 Posters highlighting key social skills
A superb set of posters designed to complement ORDER CODE

the Talkabout range. The posters provide visual AO2-003-5720
stimulus to support work on social skills covering:
• Talkabout Talking – How do we communicate?;
the way we talk; starting a conversation; ending
conversations; listening.
• Talkabout Assertiveness – Assertiveness;
making suggestions; apologising; disagreeing;
refusing; express your feelings.
• Talkabout Friendship – Giving compliments;
coping with anger; peer pressure; coping with
peer pressure; coping with jealousy.
Ages 7+
45
Speech & Language

talkabout
Talkabout
161pp, A4 illustrated,
A social communication skills package wire-o-bound
By Alex Kelly
ISBN: 978 0 86388 323 1
This hugely popular comprehensive photocopiable manual is an
essential resource for anyone running social skills groups. ORDER CODE
Beginning with a basic assessment procedure to evaluate self AO2-002-2614
awareness, as well as the awareness of others, it is divided into
six levels:
• Improving the awareness of self and others, including physical
“A highly practical, easy
appearance, likes, dislikes and problem solving;
to use resource … it will be
• Allowing clients to assess their own communication skills; useful not only to speech
• Taking the client through eight levels of body language; and language therapists
• ‘Talkabout the way we talk’ improving paralinguistic skills; but also to colleagues in
• Taking the client through the processes needed to improve occupational therapy,
conversational and listening skills; education and social work”
• Awareness and use of assertiveness skills. Speech & Language Therapy in
Practice
Ages 7+
Talkabout Activities
246pp, illustrated,
Developing social communication skills wire-o-bound
By Alex Kelly
ISBN: 978 0 86388 404 7
This excellent photocopiable resource is packed with 225
group activities providing a wealth of ideas for those ORDER CODE
running social skills training for children and adolescents. AO2-002-5117
The six different levels cover:
• Self and other awareness
• Awareness of communication
• Body language
• The way we talk
• Assertiveness.
Within each group activity the resource outlines any
required materials and preparation, and also refers to the
relevant worksheets in Talkabout, for those using this as the
framework for their social skills training. An invaluable
resource.
Ages 7+ “Adaptable in its application whilst
providing practical useful activity ideas
easily understandable and accessible”
OTPLD Newsletter
Talkabout DVD
1 DVD + A5 booklet in
40 varied scenarios that will bring social skills to life! a storage wallet
By Alex Kelly
ISBN: 978 0 86388 567 9
This DVD contains scenarios for each skill being taught,
modelling both good and bad behaviour. The ages and ORDER CODE
settings have been chosen to stimulate various discussions AO2-003-5314
and cover the following areas:
The six different levels cover:
• Me and you
“A dream to use and will
• Communication
breathe new life into social
• Body language skills groups, particularly
• The way we talk where having only one
• Conversations facilitator restricts role
• Assertiveness. playing. I strongly recommend
Particularly useful for professionals who want to it for work with people with
complement any social skills programme or working with autistic spectrum conditions,
people with Autism Spectrum disorders, learning learning disabilities, or
disabilities or social communication disorders. Ideal for use emotional and behavioural
in conjunction with the classic Talkabout manual. difficulties.”
Ages 7+ Speech & Language Therapy
in Practice
VALUE! BUY ALL 3 RESOURCES AT A SAVING
46
Speech & Language

talkabout
Talkabout for Teenagers

246 pp, A4
A complete groupwork resource offering a hierarchical wire-o-bound + CD Rom
approach to teaching social and relationship skills to teenagers
ISBN: 978 0 86388 782 6
By Alex Kelly & Brian Sains
ORDER CODE
Designed specifically for teenagers, this practical workbook AO2-002-5671
provides ready-made material for running social and relationship
skills groups with older children and young adults.
• Divided into five, hierarchical modules – self awareness and
self esteem; body language; conversational skills; friendship
skills; assertiveness skills– each module includes a teaching
plan with worksheets and photocopiable resources.
free
CD Rom
• Includes a short assessment to highlight the module that is
most appropriate to teach and the skills within that module
that are relevant.
• Provides a short guide to running successful social skills
groups, for example, the numbers for each group, group rules,
developing group cohesion, how to set up a role play.
The Talkabout series is an extremely successful, hierarchical
approach to teaching social skills and Talkabout for Teenagers is
ideal for all professionals working with teenagers with social,
emotional or behavioural difficulties.
Ages 12-18
Talkabout Assessment Tool CD Rom

CD plus booklet
Social Skills Assessment
By Alex Kelly and Brian Sains ISBN: 978 0 86388 805 2
This comprehensive tool provides an assessment of social skills ORDER CODE

in the following areas: AO2-003-5719
• Body Language – eye contact, facial expressions; gestures;
distance; touch; fidgeting; posture and personal appearance.
• The Way We Talk – Volume; Rate; Clarity; Intonation; Fluency.
• Conversation – Listening; Starting a conversation; Taking
turns; Asking questions; Answering questions;
Being relevant; Repairing; Ending a
conversation.
• Assertiveness – Expressing feelings; Standing
up for yourself; Making suggestions; Refusing;
Disagreeing; Complaining; Apologising;
Requesting explanations.
The assessment tool provides a visual summary of a person’s
non-verbal, verbal and assertiveness skills and provides an
excellent start-point for planning appropriate intervention.
Ages 7+
Talkabout Relationships
172pp, A4,
Building self-esteem & relationship skills wire-o-bound
By Alex Kelly
ISBN: 978 0 86388 405 4
Reflecting current literature and research on developing
relationships for people with learning disabilities, this ORDER CODE
hands-on groupwork resource is ideal for teachers or anyone AO2-002-5118
working with those who have difficulty making or
maintaining friendships.
Includes the following topics:
• What is self-esteem?
“This accessible book would be very
useful for anyone in the
• Self-identity: Who am I? What do I look like?
multidisciplinary team.
• Personal qualities: me/other people
The activities are relevant and the
• Situations and options
specific situation cards and lists can
• Introduction to relationships be used as presented or
• Friendships individualised for a particular group”
• Talking and listening RCSLT Bulletin
• Expressing feelings
• Trust and responsibility.
Provides practical photocopiable worksheets to help teachers work
through self-esteem and relationship skills within a structured group
setting.
Ages 7+
47
Special Needs
autism spectrum disorder
Groupwork for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders

Groupwork for Children with
Liz Ann Davidson, Kerrie Old, Christina Autism Spectrum Disorder
Howe & Alyson Eggett (Ages 3-5)
These three books include a short, easy-to-
read theoretical background to ASD 216pp, A4,
focusing on the underlying impairments and wire-o-bound
their impact on sensory processing, motor ISBN: 978 0 86388 583 9
development, play, language and
communication skills, social skills, emotional ORDER CODE
development and behaviour for the relevant AO2-002-5346
age group. Groupwork for Children with
Each developmental area is intrinsically Autism Spectrum Disorder
linked and progress in one aspect of (Ages 5-11)
development is dependent on progress in 264pp, A4,
another so a multi-disciplinary approach is wire-o-bound
essential. All the books examine the role of
various individual professionals whilst ISBN: 978 0 86388 594 5
emphasising the need to develop a multi- ORDER CODE
disciplinary approach combining their areas AO2-002-5347
of expertise.
The books also describe a multi-disciplinary Groupwork for Children with
approach to groupwork providing practical Autism Spectrum Disorder
advice and photocopiable resources to (Ages 11-16)
enable readers to: 256pp, A4,
• Assess individual needs wire-o-bound
• Organise groups (including ISBN: 978 0 86388 595 2
group members,
venue and transport) ORDER CODE
AO2-002-5348
• Set individual group targets
• Plan group sessions (examples
of activities for each
developmental area are
provided)
• Evaluate progress.
Each book offers ideas for
developing good team work, VALUE! BUY 3 BOOKS AT A SAVING
including peer review, and working
towards a trans-disciplinary approach ORDER CODE AO2-002-5633
where professionals can step into (Please note - set price not available to trade)
each others’ roles where appropriate.
Ages 3-16
"Easy to read with clear, concise and easily
accessible information."
Lorien Emblem, Speech and Language Therapist,
St Dominic‘s School, NAPLIC Newsletter
Using Drama with Children on the Autism Spectrum

More than 150 activities for use can work together to develop
with children aged 5-11 personal and social skills. ISBN: 978 0 86388 601 0
By Carmel Conn Each unit focuses on one skill ORDER CODE
area at a time and follows a AO2-002-5366
This book shows how using similar format which includes a
drama with children across the brief theoretical background, a
autism spectrum can help to clear set of aims, an assessment
develop: profile and a set of drama
• Social skills activities to develop the focus
• Playfulness and pretence skill.
• Verbal and non-verbal Complete with case studies,
communication photocopiable resources and
step-by-step guidance on how to
• Self-awareness and deliver a drama programme, this
self-esteem. practical resource will be
Taking a developmental approach, invaluable for mainstream and
the book is divided into two special needs teachers, speech &
parts: Simple child-focused language therapists, drama
activities (Units 1-2) for children in teachers and dramatherapists.
a special school setting who are Ages 5-13
at an early stage of engagement;
and Group-orientated activities
(Units 3-9) for use in inclusive
settings where mixed groups of
children, with and without autism,
48
Special Needs
autism spectrum disorder
Play Better Games

164 pp, A4 wire-o-bound
Enabling Children with Autism to join in with everyday games
By Carmel Conn ISBN: 978 0 86388 821 2
Games are an important vehicle for children’s learning. They ORDER CODE
provide a powerful, naturally occurring learning environment that AO2-002-5754
is physical, playful and fun. Playing games requires interpersonal
skills in language, thought, social behaviour, creativity, self-
regulation and skilful use of the body. When children play games
together they develop the following key capacities:
• Cooperative behaviour
• Focused attention
• Social understanding
• Holding information in mind
• Motor, spatial and sequential planning
• Self-regulation, eg impulse control, coping with excitement,
controlled exertion OUT NOW!
• Collaborative behaviour and negotiation
• Self-expression and creativity.
Games provide a social experience that is emotionally
compelling, where children laugh and have fun and do not realise
they are interacting, problem solving, negotiating and cooperating with each other. Play Better Games is
designed to help practitioners and parents to think about what might prohibit their children from joining in with
games and plan effective strategies for support. It will be of benefit to teachers, therapists, group works, play
workers, midday supervisors and support workers, as well as to parents and siblings of children with autism.
Ages 5+
Play Better Games Cards
120 cards boxed
Enabling Children with Autism to join in with Instruction manual
everyday games
By Carmel Conn ISBN: 978 0 86388 854 0
Many children with autism want to join in with the ORDER CODE
social play of other children, but may not know how. AO2-003-5708
These Pocket Game Cards describe ordinary, often
traditional, games that are especially suited for
playing with mixed groups of children, with and without autism.
Pocket Game Cards include games that have been carefully chosen in terms of the
amount of skill required in playing them, for example, in language, imagination or
motor coordination. Simple and straightforward ideas are given on how to provide
support within the game playing for children who have difficulty with these kinds of
play skills.
It is probable that many of the skills needed for interpersonal engagement, friendship
and play can only be acquired within the actual context of children’s everyday playful
encounters. The focus here is on enabling children with autism to play games with
other children so that, through playing games, learning can take place.
An easy to use resource that can be dipped into for ideas again and again.
Ages 5+
VALUE! BUY BOTH RESOURCES AT A SAVING
Here’s One I Made Earlier

A4 wire-o-bound
Ideas for enlivening and extending SLT sessions
By Alison Roberts ISBN 978 0 86388 859 5
This imaginative and practical book contains a collection of ORDER CODE
ideas and games that should provide you with lots of new AO2-002-5755
resources without spending a fortune. Some of the games and
activities address particular communication themes, e.g.
• listening techniques • vocabulary building
• speech sounds • friendship skills,
while others cover several areas simultaneously. The book is organised into chapters according to
the major skill area being addressed, with suggestion for linked items in other chapters. To add
to well-established and structured programmes of therapy that SLTs use, there are two principles
that can make for better therapeutic outcomes, and on which the book is based: -
• Clients often respond more effectively if they feel that they “own” their therapy by being
involved in making the materials that they will use.
• Therapy is improved when it is good fun, and preferably humorous.
You don’t need to be a great artist or craftsman to create these games and activities, or huge
quantities of spare time to make most of the items, especially if you can get
organised with equipment all in one go. There is a basic shopping list to help Available
you get started. A must have for all Speech and Language Therapists. September 2011
Ages 11+
49
Special Needs
autism spectrum disorderocial & emotional skills
Social Stories for Kids in Conflict

297 x 210mm (A4)
A practical guide to help young people improve • Examples of social wire-o-bound
their behaviour stories covering
personal stuff, daily ISBN 978 0 86388 760 4
By John Ling
routines, home life, ORDER CODE
Designed to help all those who work and/or live with social skills,
young people who have difficulties with their AO2-002-5659
homework, work
behaviours and relationships with others, this book is a and playtime, PE
practical guide to help young people become more and games, as well as a guide to writing
aware of their behaviour and its effect on other people. your own social stories.
Focusing on mediation (including communication, the • Powerpoint presentation for staff, parents
unblocking of channels, the breaking down of barriers, and carers.
the righting of wrongs, making amends, and restorative
Developed from work with children and young people
justice), the book includes:
with Autism, Asperger Syndrome, and related
• Dialogues used by a neutral person to highlight conditions, as well as troubled young people with no
difficulties and possible changes in behaviour. named condition, the ideas and techniques can be used
• Cartoons and other visual techniques that can be and modified to help all young people to become more
used to present alternative ways to discuss aware of their behaviour and its effect on other people.
problems. Ages 3-16
Writing and Developing Social Skills

Practical interventions in autism 104pp, A4, wire-o-bound
By Caroline Smith ISBN: 978 0 86388 432 0
Social stories are short stories intended for children with autism to help them ORDER CODE
understand their social world and behave appropriately within it. The stories: AO2-002-5140
• Provide clear, concise and accurate information about what is happening in a
specific situation, outlining both why it is happening and what a typical response
might be
• Are written by those directly supporting a child with autism and only successful stories are included in the book
• Are infinitely flexible and adaptable to an individual child in a specific social situation.
Offers practical support to anyone meeting the needs of a child or young adult with Autism Spectrum Disorder.
Ages 3-16
Autism
A social skills approach for children • This approach to remediation 100pp, A4, wire-o-bound
and adults appreciates that a disorder ISBN: 978 0 86388 319 4
affecting social functioning
By Maureen Aarons & Tessa Gittens ORDER CODE
should be remediated by
An excellent source of practical focusing on this area AO2-002-3088
ideas that form the basis for
• The authors are speech &
programmes of intervention for
language therapists who work
children with autism. The content is
both in the community and in
primarily aimed at those working
educational settings.
with children who have normal, or
near normal, cognitive abilities. Ages 3-16
• Offers children with autism an
accessible route to a social skills
programme
Social Skills Programmes

An integrated approach from early years to autistic spectrum disorder, 160pp, A4, illustrated,
adolescence the programmes are wire-o-bound
By Maureen Aarons & Tessa Gittens relevant to the needs of a ISBN: 978 0 86388 310 1
much wider group of
From the authors of Autism this publication children than those with a ORDER CODE
contains detailed photocopiable session formal diagnosis. AO2-002-4771
plans for early years, infants, juniors and
• At the early-years level
adolescents.
the programme introduces children to good
• Emphasises integrated working practices that attention behaviour, which includes looking,
cross professional boundaries listening and turn-taking. By adolescence, the
• The session plans are very flexible; they can be participants are helped to deal effectively with
used as presented, or adjusted to real-life situations, as well as gaining some
include aspects of the national curriculum or to insight into the thoughts, perspectives and
meet the needs of particular groups intentions of others.
in both clinical and educational settings. Ages 3-16
• Primarily for able and verbal children with an
50
Special Needs
teaching children with special needs
Drama Scripts for People with

Special Needs 132pp, A4, illustrated,
wire-o-bound
By Sheree Vickers ISBN: 978 0 86388 529 7
Intensely practical and hands-on, this is a book of scripts and drama-workshop ORDER CODE
breakdowns designed especially for people with special needs, including those with AO2-002-5245
PMLD or Autism Spectrum Disorders.
• Just follow the script as written or substitute the characters and situations
themselves to create limitless drama possibilities
• Each script format and workshop plan has been fully worked with groups
of varying ages and abilities and includes valuable notes of experience –
documenting lessons where the unexpected happened and how it was handled.
As with any group of special people, getting to know their needs is paramount in
order to gear the drama towards their specific requirements. However, these script
formats are guaranteed to work even on a first meeting!
Ages 6+
Interactive Storytelling Education

Resources
Award Special 128pp, A4, wire-o-bound
Developing inclusive stories for children Education
and adults ISBN: 978 0 86388 819 9
Winner
By Keith Park ORDER CODE
Interactive storytelling where the story is spoken or chanted, began AO2-002-5733
as a way to include individuals with severe and profound learning
disabilities in larger group activities, whether children at school or
adults in day services.
“This is a fantastic
• The stories are performed in call-and-response – one person calls collection of ideas which
out a line and the rest of the group respond either by calling back can easily be used within
the same line or by calling out a pre-arranged response – and
require no previous experience in drama or storytelling.
the classroom, especially
• They can be performed anywhere, by anyone.
for literacy and drama... the
introduction is illuminating,
This hands-on manual will enable teachers, therapists, parents and inspiring and creative”
anyone working with children or adults in community settings to use
Penhurst School
performance and recital to bring stories, drama and poetry to
life for people of all abilities.
Ages 4+
Group work with Learning Disabilities

Creative drama and respect, enhancing
self-esteem and ISBN: 978 0 86388 324 8
By Anna Chesner
developing social skills. ORDER CODE
This practical manual is for anyone who has
• Includes many easy-to- AO2-002-2783
the opportunity of facilitating creative drama
follow exercises and
for people with learning disabilities.
photocopiable activities
• Offers basic principles of working, that can be used with
different approaches to drama and every group.
specific structures that can be
Contents: Arrivals and greetings; Body work;
easily used.
Sensory work; Voice work; Life skills; Games;
• Demonstrates how creative drama can Puppets; Improvisation; Dramatisation; Fairy
deliver many benefits to both individuals tales; Performance; De-rolling; Closures.
and groups including increased tolerance
Ages 7+
The Art Activity Manual

A groupwork resource 248pp, A4, illustrated,
wire-o-bound
By Marylyn Cropley
A simple, flexible and practical approach to art activities, this book is ISBN: 978 0 86388 431 3
ideal for all group facilitators who need a quick and easy way of using ORDER CODE
art activities therapeutically. AO2-002-5141
• The activities can be used by anyone, regardless of art ability,
and there are more than 100 ideas and suggestions with detailed session plans.
• Based on ‘doing and enjoying’, the activities use the minimum of equipment and can be adapted to
suit people with mixed abilities and level of need.
• Specifically designed for individuals with learning disabilities, physical disabilities and sensory loss,
mental health needs and older people.
• Art is a powerful intervention and communication tool, and these activities can also be used to
improve communication skills, build confidence and self-esteem, and develop self-awareness.
Ages 5-7
51
Special Needs
learning disabilities
Semantic-Pragmatic Language Disorder

By Charlotte Firth and Katherine Venkatesh
A resource pack that provides a simple and practical framework to identify, ISBN: 978 0 86388 329 3
treat and manage Semantic-Pragmatic Disorder in children. ORDER CODE
• An overview section places Semantic-Pragmatic Disorder in its context, AO2-002-3342
discusses its origins and identifies the characteristics of this disorder in
comparison to Autism and Asperger’s Syndrome.
• The Questions and Answers and Problems & Solutions sections provide
photocopiable advice and information that can be distributed to
teachers and parents.
• Includes Developmental checklists in four stages (0-2, 2-5, 6-8 and 9 to
16 years) as an aid to identification of the disorder.
• Therapy ideas and activities can be cross-referenced to the points on
the developmental checklists. Complemented by photocopiable
handouts, including pictures, games and worksheets.
Ages 0-16
Working with Pragmatics

By Lucie Andersen-Wood & • Pragmatic development
Benita Rae Smith • Pragmatic dysfunction ISBN: 978 0 86388 401 6
Foreword by Susie Summers • Introduction to the assessment ORDER CODE
This photocopiable title covers of pragmatics AO2-002-1943
the principles and practice of • Informal assessment
pragmatics. It offers an • Principles of intervention
opportunity to explore this • Basic intervention & training
subject with confidence and to • Facilitation & teaching
plan intervention programmes for
• Specific client groups and
effective management.
specific pragmatic difficulties.
Contents: All Ages
• Introduction to pragmatics
• Theoretical approaches to
pragmatics
Themed Activities for People with

Learning Difficulties 240pp, A4, illustrated,
wire-o-bound
By Melinda Hutchinson ISBN: 978 0 86388 307 1
User-friendly and practical, this is an excellent resource for all ORDER CODE
professionals looking to run creative sessions with people with profound AO2-002-4789
and complex learning difficulties. Using a selection of twenty everyday
objects, it provides the resource materials, ideas and flexible structure to
extend and complement professionals’ existing approaches.
• Provides ideas, work outlines, activities and methods, recording
sheets and photocopiable materials
• Can be used with individuals and groups in a variety of settings,
including educational establishments, day provisions and at home
• Designed to provide opportunities for participation at all ability levels.
• With the help of this book, the list of object-based activities is endless!
Ages 7+
Working with Adults with

a Learning Disability 368pp, A4, illustrated,
wire-o-bound
A comprehensive and practical resource for all Each section gives the ORDER CODE
speech & language therapists and students, reader a theoretical AO2-002-3841
Working with Adults with a Learning Disability background to the subject
covers all aspects of working with this client under discussion, practical
group. Written by the author of the hugely suggestions and formats for
successful Talkabout, this book covers: assessment, a guide to intervention as well as a
• An introduction to learning disability; clear and worked-out example. In addition, the
author addresses staff training, group therapy,
• Assessment of clients and their environment
accessing the criminal justice system and
• Profound and multiple disability working with a multidisciplinary team.
• Social skills
Ages 16+
• Augmentative and alternative communication
• Dysphagia.
52
Special Needs
dyspraxia
Hands On Dyspraxia
150pp, illustrated,
Enhance the understanding and use of vocabulary in secondary photocopiable A4
school students and young adults wire-o-bound
Supporting children and young people with sensory and motor ISBN: 978 086388 653 9
learning challenges
ORDER CODE
By Jill Christmas
AO2-002-5420
A practical working guide for parents, teachers and allied
professionals, offering an understanding of dyspraxia, its underlying
causes, strategies and helpful advice.
• Explains the terms used in dyspraxia, for example, proprioception,
bilateral integration, vestibular, postural, cross lateral and tactile
defensiveness.
• Outlines the impact that these issues can have in the class or
home setting.
• Includes practical advice and strategies.
This handbook will illuminate dyspraxia issues for people who have
to deal with the outcome of having this condition. It provides
medical/physiological understanding of the condition and will
facilitate access to education and everyday living for the children
and young people in question.
Contents: Introduction; Dyspraxia: an overview; Sensory integration;
Eye and hand skills; Visual perception; Bilateral integration: working
both sides of the body together; Primitive or baby reflexes; Daily
living (self-care) skills; Additional exercises, activities and therapy.
Ages 4-16
Seasonal Activities for

Sensorimotor Development 160pp, A4, wire-o-bound
ISBN 978 0 86388 530 3
Fun and engaging group activities for children with movement
difficulties ORDER CODE
AO2-002-5246
By Ann Bavosa
This book contains easy-to-use activities for therapists, educators
and carers to provide fun and engaging sensorimotor groups for "Impressed with the
students with movement and sensory dysfunction. breadth of ideas...clearly
• The activities span an entire year with a different main activity for set out...would also help
each week. Themed by season, the activities can be linked to the provide ideas for other
school year and incorporated into the classroom. curriculum areas."
• The activities promote socialisation, postural strengthening, Frank Wise Special
improvement of gross and fine motor skills, and self-regulation School, Banbury
of the body.
• Comprehensive instructions on how to run a group are included, as well as benefits and
adaptations for severely affected individuals and wheelchair users.
There are sensory-regulating warm-up appetizers to increase body awareness and prepare the
students for movement; main course activities to strengthen fine and gross motor skills; and
cool-down desserts to regulate the body and assimilate benefits gained during group activities.
The activities are suitable for use with any school-age students, including those without
movement difficulties, but are especially beneficial for
students with mild to moderate motor disabilities, who
exhibit increased difficulty functioning in a group
setting.
Ages 7+
Sensory Motor Activities for

Early Development 108pp, A4
wire-o-bound
By Chia Swee Hong, Helen Gabriel & Cathy St John ISBN: 978 0 86388 418 4
This is a successful manual of tried and tested activities to develop ORDER CODE
gross and fine motor skills in children. It contains: AO2-002-2285
• Numerous creative activities to stimulate sensory and body
awareness, encourage basic movement, promote hand skills and
enhance spatial/perceptual skills.
• Information on working in small groups
• Handouts that can be photocopied to give to parents or other
carers for home practice.
Ages 0-5
53
Early Years
early skills
Pocket ColorCards
These pocket-size sets of flashcards – comparable in size and quality to a good pack of
playing cards – are designed to support teaching and therapeutic input in the clinic, school
and home.
Match Up
36 cards 127 x 90mm +
Creative matching game of 36 cards instruction cards, boxed
This is a set of 18 pairs that show the same object in two different
settings. The game is to match up each colour-coded pair. Knowing ISBN: 978 0 86388 383 5
that some things look different as we use them and over time is ORDER CODE
important in understanding the world around us. Examples include: AO2-001-5021
• Gift wrapped – gift unwrapped • Clothes on chair – clothes on boy Best
• Fruit in a bowl – girl eating fruit.
Ages 3+
Seller
Shape & Size

36 cards 127 x 90mm +
instruction cards, boxed 36 cards that illustrate different shapes and sizes for
conversation starters
ISBN: 978 0 86388 478 8 These cards introduce shape and size in a simple and
ORDER CODE appealing way. Use them to help understand some of the
AO2-001-5165 concepts and language needed for early language work.
Examples include: • Circles – Clock, orange, pizza, buttons,
beads, clock, yo yo • Squares – House, sandwich, cushion, boxes,
counting blocks • Triangles – Girl in tent, paper napkin, hat, cake,
cheese, tiles. The comparatives bigger and longer, and superlativesbiggest and
longest are also included.
Ages 3+
How Many
36 cards 127 x 90mm +
36 cards to broaden vocabulary instruction cards, boxed
These cards show favourite foods and drinks in three colour-coded
sections. Knowing all about buying, cooking and eating food increases ISBN: 978 0 86388 479 5
children’s vocabulary, helps them to learn about the way that food is ORDER CODE
grouped and to understand the part that eating and drinking play in our AO2-001-5166
lives. The cards are divided into: • Drinks and snacks • Fruit and
vegetables • Ready to eat The cards are invaluable for grouping,
classification and social skills activities.
Ages 3+
Snack Time
36 cards 127 x 90mm
36 cards to broaden vocabulary + instruction cards, boxed
These cards show favourite foods and drinks in three colour-coded
sections. Knowing all about buying, cooking and eating food ISBN: 978 0 86388 382 8
increases children’s vocabulary, helps them to learn about the way ORDER CODE
that food is grouped and to understand the part that eating and AO2-001-5020
drinking play in our lives. The cards are divided into:
• Drinks and snacks • Fruit and vegetables • Ready to eat
The cards are invaluable for grouping, classification and social
skills activities.
Ages 3+
How’s Teddy
36 cards 127 x 90mm
36 cards to generate discussion on feelings + instruction cards, boxed
This pack introduces feelings in a simple and lively way. Each way of
feeling is shown twice; once by a teddy and once by his owner. The cards ISBN: 978 0 86388 480 1
show both good and bad feelings. Use them to help understanding of ORDER CODE
different feelings and to encourage lively talk. Examples include: AO2-001-5167
• Happy • Shy • Frightened • Poorly • Excited • Surprised Tired.
Ages 3+
Heads & Tails

36 cards 127 x 90mm +
instruction cards, boxed 36 cards of heads and tails to match up
With 18 objects cut in half, the game is to find the two parts of each
ISBN: 978 0 86388 477 1 picture and to join them together. Knowing that parts make a whole and
ORDER CODE understanding the idea of beginnings and ends is important for children
AO2-001-5164 getting ready to read. Examples include: • Tractor and trailer • Horse and
carriage • Engine and truck. The cards are useful for early language skills
and for developing the concepts of front and back.
Ages 3+
54
Early Years
early skills
Best
Early Opposites
Seller
36 cards 127 x 90mm +
36 cards that illustrate opposites instruction cards, boxed
Illustrating the main opposites essential to the teaching of basic
language the cards feature images that are familiar to children. ISBN: 978 0 86388 255 5
Knowing these describing words (adjectives) and position words ORDER CODE
(prepositions) increases children’s vocabulary and helps them to put AO2-001-4369
two and three words together. Examples include:
• Wet and dry hair • Full and empty jar • Hot and cold food
• Front and back of boy • On and off the bike.
Ages 3+
Guess What
36 cards 127 x 90mm +
instruction cards, boxed 36 cards of easy sequences
Largely depicting children’s everyday experiences, these two-step
ISBN: 978 0 86388 384 2 sequences offer a lively introduction to predicting outcomes. An activity
ORDER CODE shown on the first card of a pair is followed by a second predictable
AO2-001-5019 activity on the second card. The cards are therefore designed to develop
early sequencing to help children predict outcomes and relate a simple
story. Examples of the 18 sets of 2 cards include:
• Dressing up • Losing your balance • Watching TV • Painting a picture
• Finding the cake • Taking her hat off.
Ages 3+
Fun Pictures
36 cards 127 x 90mm +
Discover the deliberate mistake in these humorous and instruction cards, boxed
entertaining cards
Based on the successful What’s Wrong? Format, the fun element is the ISBN: 978 0 86388 381 1
realisation that there is something odd about each picture in this ORDER CODE
collection of 36 beautifully illustrated cards. Wacky images include: AO2-001-5018
• Saucepan for a hat • Upside-down TV picture • Ball in a fruit bowl
• Books in the toaster • Haircut using shears • Fish in a wine glass
• Kettle for an iron.
Ages 3+
Early Objects
36 cards 127 x 90mm +
A fun way of developing a naming vocabulary through play instruction cards, boxed
Opens up many language opportunities with a variety of easily ISBN: 978 0 86388 253 1
recognised everyday objects relating to the child’s familiar
surroundings. There are nine groups of four items for example: ORDER CODE
• Clothes – boots, sweater, trousers, coat • Animals – cat, dog, AO2-001-4367
bird, fish • Garden – flower, tree, butterfly, wheelbarrow
• Home – TV, clock, lamp, radio • Toys – teddy, puzzle, car, ball.
Knowing the names of objects (nouns) increases children’s
vocabulary and helps them to put two and three words together.
Ages 3+
Early Actions
36 cards 127 x 90mm +
An imaginative and creative method of developing a verb vocabulary instruction cards, boxed
The cards show activities that children experience frequently maybe as
ISBN: 978 0 86388 252 4
part of their daily routine. Knowing these actions (verbs) increases
children’s vocabulary and helps them to put two and three words ORDER CODE
together. Examples include: AO2-001-4366
• Emotions – laughing, crying, smiling, hugging
• Communication – shouting, talking, writing, whispering
• Meal times – eating, drinking, licking, pouring.
Ages 3+
Early Sequences
36 cards 127 x 90mm +
instruction cards, boxed For an engaging introduction to sequencing
Demonstrates simple, three-step sequentially related actions to
ISBN: 978 0 86388 254 8 help establish basic concepts and develop appropriate language.
ORDER CODE Contents include:
AO2-001-4368 • The paddling pool • Cleaning the bike • Hanging up the washing
• Tidying the play room • Getting dressed • Eating an ice cream.
Ages 3+
55
Early Years
early skills
Early Communication Skills

139 pages, A4, illustrated,
Over 100 activities to develop language wire-o-bound
By Charlotte Lynch & Julia Kidd
ISBN: 978 0 86388 373 6
A popular title that includes more than 100 communication
based activities. This second edition has an increased range ORDER CODE
of activities, with an emphasis on maximising language AO2-002-4208
opportunities in the home. These include:
• Pre-verbal skills
• Language and play
• Early listening – awareness of sound
• Early listening – awareness of voice
• Vocalisations Best
• Auditory discrimination Seller
• Speech discrimination
• Auditory/visual memory
• Early words.
All the activities are well laid
out and easy to instigate.
Ages 0-5
Early Visual Skills

wire-o-bound Activities to develop visual perception
By Diana Williams
ISBN: 978 0 86388 322 4
A practical manual providing photocopiable activities
ORDER CODE designed to stimulate and develop visual attention and
AO2-002-3736 discrimination skills. Great visual perceptual tasks useful for
developing specific concepts like colour, size and shape and
providing practical activities for hand-eye co-ordination.
The activities fall into 12 sections:
• Look and learn
• Look at me “Many of the ideas and
• Let’s look together activities could be carried out
• Looking and following in the home or nursery… this
• Looking around
book is practical and user-
friendly, and will be a valuable
• Visual matching
• Visual sorting resource for the therapist.”
• Complex visual Therapy Weekly
discrimination
• Visual memory and concentration
• Holiday projects
• Visual skills in the school curriculum.
Ages 0-5
Early Sensory Skills

Activities to stimulate the senses wire-o-bound
By Jackie Cooke
ISBN: 978 0 86388 371 2
This huge compendium of practical and enjoyable activities
for touch, vision, taste and smell is invaluable to anyone ORDER CODE
working with young children. The text outlines major AO2-002-3042
principles and aims followed by six easy-to-use sections
containing basic activities, games and topics to stimulate the
senses.
This range of activities includes:
• Vision – looking at self, looking at people, looking at
objects
• Touch – tactile awareness, tactile exploration
• Taste and smell – taste and smell awareness
• Everyday activities using vision, touch, taste and smell
• Games – visual games, tactile games, taste games,
smell games
• Topics – general and specific.
The activity sheets contain full instructions, as well as
suggestions for variations and similar activities and also
included are simple checklists to record a child’s progress.
Ages 0-5
56
Early Years
early skills
Early Movement Skills

Movement activities to enhance cognitive, emotional and 174 pages, A4, illustrated,
physical development wire-o-bound
By Naomi Benari ISBN: 978 0 86388 378 1
Designed to help anyone caring for very young children – ORDER CODE
whether in the home, nursery, school or clinic – to use movement AO2-002-3668
to enhance cognitive, emotional and physical development. The
activities are graded from very simple movements initiated by the
carer for children in very early stages of development to more
demanding activities as children develop autonomy, confidence
and skills, relationships and turn-taking.
These easy-to-follow activities, games, musical and rhythmical
tasks are designed to:
• Enhance children’s self-awareness and self-esteem
• Increase knowledge of their bodies, shape, size and space
• Help acquire social skills, relationships and turn taking
• Foster creativity and self-expression
• Promote literacy, listening, speech and numeracy.
The activity sheets contain full instructions, as well as
suggestions for variations and similar activities and also included
are simple checklists to record a child’s progress.
Ages 0-5
Early Listening Skills

Activities to detect sounds and attach meaning to them 270 pages, A4, illustrated,
wire-o-bound
By Diana Williams
ISBN: 978 0 86388 344 6
This practical and comprehensive manual, for professionals
working with pre-school children or the older special-needs ORDER CODE
child, offers more than 200 activities in a format designed to be AO2-002-2604
photocopied for use in the classroom or for carers. The activities
include:
• Discovering sound - Covers the basic auditory skills needed
before meaning can be attached to sound.
• Sound or silence? - Includes materials on auditory
detection, discrimination,recognition, sequencing and
memory.
• Sound recognition - Describes listening projects and topics
for the curriculum.
• Rhythm, sequencing and auditory memory - Includes
materials on auditory detection, discrimination, recognition,
sequencing and memory.
• Listening to speech - Describes listening projects and
topics for the curriculum, and includes activity sheets for
parents.
Ages 0-5
Developing Early Literacy Skills

Practical ideas and activities 176pp, A4, wire-o-bound
By Katharine Bodle ISBN: 978 0 86388 538 9
A valuable resource for professionals working with pre-school ORDER CODE
children or with older children lacking basic literacy skills, this AO2-002-5267
book provides practical, fun photocopiable activities to develop
the early skills required for success with literacy.
• Includes: rhyming activities; alphabet activities; phonological awareness;
work sheets to practise writing and handwriting; and reading.
• Each section is structured so that children can build on existing
knowledge and skills.
• Developed within the classroom, these ideas and activities can be used
with a range of children in class, group and individual situations both at
home and in pre-school settings.
• Designed to help children showing early signs of dyslexia or a specific
learning difficulty, these activities will also benefit older children who
lack a foundation of early literacy skills.
• Invaluable for teachers, learning support assistants, nursery workers,
parents and carers.
Ages 3+
VALUE! PURCHASE ALL 6 SKILLS TITLES AT A SAVING
57
Early Years
early skills
Fun with Sounds

Includes 12 boards and
Game to encourage production of specific speech sounds and to 2 x 108 cards, boxed
develop vocabulary
Children learn to say speech sounds during the first 5 or 6 years of life. ORDER CODE
This fun resource helps children with their speech development and encourages AO2-003-5627
the production of specific speech sounds.
There are boards for sounds at the beginning and end of words, with an
additional set of cards included to enable games such as Pairs or Snap to be played. Each board
features 9 illustrations with words underneath. The featured sound is highlighted in red.
• features the sounds which are generally acquired earliest –‘m’, ‘n’, ‘p’, ‘b’, ‘t’, ‘d’
• encouraging each child to listen for a sound in a word
• encouraging correct production of specific speech sounds in words containing their target sounds
• increasing sound awareness, which is vital for literacy.
In addition to the above, they can also be useful in other areas of language, such as improving turn taking
skills and extending vocabulary.
The resource is intended for use by speech and language therapists, teaching staff and parents.
It is also a useful tool for teaching English as a foreign language.
Ages 4+
Developing Baseline Communication Skills

By Catherine Delamain & Jill Spring 304pp, A4, illustrated,
wire-o-bound
Teachers often express concern about the many children who enter Foundation
Stage classrooms lacking the speaking, listening and communication skills ISBN: 978 0 86388 481 8
necessary to make a successful start to their school years. This practical ORDER CODE
resource, aimed at fostering personal, social and emotional development, and AO2-002-4757
promoting language and early literacy skills, seeks to address some of these
problems.
• Provides two hundred games and activities suitable for children aged from
4 to 5 in both mainstream and special schools
• Activities are graded into levels of difficulty, for whole classes or groups,
and can easily be incorporated into the existing school curriculum.
• Includes activities that can be carried out by teachers, classroom assistants
or volunteers.
• An accompanying CD allows for quick and easy record keeping
Ages 4-5
Working with Children’s Language

By Jackie Cooke & Diana Williams 104pp, A4, illustrated,
wire-o-bound
Foreword by Bill Graham
ISBN: 978 0 86388 374 3
Containing a wealth of accessible ideas and a huge range of
activities, this book’s practical approach to language teaching has ORDER CODE
established it as a durable manual in its field. AO2-002-0103
• Includes games, activities and ideas suitable for developing
specific language skills.
• Covers early language skills, attention control, listening skills, “This excellent handbook... offers a
the role of play, the development of comprehension, wealth of practical suggestions
perception and the acquisition of expressive language. applicable equally to the specialist in a
Ages 3+ language unit, the teacher in the infant
or nursery class, the playgroup leader or
parent.”
Child Language Teaching & Therapy
Sensory Motor Activities for Early

Development 108pp, A4 wire-o-bound
ISBN: 978 0 86388 418 4
By Chia Swee Hong, Helen Gabriel & Cathy St John
This is a successful manual of tried-and-tested activities to develop gross ORDER CODE
and fine motor skills in children. It contains: AO2-002-2285
• Numerous creative activities to stimulate sensory and body
awareness, encourage basic movement, promote hand skills and
enhance spatial/perceptual skills.
• Information on working in small groups
• Handouts that can be photocopied to give to parents or other
carers for home practice.
Ages 0-5
58
Early Years
language cards
Spot What’s Wrong

48 cards, 148 x 210mm(A5)
Language Cards
By Sue Duggleby, illustrated by
Ross Duggleby ISBN: 978 0 86388 831 1
These cards are designed to encourage Available ORDER CODE
development of a child’s Summer 2011 AO2-003-5744
visual discrimination, receptive and
expressive language skills.
The task is for the child to look at each • various scenes are featured: in the
pair of pictures in response to the snow, in the jungle, on the farm, in the
question ‘What’s Wrong?’, spot the sea, in the house and in the
deliberate mistake(s) in one of them and countryside
then explain ‘What’s Wrong’. • the three levels of difficulty encourage
• contains 24 pairs of cards a child’s progress in simple stages
• the same scene is shown in each pair Using the cards can also help to increase
of cards except that one of the pair a child’s vocabulary and improve
shows one, two or three things wrong attention and listening skills.
Ages 4+
Spot What’s Missing Language Cards

48 cards, 148 x 210mm (A5)
By Sue Duggleby, illustrated by Ross Duggleby + instruction booklet, boxed
These language cards can be used to consolidate the
understanding of ‘missing’. The delightful ISBN: 978 0 86388 768 0
characters depict a variety of scenes ORDER CODE
encouraging a child’s observation, attention AO2-003-5481
and visual perception skills.
• Contains 24 pairs of cards – six each of four
levels of difficulty.
• Each pair shows a scene on one card and
then the same scene on another card with
one, two, three or four things missing.
The number of things missing will be
shown on the reverse of each card.
• The scenes featured are:
• In the sea
• In the jungle
• In the snow
• On the farm
• In the house
• In the countryside.
• The different levels of difficulty encourage a
child’s progress in simple stages.
The cards also help to develop the child’s ability to respond to
other ‘Wh’ questions as well as ‘What’s missing?’ Questions such
as ‘What’s happening in the picture?’, ‘Where?’, ‘What?’, ‘Who?’
and ‘Why?’ can be used, depending on the child’s level of
comprehension.
Ages 4+ Spot What’s Different
Language Cards 48 cards, 148 x 210mm (A5)
These cards are designed to encourage a child’s ORDER CODE
observation, attention and visual perception skills as AO2-003-5480
well as to improve other areas of receptive and
expressive language development. The differences
between each pair of cards have to be both identified
and explained.
• Contains 24 pairs of cards – six each of four levels of difficulty.
• Each pair shows a scene on one card and then the same scene on another card with
one, two, three or four things changed. The number of things changed is shown on
the reverse of each card.
• The different levels of difficulty encourage a child’s progress in simple stages.
• The scenes featured are:
• In the sea • In the jungle
• In the snow • On the farm
• In the house • In the countryside.
Using the cards can also help with vocabulary development, verbal understanding and
attention and listening skills.
Ages 4+
VALUE! PURCHASE ALL 3 SETS AT A SAVING
59
Early Years
storycards
StoryCards Each pack features one concept and contains four stories;
By Sue Duggleby, illustrated by Ross Duggleby each story has an endearing central character, also supplied in
Beautifully illustrated, StoryCards are a versatile resource to puppet form in all except Storycards Adjectives.
help to develop children’s understanding of basic language Photocopiable line drawings on the back of each card
concepts, to promote the use of expressive language and to provide a colouring activity and help to reinforce the
encourage sequencing and retelling. concepts discussed.
StoryCards Narrative
48 A5 story picture cards
48 cards to develop speaking and listening skills 32pp A5 booklet, 4 felt
This resource is designed to make children aware of the animals, boxed
basic structure of a simple story i.e. beginning, middle and
end. The stories encourage the children to consider Who? ISBN: 978 0 86388 549 5
Where? When? and What happens? ORDER CODE
The four stories, told through 12 cards each, are: AO2-003-5294
• Sulu the Lion – Lions can’t climb trees... or can they?
• Rolo the Hippo – This is my pool!
• Mala & Rosie – Big elephant, little elephant
• Dot the Giraffe – Who’s eaten the jam? Includes
As well as the stories themselves, the reverse of each provides a puppets
photocopiable tool for children to create their own stories from the
characters and situations.
Puppets of the animal characters are included to help children retell the story.
Developing narrative skills will always be fun when using these beautifully illustrated
picture stories and character puppets!
Ages 4+
StoryCards Sequences
Encourage children’s understanding of sequencing 32pp A5 booklet, 4 felt
A welcome addition to the StoryCards range, this set encourages animals, boxed
children to say what happens ‘first’, ‘next’ and ‘last’ in the story.
ISBN: 978 0 86388 550 1
Use these cards to help children understand what is happening in
each picture, to order the pictures correctly and to retell the ORDER CODE
complete picture sequence. The grammatical structures targeted AO2-003-5295
will vary according to each child’s level of verbal understanding and
spoken language.
The 12 story sequences vary in length from three to five cards, with
four stories for each of the sequence levels, to help students develop
their sequencing skills in stages.
Includes
The sequences are also useful for work on basic concepts such as
puppets
verbs, prepositions and adjectives as well as developing vocabulary,
attention and listening skills.
Ages 4+
StoryCards Adjectives
48 A5 story pricture cards
The four adjectives in each story include: 32pp, A5 booklet, boxed
• Elephant to the rescue – Mala the Elephant: Big, little,
wet, day ISBN: 978 0 86388 311 8
• A Home of his Own – Zak the Mouse: Full, empty, ORDER CODE
open, shut AO2-003-4770
• Nowhere to Hide – Saba the Zebra: Long, short,
tall, small
• Time to Play – Pinda the Lion Cub: Dirty, clean,
dark, light
Each adjective is repeated several times in various situations
to reinforce the child’s understanding of its meaning.
Ages 3+
60
Early Years
storycards
StoryCards Verbs
Versatile cards that develop children’s understanding of basic verbs
32pp A5 booklet, 4 felt
Includes
A set of four stories told through 12 cards each, featuring various verbs: animals, boxed
puppets
• The Hungry Frog (Rana the Frog): is, sit, jump, swim, fall, climb and see ISBN: 978 0 86388 450 4
• Muddy All Over (Pongo the Hippo) like, say, go, wash, smell, pull, push
ORDER CODE
• Eric Sings All Night (Eric the Sheep): sing, love, come, find, look
AO2-003-5149
at/for, sleep
• Hip, Hip, Hooray (Oz the Ostrich): run, walk, play, kick, eat, drink, stand.
Each verb is repeated several times in
various situations to reinforce the child’s
understanding of its meaning
and the finger puppets of
the four central
characters are
excellent for
‘doing’ the
actions in the
stories.
Ages 4+
StoryCards Prepositions
A delightful way to develop children’s understanding of 32pp A5 booklet, 4 felt
prepositions animals, boxed
This is a set of twelve cards in four different stories featuring various ISBN: 978 0 86388 353 8
prepositions:
ORDER CODE
• Up, Up and Away (Bertie the Bluebird): ‘in’, ‘on’ and ‘under’
AO2-003-4365
• On the Trail of a Snail (Sam the Snail): ‘in front’, ‘behind’ and ‘next to’
• Over the Trees and Far Away (Dot the Giraffe): ‘over’, ‘through’ and
‘between’
• Cool in the Pool (Rolo the Hippo): ‘above’, ‘below’ and ‘around’.
This pack can also be used to develop understanding of verbs and
Includes
simple adjectives alongside the prepositions, as well as using the puppets
story itself for sequencing and retelling.
Ages 4+
VALUE! STORYCARDS SET OF 5

61
Early Years
feelings & emotions
The Hopla Box

ISBN: 978 1 90148 715 2
A play and learn set about feelings for young children
ORDER CODE
Designed by the Centre for Experimental Education & Bert Smets
Productions AO2-006-5447
(Please note - not available to trade)
The Hopla Box focuses on the four basic feelings of happy, sad,
angry and afraid through four endearing animal characters – Hopla
the rabbit, Lola the cat, Onki the pig and Nina the bear. A thorough
exploration of these four basic feelings can prepare children for the
later experience of more complex feelings and situations.
The Hopla Box allows young children to learn all about feelings
through hands-on practice and play.
Contents
• 16 Situational pictures (15 x 15cm), for each basic feeling of
happy, sad, angry and afraid
• 12 Hardback 4pp storybooks (15 x 15cm) – three for each feeling
• 4 small boxes (16 x 16 x 8cm) for each Hopla character/feeling
• 4 pictures of the Hopla characters (Hopla is 19 x 39cm, Nina,
Onki and Lola are 19 x 30cm)
• 16 double-sided cardboard characters (4 x 10cm) with plastic
feet for standing upright
• 4 masks showing happy, sad, angry and frightened faces that
can be worn by the children
• A wheel of feelings (20 x 20cm)
• 40 dominoes
• Bingo game
• Instruction manual with
photocopiable activity
pages
• Sturdy storage
box with carry
handle.
Ages 2-4
62

feelings & emotions
A Box Full of Feelings

ISBN: 978 1 90148 703 9
A hugely successful activity set for children Because they can express feelings in a more appropriate
By Marina Kog & Julia Moons way their capacity to cope with painful experiences gets ORDER CODE
stronger, with inner calm and serenity as a result. This is AO2-006-5446
Illustrated by Ann De Bode even reflected at group level. (Please note - not available to trade)
Designed by Tine Vercruysse Contents
A Box Full of Feelings is designed to support the social • 48 situational pictures (11 x 11cm) each basic feeling
and emotional development of children and is built has 12 pictures, with a short story and questions on
around the four basic feelings of happy, sad, angry and the reverse
afraid. It contains masses of activities that will involve
children all year round. • 16 pictures of the emotion figures (11 x 11cm)
• 4 posters with the emotion figures (42 x 29.5cm)
The box contains the basic material to get children
involved in more than 20 different activities. They can • 17 finger dolls
be offered in a flexible way: as guided group activities, • 4 carry-around houses of emotions
as optional activities, as part of a separate area for • 4 masks depicting each feeling for children or
social-emotional development or occasionally as a adults to wear
response to certain events. • A wheel of emotions with spinner (for games)
Use A Box Full of Feelings to help children remain or get • CD of emotive music
in touch with their inner world of feelings, recognise “We’ve used the box for seven weeks
• Instruction manual including
emotions in themselves, accept them, name them and
photocopiable activities and already we’ve seen a big
have a more differentiated awareness of them. Gradually
they will also learn to take the perspective of others’ • Sturdy storage box with carry handle. significant difference. It’s certain;
perceptions and emotions, to feel the impact of their we can sense a general feeling of
Ages 4-7
actions and realise that people don’t experience the protectiveness, awareness, friendship
same events in the same way. All of this is at the heart of and empathy which wasn’t
emotional intelligence. there before”
The impact of using the box is significant: practitioners’ Dr Nanette Smith from the Worcester
report how children are more alert to the utterances University College inthe BBC series
of feelings, how they use a more differentiated Teaching Today
vocabulary concerning emotions, how their
intuitions become more refined and how
their role-taking capacity expands.
63

feelings & emotions
A House Full of Emotions

SBN: 978 1 90748 704 6
A box of activities with an emphasis on feelings
and relationships ORDER CODE
Developed by the Centre for Experimental Education AO2-006-5448
(Please note - not available to trade)
& Nand Cuvelier
A House Full of Emotions is a proven and powerful tool to help older children
name and identify feelings and how they affect their relationships with others.
Delightfully illustrated, the activities are centred around the more advanced
feelings of excited, lonely, unhappy, frightened, shy, ashamed, sad, proud,
moved, in love, panicky, disappointed, furious, grateful, restless, jealous, guilty,
offended, safe, happy and powerless.
A House Full of Emotions will help children learn about cause and effect, how
to interpret verbal and non-verbal behaviour and to think in a problem solving way within
a social context.
Contents
• 63 situational picture cards (11 x 11cm); each has a story and questions about the feeling depicted on the back
• 10 large picture cards featuring animals in stories about different relationships and positive/negative emotions
• 48 dominoes comprising of 4 sets of 12 cards that can be arranged in a story sequence
• A board game featuring animals
• A fan depicting and naming the 21 feelings
• 2 play houses including 10 animal pictures and 21 emotion pictures
• CD of emotive music
• Instruction manual including photocopiable activity sheets
• Sturdy storage box with carry handle.
Ages 7-11
64

feelings & emotions
Pip Wilson is a trainer, author, group worker,

What are Blobs? gamester, husband and father of two
They are neither male nor female, young or old, slave or free! daughters. He has also spent his life as
They are open to interpretation. Each character could be you, a street gangs worker in East London, a
your best friend or a personal enemy. What’s true for you residential care worker in Cheshire,
a homeless charity CEO in London, a games
might be completely the opposite or someone else. Blobs are a
show designer and host worldwide.
way to discuss issues in a deep, meaningful way and yet they
can be understood by adults and children alike. You might look
Ian Long has worked as an artist with
at a poster and say that you feel like one Blob today, but children, youth and adults. He has been a
tomorrow be a completely different Blob. You might find that a youth and children’s worker in
friend sees you in yet another way! You could use each Blob Gloucestershire, an artist-in-residence in
Tree Poster in a groupwork situation to stimulate discussion Lambeth and is currently a teacher in a
about how a team feels about itself. school in Chichester.
The Blobs Training Manual

122pp, 297 x 210mm (A4),
Discover the full potential of the Blobs! wire-o-bound + CD Rom
By Pip Wilson & Ian Long
ISBN 978 0 86388 788 8
Blob Trees and Blob Characters can be used in so many
ways and in so many environments. Making sure that ORDER CODE
you get the best out of the resources you have will be AO2-002-5672
made easier with this inspiring book to hand. From a
really detailed look at how to approach using the Blob
Tree to a thought-provoking theory about relationships
developed by the authors, this book will ensure you
make the most of your group sessions.
Contents include:
free
CD Rom
• Introducing the Blobs
• Blob Retention – Ways of Learning
• How to Use the Blob Tree
• Level 5 Theory
• Session Ideas
Also included are brand new Blob scenarios, brand
new individual Blobs and a whole A-Z of Emotions and
Feelings. The accompanying CD contains
downloadable PDF’s of all new worksheets.
Ideal for anyone new to the Blob resources, this
manual also provides background information and
additional ideas for those familiar with this engaging
series.
All Ages
65

feelings & emotions
Blob Tree Posters

4 x A3 encapsulated
Four unique posters to help people talk posters, (30.5 x 42.5cm)
about feelings
By Pip Wilson & Ian Long ORDER CODE
AO2-003-5485
These blob tree posters can be used by whole classes,
small groups or on a one-to-one basis to
initiate and promote discussion of feelings.
The internationally renowned ‘blob’ figures
are non-threatening and appeal to all ages.
Each poster contains a different set of
feelings to explore and discuss. Includes
notes for guidance.
All Ages
Mini Blob Tree Posters

16 x A5 posters (4 of each
By popular demand! These mini blob tree posters can be design)
used for individual and group work
ORDER CODE
AO2-003-5486
These blob tree posters can be used by whole classes,
small groups or on a one-to-one basis to initiate and
promote discussion of feelings. The internationally renowned ‘blob’ figures are non-
threatening and appeal to all ages. Each poster contains a different set of feelings to
explore and discuss. Includes notes for guidance.
All Ages
VALUE! BUY BLOB POSTERS/MINIPOSTERS & BIG BOOK OF BLOB

TREES AT A SAVINGS
The Big Book of Blob Trees

125 pp, A4 wire-o-bound +
50 different blob trees to explore feelings
CD Rom
ISBN: 978 0 86388 755 0
This unique collection of blob trees with all its various
Blob characters is a fabulous way of opening up ORDER CODE
discussions about feelings and developing the AO2-002-5617
understanding of emotions, empathy and self-awareness.
The different trees show various scenarios that individuals
or groups may experience personally.
The book comes with guidance and
suggested questions such as:
• Which Blob do you feel like?
• Find a Blob that interests you?
• Which Blob confuses you?
• Which Blob annoys you the most?
Why?
The Blobs can also be used in less
personal ways so you ask which Blob
is happy, why do you think he is
happy and discussion can evolve that
free
CD Rom
way indirectly.
This resource can be used with
individuals or groups.
Ages 3+
66

feelings & emotions
The Big Book of Blobs

124pp, 297 x 210mm (A4)
A photocopiable collection of blob pictures wire-o-bound + CD Rom
to promote discussion
By Pip Wilson & Ian Long ISBN: 978 0 86388 722 2
These blob pictures offer a unique way to initiate discussion ORDER CODE
about all sorts of issues and subjects. They are organised into AO2-002-5516
themes and scenarios that include:
• Places – beach, cinema, cliff, concert, disco, homes,
playground, staffroom, village
• Issues – Bullying, death, disaster, divide, fame, families,
feast, money, parents, protests, romance, sleep, talk, water
safety, world
• Occasions – Christmas, Easter, football, lecture, nativity,
Olympics, skateboarding
• Personal Development – body, caged, caring, doors, leaps,
river, rock, shadows, valley, vertigo.
Each picture is accompanied by ideas and questions to kick-
start class, group or one-to-one discussion.
Complete book included on accompanying CD Rom
All Ages
“The more you look at the materials

the greater number of uses you can
see for them. Anyone who buys these
books will find them of enormous
value in promoting pupils’ emotional
and physical well being and safety...
worth every penny.”
Carol Smart, SNIP
free
CD Rom
The Big Book of Blob Feelings

Photocopiable blob pictures focusing on feelings 124pp, 297 x 210mm (A4)
wire-o-bound + CD Rom
ISBN: 978 0 86388 723 9
A special selection of blob pictures designed for work on feelings.
Arranged into four sections, the contents include: ORDER CODE
• Blob theory – blob trees the id/ego/superego, needs, shadows AO2-002-5517
• Emotions – anger, anger cycle, calm, depression, disappointed,
happy hate, hyper, jealousy, lonely, mixed-up,
numb, paranoia, rejection, sad, trauma, worry
• Developmental/issues – bridge, clouds, doors, feelings,
holes, pit, pitch, stairs, families, home.
Each picture is
accompanied by
ideas and questions
to kick-start class,
group or one-to-one
discussion.
Complete book
included on
accompanying CD Rom
All Ages
free
CD Rom
VALUE! PURCHASE BOTH BLOB BOOKS AT A SAVING

67

feelings & emotions
Teenage Life Blob Cards

48 full-colour cards
An effective tool to explore teenage issues 125 x 80mm + 8 instruction
By Pip Wilson & Ian Long cards, boxed
Blobs are a way of communicating using two of the ISBN: 978 0 86388 774 1
first languages which are learnt as children – body
language and feelings. These cards provide a ORDER CODE
tool to consider and discuss a multitude of AO2-003-5664
positive and negative teenager feelings
and behaviours. They can be used
individually or for group work and
cover topics such as:
• Relationships and friendships • Bullying
• Addiction • Emotions • Confidence
• Self-image, and many more.
Includes cards suggesting over 50 optional activities.
Ages 11-18
Family Blob Cards

A series of Blob images to promote 125 x 80mm + 8 instruction
discussion and reflection on the family cards, boxed
ISBN: 978 0 86388 784 0
The various family scenarios depicted in this
card set provide an opportunity for individuals ORDER CODE
or groups to discuss all aspects of family life AO2-003-5621
and the situations that arise from it.
• Each scenario is colour coded with 6-9 cards telling a short story.
• The cards can also be used individually, or combined to create
other situations.
• Includes more than 50 suggestions for use in the accompanying
activity cards.
All Ages
Feelings Blob Cards
48 full-colour cards 125
An effective tool to explore teenage issues x 80 mm + 8 instruction
By Pip Wilson & Ian Long cards, boxed
Blobs are a way of communicating using two of the ISBN: 978 0 86388 680 5
first languages which are learnt as children – body
language and feelings. These cards provide a tool to ORDER CODE
consider and discuss a multitude of positive and AO2-003-5482
negative teenager feelings and behaviours.
They can be used individually or for group
work and cover topics such as:
• Relationships and friendships • Bullying • Addiction • Emotions
• Confidence • Self-image, and many more. Includes cards suggesting
over 50 optional activities.
All Ages
Emotions Blob Cards

Encourage young people to talk 125 x 80mm + 8 instruction
about emotions cards, boxed
The groups of Blobs on these cards are acting ISBN: 978 0 86388 679 9
in many familiar ‘human’ ways: celebrating,
fighting, feeling left out, supporting or ignoring ORDER CODE
each other. Looking at Blobs together instead AO2-003-5483
of alone enables you to explore a wide range
of feelings and emotions to do with personal
and social interaction. Includes a booklet with
lots of ideas or activities.
All Ages
68

feelings & emotions
Anger Blob Cards

58 cards, full-colour cards
Anger can control our lives … or we can
125 x 80mm
control our anger
Instruction booklet
ISBN: 978 0 86388 823 6
Our feelings are so important to our life; if
we start the day feeling low we can miss ORDER CODE
vital moments and interactions. We can be AO2-003-5736
ruled by our feelings, especially those we
learned as young children, such as anger or
rejection as well as happiness and calm.
These cards depict different elements of
the anger cycle. Using appropriate cards in
a variety of activities discussed in the
accompanying booklet will facilitate
awareness of the causes of anger and help
to work out ways to overcome those
triggers.
For use one-to-one or with small or large
groups.
All ages
Behaviour Blob Cards

Identifying and understanding the impact
125 x 80mm
of actions
By Pip Wilson & Ian Long Plus instruction manual,
boxed.
Behaviour is always in the news. Sometimes we
praise people for their endeavour, their heroism ISBN: 978 0 86388 879 3
and their love. Generally we complain about ORDER CODE
people for their laziness, arrogance, pettiness and AO2-003-5752
bad behaviour. The papers are full of it and our
daily conversation is filled with what our
acquaintances or characters from the soaps are
up to!
Blob behaviour is a set of cards
which looks at how we all
relate and provides the user
with an opportunity to look at
the whole range of human
behaviour...and understand one
another through it!
All ages
VALUE! BUY ALL SIX BLOB CARD PACKS AT A SAVING

69

feelings & emotions
Blob Posters
4 x A3 encapsulated
Four posters to help children and young posters (30.5 x 42.5cm)
people talk about specific emotions
AO2-003-5520
From the creators of the highly successful
Blob Tree phenomenon – four more
posters on the specific emotions of:
• Happy
• Disappointed
• Calm
• Anger.
Notes for guidance are included
with the posters.
All Ages
“Everyone sees
something personal to
them in each scene”
Jean Ruggin, College
Controller, Beacon
Community College, East
Sussex
Mini Blob Posters

16 x A5 posters
By popular demand! (4 of each design)
These mini blob posters can be used for
individual or group work. ORDER CODE
AO2-003-5515
• Happy
• Disappointed
VALUE! BLOB & MINI BLOB POSTER SET • Calm
• Anger
(Please note - set price not available to trade) Ages 5+
Blobtastic Sticker Book

A4 size booklet,
1,800 colourful reward stickers 1,800 coloured stickers
The Blobtastic Sticker Book is made up of in 6 different designs
six different designs of blob characters. Each
blob character is depicted with star quality ISBN: 978 0 86388 756 7
so makes the perfect reward and ORDER CODE
motivational aid. AO2-002-5619
All Ages
70

feelings & emotions
Giant Blob Feelings Poster

Size: A1 (84 x
Over 50 individual blobs on one giant poster! 59.4cm) laminated
ORDER CODE
With so many blob pictures on one poster you will AO2-003-5518
never run out of ideas for discussion.
Includes notes for guidance.
All Ages
VALUE! BUY 4 POSTERS AT A SAVING

Blob Feelings Ball

Approx size: 20cm
An animated way to discuss feelings
AO2-003-5620
Throw, roll, pass the ball and the recipient then
chooses a Blob character that best describes
how they feel. The ball illustrates a variety of
Blob characters which depict various feelings
such as:
• Happiness • Sadness
• Anger • Wary • Fear
The ball comes with guidance
giving suggestions for use,
including ideas for
questions.
All Ages
71

feelings & emotions
The Blob Collection

Buy all 17 Blob products at a saving!
ORDER CODE
AO2-003-5629
Blob Tree Posters, Mini Blob Tree Posters, The Blobs Training Manual, The Big Book of Blob Trees, The Big Book of
Blobs, The Big Book of Blob Feelings, Teenage Life Blob Cards, Family Blob Cards, Feelings Blob Cards, Emotions
Blob Cards, Anger Blob Cards, Behaviour Blob Cards, Blob Posters, Mini Blob Posters, Blobtastic Sticker Book,
Giant Blob Feelings Poster, Blob Feelings Ball.
All Ages
“…A wonderful tool in both

individual and group work. A
delightfully creative way to
encourage and promote
discussion; the lovable Blobs
engage children, young
people and adults alike and
before long meaningful
discussions are taking place.
As a practitioner they have
proved invaluable in
engaging others, less willing
to talk about feelings, to
speculate about what these
androgynous, ambiguous
Blobs might be up to or may
be feeling; as a human being
they are simply intriguing,
each Blob can be attributed
different circumstances
every time you see them,
dependant on your own
moods and emotions at any
given time.”
Norman Cooper, Barnados
Family Worker, Facts & Fiction
Magazine
VALUE! PURCHASE ALL BLOBS TITLES AT A SAVING

72

feelings & emotions
Sometimes I Feel ...

48 colour illustrated A5
48 cards that help recognition and expression cards & instruction booklet,
of emotions boxed
By Pia Jones
ISBN: 978 0 86388 532 7
This collection of 48 beautifully illustrated
cards are designed as a practical and creative ORDER CODE
tool to help children understand their feelings AO2-003-5260
and develop their emotional literacy. The cards
bring to life two central characters, a little girl
and boy who share and express a range of
intense feelings, both positive and difficult.
With the pictures are suggested phrases to use
as conversation starters, such as:
• Sometimes I feel like fighting for what I
believe in
• Sometimes I can’t decide what to choose
• Sometimes I feel like singing in the morning
• Sometimes I feel like I am going to explode.
The cards can serve as a springboard to allow
children to invent their own personal
metaphors for their feelings and will help them
to realise that they are not alone in feeling as
they do.
Ages 4-8
Feelings Playing Cards
60 cards (124 x 40mm)
52 cards for playing fun and engaging games, focusing on including instruction/ideas
13 specific feelings cards, boxed
By Karen Palmer-Roach & Rebecca Childs
ORDER CODE
From the authors of Learning to Become Socially Talented AO2-003-5565
Children, a delightful pack of playing cards, based on the
traditional four-deck format. They allow exploration of the
vocabulary, facial expressions and experiences related to the
following feelings:
• Happy • Unwell • Surprised
• Sad • Upset • Disappointed
• Worried • Tired • Proud.
• Embarrassed • Angry
• Excited • Relaxed
Offering a myriad of uses, possible games and activities
including snap, pairs and support for the PSHE or SEAL
curriculum.
Ages 4-11
Alphabet of Emotions Poster

1 x A1 poster
48 visual interpretations of emotions (594 x 841mm)
Simple line drawings that really convey effectively a
state of mind at a particular moment in time. An ORDER CODE
excellent and useful teaching aid. AO2-003-5507
All Ages
“No classroom should

be without this! I use
this at the start of all my
groups sessions – it
helps the students to
focus”
Elizabeth Scott
Behaviour Support Advisor
73

feelings & emotions
Assemblies Across Faiths

160pp, A4, photocopiable
40 ready-to-use assemblies covering Buddhism,
Christianity, Hinduism, Islam, Judaism and Sikhism ISBN: 978 1 905538 32 4
By Gerald Haigh and Jane AC West ORDER CODE
This exciting collection provides a selection of AO2-006-5760
assemblies, each of which focuses on one of six major
faiths or draws themes from several faiths together.
These assemblies reinforce one of the key principles of
good religious education which is that, as well as
learning about religion, we learn from religion.
• Teach your pupils about different religions
• Encourage understanding and tolerance
• Help pupils to examine their own beliefs
• Enrich pupils’ knowledge and understanding
Each of these assemblies comprises an introduction,
a story, words and thoughts, an activity, a conclusion,
a prayer and suggestions for further reading.
Suitable for KS1 and KS2
Ages 5+
Primary Assemblies for SEAL

40 Ready to use assemblies 140pp, 297 x 210mm
(A4) binder
By Gerald Haigh and Jane West
ISBN: 978 1 905538 44 7
A collection of 40 assemblies from the writers of
The Primary Assembly File. Each assembly addresses ORDER CODE
one of the five aspects of the SEAL agenda: AO2-006-5597
• Self-awareness • Managing feelings • Motivation
• Empathy • Social skills
For the stories within each assembly, simple
predominantly family or school settings are used,
against which familiar dilemmas, problems and joyful
events are played out.
Each assembly is written so that it can be delivered at
very short notice, for those occasions when there is
little or no time to prepare – so you can pick an
assembly off the shelf and deliver it minutes later with
confidence, knowing that you can rely on the content.
Ages 5-11
Secondary Assemblies for SEAL

170pp, 297 x 210mm
40 Ready-to-deliver assemblies on inspirational people (A4) binder
By Brian Radcliffe
ISBN: 978 1 90553 851 5
Secondary Assemblies for SEAL is a collection of 40 assemblies
designed to support implementation of the SEAL ethos within ORDER CODE
school as well as providing inspirational stories about people AO2-006-5598
who have succeeded in the face of adversity.
The assemblies are categorised in five sections, in line with the
five key aspects of SEAL:
• Empathy • Managing Feelings • Motivation
• Self-awareness • Social skills
Each assembly is structured as follows:
• Engagement – this gives the main background to the story
and sets the scene for the rest of the assembly
• Reflection – this is the main body of the assembly, the story
• Response – this part of the assembly draws a parallel
between the story being told and the SEAL aspect dealt
with in the section.
• Mediation/prayer – this is not affiliated with any particular
religion and therefore can be used in any school setting.
Ages 11-16
74

feelings & emotions
Discuss This!
30 cards, 88 x 144mm,
The completely versatile, any topic, game notes for guidance
By Carol Bristow
ISBN: 978 0 86388 818 2
This exceptionally versatile game can be used in
numerous ways to facilitate discussion, exchange ORDER CODE
ideas, examine issues, develop skills, therapy work, AO2-003-5721
and training, in fact almost anything!
It allows the user to have
complete control over
content and for
players to feel it is
totally relevant to
them.
The main activity of the
game is around
conversation or story telling.
The group leader uses a list of
10 prepared questions pertinent
to the subject to be discussed.
Players answer questions, air views,
exchange ideas, discuss topics in a
non-threatening, easy to understand
environment. This is an ideal way to
encourage involvement and independent
thinking about any aspect of life,
environment or activity.
The accompanying facilitator’s booklet
includes full instructions and examples
of application.
Contents: Game board; master
question sheet, answer sheets, game
pieces, dice, instructions.
All Ages
Feelings (iDibods) Cards

30 cards, 88 x 144mm,
Individual cards illustrating a wide range of notes for guidance
feelings. They can be used to encourage and
stimulate discussion and to help users develop a ISBN: 978 0 86388 740 6
better understanding of themselves
ORDER CODE
By Penny Moon & Bill Stott AO2-003-5559
Contents: interested, bored, mischievous, plotting,
despising, disgusted, happy, peaceful, calm,
chuckling, numb, grieving, despairing, hopeless,
helpless, miserable, disappointed, screaming, sad,
depressed, angry, raging, furious, annoyed,
neutral, bewildered, disbelieving, shocked,
surprised and curious.
All Ages
Empathy (iDibods) Cards

30 cards, 88 x 144mm,
Pairs of cards relating to each other with empathy (or notes for guidance
perhaps not!). Use this set to develop an understanding
of the needs of others ISBN: 978 0 86388 739 0
By Penny Moon & Bill Stott ORDER CODE
Based on seven affirmations: AO2-003-5558
• I care about myself and others
• I take care of animals and am gentle with nature
• I look out for those who need help
• I feel other people’s sadness and pain
• I can stand in other people’s shoes
• I am tolerant of differences in thought and deed
• I am kind.
Contents include: careful/careless, attentive/inattentive,
concerned/unconcerned, caring/uncaring,
considerate/inconsiderate, friendly/unfriendly, and more.
All Ages
75

feelings & emotions
Let’s Talk: Feelings

Card game to enable people to become more aware of 78 cards each measuring
their feelings ideas, boxed.
By Sue Nicholls
The cards are divided into 6 sections: ISBN: 978 0 86388 741 3
• Give an example of when you felt …. (Try to be ORDER CODE
specific). AO2-003-5583
• Situation cards. How would you feel?
(Different people respond in different ways to the
same event; some might be excited, others nervous).
• You are feeling … How would you show it? (Talk about and demonstrate body
language, facial expressions and discuss the actions which might result from
emotions. Discuss how people show their emotions in different ways).
• You are feeling … What would help you to deal with it? (People deal with their
feelings in different ways. For some, it helps to talk; others need time by themselves;
others find it useful to write down their feelings.)
• A friend is feeling … How could you respond to be helpful? (How we can help each
other to deal with our feelings, by talking and listening).
• Situation cards. How might the other person feel? (We are not responsible for each
others feelings, but we can take responsibility for our actions and the consequences.
Discuss what it means to be considerate).
Ages 5+
Feelings ColorCards®
48 cards, 297 x 210mm (A4)
Help children to explore their own and other + instruction booklet, boxed
people’s feelings and emotions
This creative set of photographic cards ISBN: 978 0 86388 694 2
illustrates a huge range of feelings in children ORDER CODE
and adults – from happiness to sadness, AO2-001-5469
anger to fear and so many more.
Some cards feature just one person;
others show two or more people and
how they interact. On some cards the
emotions are positive, on others
they are negative, and sometimes
the cards feature both types of
emotion.
• The vocabulary of feelings and emotions
• Managing individual emotions
• How feelings may change in different situations
• How other people also have feelings and needs
• Non-verbal language
• Caring attitudes
• Feeling comfortable at home, at school and in
social situations
• Good ways to listen, speak and behave.
The large format makes these cards ideal for groups and Circle Time.
Ages 5+
Emotions ColorCards®
48 cards which identify emotions (A5) + booklet, boxed
Beautifully photographed flashcards designed to promote
awareness and trigger discussion about feelings and ISBN: 978 0 86388 361 3
emotions. ORDER CODE
Various emotions are illustrated in a range of situations AO2-001-3026
such as:
• Individual people showing emotions through facial expression and
body language
• Difficult situations showing scenes with people involved in familiar
activities, normally where difficulties are experienced and feelings are
adversely affected
• Enjoyable situations showing scenes with people involved in
pleasurable activities and circumstances where they feel content.
This set is particularly helpful in developing self-esteem, citizenship, self-
expression and an understanding of important body language messages.
All Ages
76

feelings & emotions
The Feelings Artbook

104pp, A4 wire-o-bound +
48 activities that explore emotional issues through drawing FREE CD Rom containing
By Ruby Radburn the whole book in colour
ISBN: 978 0 86388 674 4
These activities and worksheets use drawing as the basis for
exploring emotional issues and promoting children’s emotional ORDER CODE
literacy. The book is intended for anyone who spends time with AO2-002-5450
children, including teachers, learning mentors, therapists and
parents. It is organised in three sections:
• Self esteem: The activities in this section promote a positive
sense of self by helping children to identify their strengths and
preferences, their achievements and aspirations, the people and
things they value.
• Emotions: In this section children identify and define a wide
range of feelings, expanding their emotional vocabulary beyond
the basic ‘happy’, ‘sad’ or ‘angry’. More complex feelings such
as jealousy, pride and embarrassment are examined, and
children are encouraged to define these feelings in both words
and drawings, and through personal experience.
• Empathy: These activities encourage children to consider other
people’s feelings and preferences, and to think from different
perspectives.
For each activity the instructions include a clearly stated aim, a
suggested outline of how to conduct the activity and two optional
follow-on ideas. Flexibility is central to the design; the activities
can stand alone or be incorporated into an emotional literacy
programme. The finished drawings can be displayed or kept by
children as a visual reminder of their learning.
free
CD Rom
Ages 4-11
Learning to Become
Socially Talanted Children 254pp, A4 wire-o-bound +
FREE CD Rom from which
More than 70 worksheets to make social and the whole book can be
emotional learning FUN! printed in colour
By Karen Palmer-Roach & Rebecca Childs ISBN: 978 0 86388 675 1
ORDER CODE
This resource uses exciting graphics, games and
AO2-002-5451
activities to engage and stimulate children in the
learning process. It deals with a wide range of
issues that affect children today, including:
• Introducing me
• I feel good about me
• Getting to know my body
• Feelings
• Anger
• Ways to help me manage my behaviour
• Calm and chilled
• Communication
• Friendship
• Concentration
free
CD Rom
• Classroom behaviour
• Mind your manners
• Sort it out.
These worksheets are an excellent tool for
generating discussion, promoting positive role
modelling, and developing greater insight and “What a lovely book…
understanding. This resource complements pupil interactive,
and supports the SEAL curriculum. requiring a response
Ages 5-11 from the child with it’s
fun activities.”
Clare Matheson
Primary School Teacher
77

self esteem
It’s OK to be Me
86pp A4 wire-o-bound
Workbook aimed at raising self-awareness and + CD Rom
self-esteem
By Annie Hamlaoui ISBN: 978 0 86388 683 6
This is a practical workbook which takes children ORDER CODE
through a four-stage guided journey: AO2-002-5459
• Where am I now - a chance to find out more about
myself and what makes me the person I am
• Where do I want to be - deciding how I would like
things to be now and in the future “I have found this
• What are my next steps – what changes do I need
resource a useful tool in
to make helping children gain
• How will I take those steps – making a plan of action. more confidence and
The workbook offers opportunities to create a personal self-esteem, it has helped
profile by identifying qualities and achievements and them aspire to achievable
also an action plan for change. goals and celebrate their
The workbook can be used on a one-to-one basis successes.”
free
CD Rom
plus in small and large groups.
Ages 9-11
Joelle Monfinoli, Art
Psychotherapist, Middleton
Primary School, Leeds
Sisters
Self-esteem Pack for Girls + CD Rom
By Annie Hamlaoui
ISBN: 978 0 86388 704 8
A facilitator’s pack of materials, resources and activities to
help motivate and increase self-esteem and self-image in ORDER CODE
teenage girls. The main core of the programme offers five AO2-002-5483
two-hour sessions:
• One: setting the scene
• Two: the link between mind and body
• Three: creative character building
• Four: concentrating on Health and Fitness
free
CD Rom
• Five: feeling good on the outside.
Accompanied by a FREE CD Rom of activities with videos
of students on the programme.
Ages 11-15
Boost Your Self-

Esteem Posters 3 x A3 encapsulated posters
(305 x 425mm)
Three posters with tips and strategies ORDER CODE
to build and boost self-esteem in teens AO2-003-5609
By Martin Baines
Eye-catching and colourful posters that
remind students to:
• Do the best you can whatever you do!
• Believe in yourself!
• Be proud that you are unique!
Ages 11-17
Group Games: Emotional Strength & Self-Esteem

160pp, 207 x 131mm,
111 games to develop emotional strength and confidence paperback
By Rosemarie Portmann
Through the exploration and discovery of strengths and weaknesses, the participants ISBN 978 0 86388 394 1
learn to be assertive whilst living respectfully with others. Divided into four sections: ORDER CODE
• Strength – what’s that? AO2-002-5109
• Getting to know your own strengths
• Gaining strength – showing strength
• Together we are strong.
All Ages
78

self esteem
Rainbow Game
2-6 Players (or teams)
A fun way to raise self-esteem and build social skills
By Betty Rudd ISBN: 978 0 6388 814 4
Rainbow promotes personal and social development ORDER CODE

in all age groups. The game facilitates the raising of AO2-003-5729
self-awareness while developing communication skills
between players. These skills are readily transferable
to every day life encounters.
With three levels available – the third being the most
challenging Rainbow facilitates interaction, verbal
expression and respectful discussion between players.
Each level has seven mini-games within it. Every mini-
game is colour-coded to relate to a different quality
for personal and social development.
• Red for Action
• Orange for Courage
• Yellow for Imagination
• Green for Feeling Available
• Blue for Talk Spring 2011
• Pink for Stimulus
• Purple for Insight
Playing with all colours develops the full spectrum of
self-awareness and social skills.
The game will:
• Expand social skills
• propagate positive interaction
• boost confidence
• deal with decision-making
• promote problem –solving skills
• encourage consideration of personal values
• let even the shyest person’s voice be heard
• help each individual get along with others
• increase self-awareness
All ages
Teaching Happiness
158pp, 297 x 210mm (A4),
Increase your pupils’ happiness and emotional resilience
spiral-bound + CD Rom
By Ruth MacConville
ISBN: 978 1 90651 721 2
This innovative programme translates key concepts from
positive psychology and the recent research on happiness ORDER CODE
into a practical, ten-session curriculum which is suitable for AO2-006-5637
both primary and secondary aged pupils. The sessions
include:
• Signature strengths
• Positive self-talk
•
•
Think good, feel good
Sort that problem
free
CD Rom
• The power of goals
• Optimistic thinking.
The programme is designed to be delivered with a sense of
fun and celebration to engage and inspire all learners, and
can be delivered to whole classes or to groups. It includes
a variety of practical activities and cognitive techniques, as
well as examples of feedback from pupils to reflect real-life
experiences.
Teaching Happiness is fully compatible with SEAL, offers
a clear and practical way forward for delivering the ECM
standards and the outcomes of the programme can be
used to inform the Ofsted self-evaluation form. The book
offers general guidance on how to deliver the programme
and comes with a free CD Rom to print off various
teaching activities such as Happiness Diaries.
Ages 8-13
79
Social & Emotional Skills Best

Seller
emotional literacy
Betty K Rudd PhD is a qualified and practising specialist teacher and chartered counselling psychologist, featured in Who’s Who
in the World (and has been continuously since 2002) for demonstrating outstanding achievement in her field of endeavour, and
contributing significantly to the betterment of contemporary society. She is also a doctoral supervisor at Regent’s College.
Betty is an expert on non-verbal communication, body language and emotional literacy. She presents seminars and offers training
workshops to schools.
Over 30 years ago she was a member of the original team that helped expand Circle Time Games from the USA to the UK, and
has been actively involved in the field throughout her career.
Emotional Intelligence (EI) Card Games

A set of 10 field-tested games for developing emotional intelligence designed to be played repeatedly by the same
people at different stages in their lives. Can help develop self-worth and a sense of confidence, enabling young
people to cope with life’s challenges. Each set contains question cards, rules and background information. Ages 13+
Anger Management Responsibility Card Game

Card Game Designed to propagate responsibility in
Facilitates understanding of dealing with an age-appropriate way. Enables players
anger, helping players make positive to recognise and identify various types of
choices in how to cope. responsibility.
ISBN: 978 0 86388 729 1 ISBN: 978 0 86388 730 7
ORDER CODE ORDER CODE
AO2-003-5526 AO2-003-5527
Communication Card Game Stress Control Card Game

Can enhance skills while enabling Offers opportunities for identifying what
participants to discover information in causes stress and pinpointing ways to
how to interact with others more resolve negative stress.
effectively. ISBN: 978 0 86388 766 6
ISBN: 978 0 86388 731 4 ORDER CODE
AO2-003-5528
Problem Solving Card Game Compassion Card Game

Helps identify and solve problems by Cultivates empathy, healing and equal
providing a space to ‘suss out’ ideas and opportunities with non-judgmental
learn from others. acceptance.
ISBN: 978 0 86388 716 1 ISBN: 978 0 86388 725 3
AO2-003-5509 AO2-003-5521
Self-Image Card Game Relating Card Game

Provides a meaningful experience in Promotes the ability to relate to others,
learning how others see us and helping to develop peaceful co-operation
how we perceive ourselves. and self-regulation.
ISBN: 978 0 86388 726 0 ISBN: 978 0 86388 728 4
AO2-003-5522 AO2-003-5525
Awareness Card Game Handling Emotion

Helps players reflect so they can think Card Game
about how they feel and become more Provides optimum practice for dealing
confident about their opinions. with feelings and learning how to avoid
ISBN: 978 0 86388 732 1 offensive behaviour and treating others
ORDER CODE badly.
AO2-003-5530 ISBN: 978 0 86388 717 8
ORDER CODE
AO2-003-5510
VALUE! PURCHASE ALL 10 AT A SAVING

80

emotional literacy
Emotional Intelligence Posters

6 x A3 encapsulated
Developed by Penny Moon, illustrated by Bill Stott
posters (30.5 x 42.5cm)
6 posters illustrating feelings and emotions with humour
and sensitivity. A powerful visual reinforcement to help ORDER CODE
prompt discussion. AO2-003-5497
All ages
81

emotional literacysocial & emotional skills
Practical Ideas for Emotional Intelligence

By Adele Clark & Jacqui Blades
This book covers a wide range of emotional ISBN: 978 0 86388 611 9
literacy topics relevant to today’s young people ORDER CODE
and can be used in any setting by learning AO2-002-5375
mentors and other professionals. Each topic
includes group and individual session activities,
solutions to problems, take home tasks and
tips for the professional. It can be used when
designing and implementing individual
behaviour plans (IEPs) and helping young
people overcome life’s challenges.
• Topics covered are: profiling, changing,
behavioural change, self esteem,
bereavement, family change, study skills,
stress busting, motivation, self learning,
drug awareness, bullying, school refusal
and frustration.
• Contains ideas and suggestions which can
be readily adapted by the professional to
best suit their setting.
• One of the few resources which covers all
aspects of emotional intelligence for all
ability groups.
Ages 5-18
Mentoring Activities Box

44 full colour A4 cards,
By Adele Clark & Jacqui Blades
52pp instruction booklet,
The Mentoring Activities Box is designed boxed
for use in Primary and Secondary
schools by Learning Mentors and ISBN: 978 0 86388 612 6
other professionals working with ORDER CODE
young people. The resource cards AO2-003-5376
fit onto the box and pupils post
their thoughts, initiated by images
on the cards, into the slots on the
cards. For many pupils merely
discussing their problems within an
individual monitoring session can
appear daunting. Writing their
problems down enables pupils to open
up and gives them the opportunity for
‘thinking time’.
This innovative resource:
• Allows pupils to express their problems
and concerns with the option to discuss
them at a later date
• Saves the professional time and money
by providing a complete resource
• Lends itself to use with pupils with poor
literacy skills.
Topics: Profiling; Behaviour; Bullying: Friendship; Decision
Making; Attendance; Family Change; Body Image; Self
Confidence; Bereavement.
Ages 5-18
NASEN & TES

Inclusive Resource
for Secondary
Classrooms Winner
82

emotional literacy
Emotional Literacy
240pp A4 landscape,
Over 200 lesson plans to promote social and emotional skills in children
wire-o-bound
By Andrew Moffat
ISBN: 978 0 86388 677 5
This exciting, hands-on resource can be used with classes from Year 1 right Supports
through to Year 6. The lesson plans are based on 152 popular children's books ORDER CODE
and each one focuses on a text, and provides prompts for discussion and
clearly explained activities to suit all learning styles. They have all been tried
SEAL AO2-002-5545
and tested in the classroom.

The scheme also includes Circle Time games especially selected for their
positive effect on the emotional well-being of the child.
The plans are differentiated by year group and are arranged in
six-week modules,making this resource easy to use
for class teachers. This resource is an ideal
solution to the delivery of SEAL at
primary level.
Ages 5-11
Therapeutic Groupwork with Children

210 pages, A4,
40 activities for social and emotional skills
wire-o-bound
By Joost Drost & Sydney Bayley
ISBN: 978 0 86388 234 0
A hands-on collection of activities to change children’s perception
of how they see things. Topics covered include: ORDER CODE
AO2-002-4255
• Empathy
• Trust
• Choices
• Problem-solving
• Self-identity and self-esteem “Easy-to-read and user-
• Expression of feelings and opinions friendly … this is a very useful
• Working together. and thoughtfully presented
Activities are divided into two age groups, 5 to 7 and 8 to resource that will be beneficial
11, so are carefully targeted to the way children think. An to new group workers and a
invaluable resource for all professionals who work with welcome prompt to more
young children. experienced ones.”
Helga Gore, CAMHS, NAPOT
Ages 5-11
Positive Self-Identity for the

Successful Teenage Learner 180pp, 297 x 210mm (A4)
spiral-bound + CD Rom
A comprehensive resource to promote social and emotional ISBN: 978 1 90651 722 9
intelligence in teenagers
By Joost Drost ORDER CODE
AO2-006-5706
• Using a narrative approach, teenagers are challenged to
learn about themselves, about each other and about how to
take control of their lives.
• The learning is presented in a series of lessons with
comprehensive facilitator instructions and materials designed
to engage teenagers in both group and individual activities.
• A story and characters provide a full range of emotions,
from the overwhelming feelings of angst and anger to
empathy, friendship support and happiness.
• The material complements the secondary SEAL agenda.
Ages 11-15
83

emotional literacy
Feeling Up or Down? Game

Primary
Fun and lively game to introduce the key skills
Age: 4-11
and attitudes of emotional literacy
By Susie Davis ISBN: 978 0 86388 785 7
This colourful and easy-to-play game is based on ORDER CODE

the concept of snakes and ladders. Players work AO2-003-5541
their way through school-related situations which
allow them to move up or down the board; along
the way they pick up cards which help develop Secondary
self-awareness by encouraging them to: Age: 11-16
• Think about their own feelings ISBN: 978 0 86388 710 9
• Discuss their experiences
ORDER CODE
• Identify their own personal strengths and AO2-003-5457
qualities
The game allows players to explore strategies for
dealing with difficult situations at school,
managing their uncomfortable feelings when they
arise as well as developing their social skills.
Ages 4-16
EQ Game
150 game cards + 30pp
Interactive communication game based on
booklet, boxed
the concept of Emotional Quotient
By Betty Rudd ISBN: 978 0 86388 757 4
Emotional Intelligence (EI) describes an ability ORDER CODE

or capacity to perceive, assess, and manage AO2-003-5612
the emotions of one’s self, and of others. Our
Emotional Quotient (EQ) is how one measures
Emotional Intelligence.
Features of the game include:
This interactive communication game has 150
cards based on intra- and inter-personal • Every player is a winner
communication. It can facilitate meaningful • A splendid ice-breaker
interactions with others, in the areas of • From entertaining to intimate moments
behaviour (turquoise cards), emotion (blue • Play one-to-one or with a group
cards) and thought (yellow cards) in a non- • Reflexive and interactive.
threatening and familiar way.
By making connections between head
It’s a fun, safe and easy-to-play card game thinking and heart thinking, it may
to help give useful insights and enhance empower our capacity to move in a
emotional intelligence, asking questions such desired direction. The co-operative games
as ‘What has been difficult for you to do?’, in this pack provide a real opportunity to
‘When would you smile with pleasure?’ and facilitate head-heart connection.
‘How are you?’
2-6 players
Ages 11+
Emotional Intelligence (EI) Games

Improve emotional intelligence in 10 key areas with these 144 cards, 88 x 144mm
imaginative discussion cards ISBN: 978 0 86388 719 2
By Betty Rudd
ORDER CODE
These thoroughly tested cards will help children aged 8 to 12 AO2-003-5512
increase their emotional intelligence in 10 key areas:
• Anger management • Communication • Problem solving
• Self-image • Awareness • Responsibility • Stress control
• Compassion • Relating • Handling emotion.
“It's exciting. I want
Using a game format and designed to be played repeatedly,
to play that game
children will become more confident and cooperative and be
able to practise making positive choices. In doing so, they will
again.”
develop a sense of self-worth, enabling them to cope better with Edmund, age 8
life's challenges.
2-6 players
“It is fun. It is good.
Ages 8-12 It is unlike any other “It's fun when
games. You all listen you get to be the
and think it.” leader. Everybody
Lara, age 10 shows their ideas.”
Oona, age 8
84

emotional literacy
Draw on Your Emotions

138pp, A4 landscape,
By Margot Sunderland, Illustrated by Nicky Armstrong
wire-o-bound
This manual contains a series of structured ‘easy-to-do’
picture exercises to help people of all ages express, ISBN: 978 0 86388 339 2
communicate and deal more effectively with their ORDER CODE
emotions in everyday life. AO2-002-1705
• Contains photocopiable exercises and pictures
specifically designed to ease the process of talking
about feelings.
• Helps to promote a new clarity of thought as a first
step towards positive action and bring seemingly
huge, unmanageable and insoluble problems into a
new perspective.
• Offers opportunities to rehearse other ways of
functioning by trying out alternatives safely on paper
in exercises than can be adapted for any age range
and ability.
• A superb non-verbal counselling tool.
Contents: Your life; Who are you?; Your feelings; Things
which make life difficult; The good things in life; Feelings
about places and Other people.
Ages 6+
"I work as a mentor and counsellor with both children and

adults, and have found this book to be an invaluable resource
for use in both lines of work. It gives useful materials that can
be photocopied, which enable the user to work deeper on
emotions they have been either previously unaware of, or who
need help in dealing with their emotions per se. This provides
a safe means of enabling individuals, or groups, to explore
their emotions.....and I thoroughly recommend this book to
anyone working in any person centred psychology,
counselling, teaching or mentoring."problems in
groupwork situations.”
Amazon Customer
Draw on Your Relationships

Interactive resource for improving relationships
wire-o-bound
By Margot Sunderland, Illustrated by Nicky Armstrong
ISBN: 978 0 86388 629 4
Many children, teenagers and adults endlessly repeat
destructive relationship patterns, pick people who are bad ORDER CODE
for them, stay in deadening relationships, or destroy the AO2-002-5396
lovely relationships they do have. This book is designed to
empower people to improve their quality of life by
improving their relationship life.
• The photocopiable exercises support the process of
communicating and exploring feelings in ways the
person may not have done previously. With the help of
the pictures as vital openers or triggers, people are
often able to describe their perceptions and emotions
far more exactly than with words alone.
• Provides step-by-step guidance on how to use the
exercises and how to develop a theme when the
drawings open up a rich channel of communication.
• Whilst many of the exercises are appropriate for one
person to do on their own, others are designed for two
or more people to do together for when a practitioner
is working with a couple, a parent and child, or with a
family.
Ages 6+
VALUE! BUY BOTH ‘DRAW ON’ BOOKS AT A SAVING

85

teenage life
Teen Issues ColorCards®

36 cards, 210 x 148mm (A5)
36 cards & worksheets to open up discussion on the
+ Instruction Booklet
key issues facing young people today
Growing up in today’s world presents young people with FREE CD Rom with
a complex range of diverse situations, attitudes and worksheets
experiences. The versatile cards in this pack have been ISBN: 978 0 86388 781 9
designed to provide an opportunity to consider the
free
CD Rom
variety of subjects, experiences and situations that a
young person is likely to encounter, providing an
ORDER CODE
AO2-001-5646
opportunity and platform for informative and lively
discussion.
The CD Rom includes worksheets
Topics covered include: for each ColorCard, which can be
• Relationships – for example , Parents and step printed out in either black and
families, Siblings, Friends, Enemies, Bullying. white or colour to enable specific
• Lifestyle – for example, Diet and Fitness, Mental and work to be undertaken.
Physical Health, Self-esteem, Addictions, Body Image. Young people are the world’s
• Safety – for example, Gaining independence, Stress, future. Nurturing their journey
Bullying, Gangs, Cyber safety. through the sometimes turbulent
teenage years will help them to
• Life Skills – for example, Money management,
face that future with confidence,
Gambling, Climate change, School workload, Politics,
conviction and knowledge.
Making choices.
Ages 11-18
Talkabout for Teenagers

235pp, A4 wire-o-bound
A complete groupwork resource offering a hierarchical approach
+ CD Rom
to teaching social and relationship skills to teenagers
By Alex Kelly & Brian Sains ISBN: 978 0 86388 782 6
Designed specifically for teenagers, this practical workbook ORDER CODE

provides ready-made material for running social and relationship AO2-002-5671
skills groups with older children and young adults.
• Divided into five, hierarchical modules – self awareness and self esteem; body
language; conversational skills; friendship skills; assertiveness skills– each
module includes a teaching plan with worksheets and photocopiable
resources.
• Includes a short assessment to highlight the module that is most appropriate
to teach and the skills within that module that are relevant.
free
CD Rom
• Provides a short guide to running successful social skills groups, for example,
the numbers for each group, group rules, developing group cohesion, how to
set up a role play.
The Talkabout series is an extremely successful, hierarchical approach to
teaching social skills and Talkabout for Teenagers is ideal for all professionals
working with teenagers with social, emotional or behavioural difficulties.
Ages 11-18
Teenage Life Blob Cards

48 full-colour cards 125 x
An effective tool to explore teenage issues
80mm + 8 instruction cards,
By Pip Wilson & Ian Long boxed
Blobs are a way of communicating using two of the first ISBN: 978 0 86388 774 1
languages which are learnt as children – body language
and feelings. These cards provide a tool to consider and ORDER CODE
discuss a multitude of positive and negative teenager AO2-003-5664
feelings and behaviours. They can be used individually
or for group work and cover topics such as:
• Relationships and friendships
• Bullying
• Addiction
• Emotions
• Confidence
• Self-image, and many more.
Includes cards suggesting over 50 optional activities.
Ages 11-18
VALUE! BUY ALL 3 TEENAGE LIFE RESOURCES AT A SAVING

86

teenage life
What’s The Score?

Helping young offenders make sensible choices Game board; cards,
instruction booklet
By Lynn Boyes
ISBN: 978 0 86388 830 4
This innovative resource is a must
have for all youth offending teams ORDER CODE
and professionals working with young AO2-003-5743
people.
The game provides an excellent
opportunity for the young person to focus
quickly on where they are at the present time,
understand their situation and the choices they
can make to change it (either negative or positive).
The young person and his worker can immediately
identify areas of progress or regression which
promotes discussion on how to move forward, what
difficulties are being experienced or how far they
have moved on.
The game begins with the young person
understanding their situation by identifying where
they are on the board from which a progress plan can
be developed. The game can then be used at future
sessions to assess progress and
prompt/encourage/reassess goals. The use of Risk
and Safety cards clearly identifies for the young
person positive and negative activities and their likely
outcomes.
Ages 11+
The Knowledge Game

Game Board with Spinner; 7
7 games exploring health issues affecting all young people
information charts;
By Karen Wakefield Information and Question
The Knowledge Game provides an ideal platform for young cards; facilitators handbook
people to explore 7 key health issues that they may have or and dice.
will encounter as they develop. This young person friendly ISBN: 978 0 86388 829 8
board game is designed to create discussion and knowledge
about important every day issues that young people face. ORDER CODE
The seven different topics addressed are: AO2-003-5742
• Contraception
• STIs
• Alcohol
• Drugs
• Healthy eating
• Body image
• Relationships
Can be played with individuals or groups, creating discussion, debate
and an increased awareness about these important issues.
Information charts and question/answer cards are colour coded to
clearly indicate which subject they refer to. Supporting material
provides pointers to facilitators concerning issues such as confidentially
and using the games flexibly to suit different learning styles and
includes ideas for follow up activities.
A cost effective way to connect
young people with key issues.
Ages 13+
87

social skills
The Social Skills Handbook

180pp, 207 x 131mm,
Practical activities for social communication
illustrated, wire-o-bound
By Sue Hutchings, Jayne Comins & Judy Offiler
ISBN: 978 0 86388 368 2
This is a practical photocopiable guide to setting up and running
social skills groups. ORDER CODE
AO2-002-0670
The ideas presented will act as a stimulus to professionals working
with students who need to develop more effective social
Based on well-established therapeutic principles, it contains:
• All activities are easy to
• A overview of pertinent theory and the principles of groupwork implement and clearly laid
• A range of useful and adaptable ideas for practical activities out with information on
designed to facilitate social communication skills. format, resources required
• Starts with basic confidence-building tasks and progresses to and tips for group leaders.
more complex assignments. Ages 11+
Group Games: Social Skills

212pp, 207 x 131mm, A5,
160 games with ideas to improve the social climate within groups
paperback, wire-o-bound
By Birgit Fuchs
ISBN: 978 0 86388 420 7
Through a wide range of fun games the participants learn about themselves
and others and develop skills in observation, precise listening and ORDER CODE
empathetic communication. AO2-002-5134
Games are divided into eight categories:
• Awareness • Order
• Aggression • Entertaining
• Reconciliation • Learning
• Autonomy • Leisure.
Ages 7+
Social Skills Programmes

An integrated approach from early years to adolescence
wire-o-bound
Maureen Aarons & Tessa Gittens
ISBN: 978 0 86388 310 1
From the authors of Autism this publication contains detailed
photocopiable session plans for early years, infants, juniors and ORDER CODE
adolescents. AO2-002-4771
• Emphasises integrated working practices that cross professional
boundaries
• The session plans are very flexible; they can be used as presented,
turn-taking. By adolescence,
or adjusted to include aspects of the national curriculum or to meet
the participants are helped
the needs of particular groups in both clinical and educational
to deal effectively with real-
settings.
life situations, as well as
• Primarily for able and verbal children with an autistic spectrum gaining some insight into
disorder, the programmes are relevant to the needs of a much the thoughts, perspectives
wider group of children than those with a formal diagnosis. and intentions of others.
• At the early-years level the programme introduces children to
Ages 3-16
good attention behaviour, which includes looking, listening and
Talkabout
The TALKABOUT series of resources:
wire-o-bound
• Use a clinically proven hierarchical approach to developing social skills,
that is: self awareness and self esteem; body language; conversational ISBN: 978 0 86388 323 1
skills; friendship skills; and assertiveness skills ORDER CODE
• Include: assessments; therapist guidance notes; worksheets for pupils; AO2-002-2614
activities and games to play; a DVD to bring it all to life.
• Are suitable for a wide range of client groups from primary-aged
children to adults with a learning disability.
Ages 7+
SEE THE FULL RANGE OF TALKABOUT RESOURCES ON PAGE 44-47
88

social skills
Social Highs or Social

Lows? Game Primary
Age: 7-11
Game to teach and develop social skills ISBN: 978 0 86388 786 4
By Susie Davis
ORDER CODE
This fun game allows young people to uncover AO2-003-5543
their perceptions, choices and the importance
of having sound social skills. Some 'social high'
squares will allow players to move up the Secondary
arrows while other 'social low' situations result Age: 11-16
in them moving down. Other squares will
require them to answer questions about a ISBN: 978 0 86388 787 1
range of situations related to their own and ORDER CODE
others' social skills such as: AO2-003-5544
• Friendship issues
• Working in a group
Up to 6 players
• Good and bad communication
• Co-operation Ages 7-16
• Acting and thinking independently.
Let’s Talk Social Skills

By Lesley Mayne
Let’s Talk Social Skills cards are designed to build stronger & ideas, boxed
ISBN: 978 0 86388 640 9
• The social skills topics can be used as a therapeutic activity,
a warm-up exercise, or a closing game. Order code
• Communication partners practice engaging in conversation AO2-003-5388
with peers and adults by addressing statements or asking
and answering questions that are typically discussed in a
variety of social settings. • Non-verbal skills
• Topics include: • Social negotiation &
• Self-perception & knowledge flexibility
• Friendships The use of these cards will help
build valuable social interaction
• Social responsibility & interaction
skills.
Ages 7+
Positive Interaction Skills

A group therapy manual
By Robin Dynes ISBN: 978 0 86388 360 6
ORDER CODE
Positive Interaction Skills provides group facilitators with a flexible AO2-002-5101
programme to enable participants to develop good personal
interaction skills.
• The programme can be adapted to suit a wide variety of groups,
settings and needs. Full guidance notes for facilitators, session
plans, handouts and activity guidelines are provided to enable
the session themes to be fully developed.
• The book is planned so that sessions can be used independently
as required to meet identified needs.
• Includes 18 sessions on topics such as: belonging to
communities; influences on personal development; support
networks; body language; conversations; listening; friendships;
close relationships; boundaries; conflict resolution; assertiveness;
loneliness; confidence & self-esteem; managing emotions and
managing stress.
This practical and thought-provoking resource is filled with
workable ideas that can be used to improve interaction skills in “This user friendly and practical book provides a flexible
meaningful ways. It is an indispensable resource. and thorough introduction to initiating and sustaining a
Ages 11+ communication skills programme. ... Each of the sessions
is carefully thought out with advice on how to make the
sessions work, evaluating the sessions and, most importantly,
strategies on how to overcome difficult but common
problems in groupwork situations.”
Frontline
89

life skillsocial & emotional skills
Common Parenting Issues

112pp A4 wire-o-bound +
Over 50 handouts for professionals working with
CD Rom
children and families
By Cathy Bétoin
An invaluable asset for health centres, children's
free
CD Rom
ISBN: 978 0 86388 533 4
ORDER CODE
centres, playgroups, nurseries or schools, these AO2-002-5261
leaflets cover the full range of issues encountered
by parents of children up to the age of sixteen, the
leaflets provide clearly written guidance on how to
help children with some of the common problems
encountered in family life.
• Each of the four-page handouts deals with one
issue in detail.
• Topics include sleep, eating, behaviour, language
and communication delays, attention deficits,
sibling relationships, anxiety, jealousy,
depression, bullying, death, divorce and trauma.
• Designed as a high-quality leaflet, the handouts
can be printed using the FREE CD Rom or
photocopied from the book.
Ages 0-6
Mum and Dad are Separating

80pp, A4 paperback
Comprehensive and practical resource to help both children and
guidebook with a 24pp
adults deal with the difficulty of family separation
storybook and a CD Rom
By Marina Tsioumanis workbook
An invaluable programme that provides a wealth of information ISBN: 978 0 86388 669 0
about grief and the changes that many families encounter during
family separation, both externally (eg moving house, the ORDER CODE
practicalities of access visits) and internally (the ‘grief cycle’). AO2-002-5435
It is comprised of three elements:
• 80-page Guidebook for Adults – for parents and relatives of separating families and for therapists.
This addresses grief both in adults and in children at different developmental ages and offers
strategies for supporting a grieving child through family breakdown, explaining separation to
children and building resilience and healthy family relationships post-separation.
• 24-page Storybook for Children – to help younger children understand separation, grief and the
changes that occur during family breakdown
• CD Rom Workbook for Children – printable, practical exercises to help children process their
thoughts and feelings about and reactions to separation. Part 1 is aimed at children aged 5–8,
Part 2 at children aged 9–12; teenagers may also find the exercises helpful.
Mum and Dad are Separating is accessible, easy-to-
read and specifically designed for family separation. “This long-overdue extensive
It is based on issues and questions presented during practical resource … takes the reader
post-separation counselling, and provides the tools through each stage of change when
and strategies needed to help families split up: initial shock, family
both children and adults to adjustments, associated impact on
‘work through’ separation.
Ages 5+ free
CD Rom
different family members. It has the
power to validate the experience of
loss and separation for children and
adults alike.”
Gwen Proud, Counsellor, Counselling
Children and Young People
90

transition
Moving On Up!
Surviving school transition for 10 to 12 Best 1 game board, 4 sets of 20
year-olds Seller cards, 6 character game
pieces, 1 die, 1 timer, 50
Designed with the help of pupils, this board counters in a bag and an
game prepares students for making the instruction card, boxed
transition to a new school – whether from
First to Middle, Middle to High or Primary ORDER CODE
to Secondary. AO2-003-5286
• Using four sets of question cards,

covering motivation, solution, school
and responsibility, students will learn
about secondary school life and develop
their awareness, personal and social
skills, which promotes positive progress
in their new school.
• Suitable for two to six players, the object “We all felt the game was
of the game is to collect 25 counters and for a great success. The teacher
all the players to get to school. put it into her plans as a
• The game is cooperative – there is no individual PSHE lesson. I feel this
winner, either everyone wins or everyone loses. game has not only taught
Created by the East End Education Partnership Action Zone in the children about life in
Newcastle-Upon-Tyne, this is a unique and fun way to introduce secondary school but about
10 to 12 year-olds to the issues involved in moving schools. working as part of a team.”
2-6 players Newbottle & Charlton
C of E School
Ages 10-12
Transition: A Peer Mentoring System

128pp, A4, wire-o-bound +
A guide to organising a ‘buddy’ programme
CD Rom
By Teresa Bliss, Rachel Down, Isabel Hollis & Tina Lythgoe
ISBN: 978 1 90651 704 5
Through their extensive research, the authors of this book have found that
there are still significant aspects of the transition into Year 7 that make the ORDER CODE
process difficult for new students. These include, for example: AO2-006-5574
• Getting lost • Friendships • Homework
The book provides a comprehensive programme to train all Year 7 pupils
in the skills needed to be ‘buddies’ to the new Year 7s arriving in the autumn term.
As well as supporting the new pupils, the research indicates other positive effects
of peer support systems, including:
• Increased self-confidence and awareness • Improved social skills
• A positive influence on the school climate.
The book covers areas such as the roles and limits of the buddy, listening skills,
getting help, volunteering and developing ‘buddy’ skills.
free
CD Rom
Ages 11-12
Getting Organised Posters

4 x A3 encapsulated
By Martin Baines
posters (305 x 425mm)
Martin Baines is a learning mentor who has created this inspiring set of posters combining humour with key
messages to inform students of expected behaviour. ORDER CODE
AO2-003-5557
Ages 11-17
91

thinking & choices
Cultures, Beliefs & Customs

36 cards, 148 x 210mm
36 beautiful photographic cards to stimulate • Beauty
discussion on our multicultural society • Spirit booklet, boxed
This beautiful collection of cards explores the rich
diversity of traditions, behaviours and values
• Festivals
An invaluable reference for anyone
free
CD Rom
ISBN: 978 0 86388 804 5
arising from the differing cultures, customs and concerned to raise and maintain ORDER CODE
beliefs that share our world. awareness about the rich diversity of our AO2-001-5691
In the multicultural society we live in these cards varying cultural heritages.
are invaluable to instil an intellectual and Includes ideas to stimulate thought and
emotional appreciation of differing cultures which debate and a CD with useful worksheets.
facilitates effective understanding and
Ages 5+
communication. A deeper awareness will help to
foster respect, tolerance and perception of how
and why behaviour and responses are influenced.
The cards are based around the following
themes:
• Symbolism
• Values
• Authority
• Order
• Ceremonies
• Love
• Honour
Decisions ColorCards®
30 cards, 297 x 210mm
30 cards to encourage rational decision making
This set is designed to encourage children to booklet, boxed
think logically, to use reasoning skills and to
make prompt and rational decisions. ISBN: 978 0 86388 764 2
These cards will help children: ORDER CODE

AO2-001-5489
• Make responsible choices
• Develop independent thought
• Keep safe
• Understand the differences between minor
difficulties and emergencies
• Realise that some problems are practical and
that some include an element of social
behaviour
• Know when there is danger or
potential danger
• Understand that sometimes you should ask
for help, sometimes take the initiative and
walk away
free
CD Rom
• Find a balance between acting quickly and
considering all aspects of a situation
• Recognise that there will be consequences of
intervening and think about what might
happen next.
This resource includes a FREE CD Rom with
worksheets.
Ages 5+
92

thinking & choices
Eco Issues ColorCards®

36 cards, 210 x 148mm (A5)
36 cards and worksheets designed to encourage
+ instruction booklet.
thinking and debate
A collection of images that portray the best and FREE CD Rom with
worst aspects of human activity and its effect on worksheets
the environment. This interesting and topical ISBN: 978 0 86388 817 5
subject makes the cards ideal to use as a start
point for discussion, exploration and ORDER CODE
understanding of the impact our actions have AO2-001-5732
on the world.
Topics include:
• Global warming
• Deforestation
• Toxic waste
• Self-sufficiency
• Recycling
• Flooding
• Poverty
• Energy
• Transport
The accompanying booklet provides start points
for discussion. Includes a CD Rom with
worksheets for each Colorcard providing the
option to print as required.
Printed on environmentally friendly,
sustainable material.
All Ages
What Are They Thinking? ColorCards®

30 cards, 297 x 210mm (A4)
Inspiring and creative resource for developing empathy,
understanding feelings and recognising emotions
booklet, boxed
The user imagines what the people are thinking and how
they may feel in a similar situation, then fills in the ISBN: 978 0 86388 695 9
speech bubble either verbally or in writing. ORDER CODE
This provides an opportunity to: AO2-001-5470
• Focus on thinking
• Explore the relationship between thoughts
and feelings
• Recognise that behaviour can affect
others
• Look at the influences on
thoughts and feelings, of factors
such as surprise, stress, anger and free
CD Rom
excitement.
Includes a FREE CD Rom with worksheets.
Ages 5+
93

thinking & choices
How Do I... Date?

77 cards + instructions,
Discussion cards to promote Good Dating
boxed
and Relationship Skills
ISBN: 978 0 86388 824 3 By Alison and Amy Roberts
ORDER CODE These cards will really facilitate tackling issues that may seem
AO2-003-5737 straightforward but are often overlooked and are the source of
anxiety and confusion. Each card has a question or role play
opportunity to help participants learn to think about situations
and learn ways to behave, for example:
• ‘When you are arranging a date what are the key details
to make clear?’
• ‘You are late for your date. Show how to apologise’.
For SLT’s or teachers working with teenagers, especially for PHSE sessions, and for
slightly older clients particularly those with autism spectrum conditions.
Ages 11+
How Do I... Make Friends?

By Alison and Amy Roberts
boxed
Many young people find making or keeping
friends, or even understanding the purpose ISBN: 978 0 86388 777 2
of having a friend a real struggle. ORDER CODE
Difficulties may arise in getting a friendship AO2-003-5653
started, breaking into a popular group, or
thinking of the most likely places to find people
with similar interests.
The pack contains 77 cards, each posing a question, a point for discussion, or offering a
suggestion for a brief role-play, which will promote reflection, and
discussion in a light-hearted way. Players obtain valuable life skills and the confidence
to acquire friends.
Ages 11+
How Do I... Make Choices?

boxed
Making important choices can be so difficult
that it may feel like a crisis for some people, ISBN: 978 0 86388 776 5
with even the smallest choices proving ORDER CODE
challenging. These cards provide an ideal AO2-003-5654
platform to help participants to make
informed choices by:
• Practising • Expressing • Discussing the reasons for
their decisions.
The pack contains 77 cards, each describing a scenario and
two or more related actions for participants to imagine,
consider and choose between either individually or as part
of a group.
This activity is designed for Speech and Language
therapists, teachers and counsellors.
Ages 11+
How Do I... Get a Job?
boxed
Designed to help young people learn to understand and prepare for
ISBN: 978 0 86388 778 9
work experience, job-seeking, interviews and coping in the workplace.
In particular young people with a diagnosis on the ORDER CODE
Autism Spectrum find interviews difficult in the AO2-003-5655
same way as they may struggle with day-to-
day conversations.
Many of the elements of the interactions are similar:
• Greeting appropriately • Making eye contact • Using
appropriate facial expression • Listening carefully • Asking good
questions • Requesting clarification, etc.
This fun discussion card- based activity encourages participants to:
• Answer questions • Appraise themselves • Decide whether advice suggested is
good or bad • Role-play situations and interactions using hypothetical scenarios
Ages 16+
VALUE! SET OF 4 AT A SAVING
94

thinking & choices
Responsibility and Respect Banners

6 banners 150 x 1200mm
Maximum impact banners to display whenever you want to encourage responsible
and respectful behaviour. ORDER CODE
All ages AO2-003-5553
VALUE! PURCHASE TWO SETS AT A SAVING!

95

thinking & choices
Choices Posters
12 x A3 encapsulated
Developed by Shay and Margaret McConnon
Friendship, assertiveness and negotiating ability are vital areas of emotional literacy and
often determine future happiness. ORDER CODE
AO2-003-5572
This set of 12 unusual posters has been designed to alert young people to the importance
of the necessary skills required to achieve those goals. The posters can stand alone as
reminders of these skills or to support programmes on the topics.
All ages
96

thinking & choices
Better Choices Posters

9 x A3 encapsulated
Posters that aim to act as catalysts for change
Devised by Roy Bailey
ORDER CODE
Designed to challenge thinking and attitudes as well as motivate and inspire. AO2-003-5531
All ages
Move to Learn
80pp A4, photocopiable,
Movement programme to promote children’s
wire-o-bound
learning
By Caroline Scott ISBN: 978 0 86388 684 3
Move to Learn is a movement programme delivered in ORDER CODE

six sessions, either with small groups or one to one. AO2-002-5460
The activities are designed to stimulate children’s
brains through movement by engaging them in simple
and enjoyable exercises to promote mobility, increase
alertness and make them ready to learn. Exercises can
be adapted according to age. Some of the particular
skills developed include:
• Stamina • Motor actions • Balance
• Spatial awareness • Rhythm and sequence.
This useful resource can also be used as part of a
therapeutic programme for children with social and
emotional difficulties. Working through the activities
with other people helps children to develop and
practise social interaction in a safe setting and to
grow and nurture supportive friendships.
Ages 5-8
97

thinking & choices
Positive Values Posters

9 x A3 encapsulated
Brainstorm life’s values with your pupils!
Wise and friendly animals pose important questions in
a fun way, to provide stimulating starting points for ORDER CODE
discussion, and to help your pupils understand how to AO2-003-5498
react to given situations and how to treat others.
These colourful characters can help children decide
between right and wrong, and understand the
meaning and consequences of their actions for
themselves and others.
All ages
98

thinking & choices
Ethical & Philosophical Quotations Posters

20 A4 posters
A set of 20 colourful and thought-provoking posters which provide an effective tool in engaging students when
addressing philosophical and ethical issues relevant to the twenty-first century. ORDER CODE
All ages AO2-003-5529
Nothing in the universe is ever Love your neighbour as you

Do to others what you would Do not judge others or you
created or destroyed, they simply Love your enemies
have them do to you love yourself yourself will be judged
change from one to another
Neither fire nor wind, birth nor Love is the only force capable of Be the change you want A journey of a thousand miles
death can erase our good deeds What we think we become
transforming an enemy into a friend to see in the world begins with a single step
Our greatest glory is not in never Life’s most persistent and urgent If you judge people, you have The way to be happy is to My religion is simple,
question is: What are you doing no time to love them
falling, but in rising every time we fall for others? make others happy my religion is kindness
The world is like a mirror, you see? If you can’t feed a hundred Pure thoughts, pure words, Wish others good, speak the All human beings are
Smile, and your friends smile back people, then feed just one pure deeds truth, be kind and be humble different but equal
99

thinking & choices
Famous Quotations – Mini Message Posters

30 mini message posters,
Encourage young people to recognise the importance of honesty, integrity, responsibility and achievement
each 200 x 380mm
The wisdom embedded in these memorable quotations from famous people will stimulate discussion, get important
messages across to your students, as well as provide an insight into richness of language. ORDER CODE
AO2-003-5496
They can be displayed in classrooms, used for assembly, ‘thought for the day’, philosophy or general group
discussion. A hundred uses for this gem of a product.
All ages
Creative and Philosophical Thinking in

Primary Schools 150pp, 297 x 210mm (A4),
spiral-bound +
Build self-confidence through creative thinking activities CD Rom
By Marie Huxtable, Rosalind Hurford and Joy Mounter ISBN 978 1 90651 709 0
Philosophy is a fast growing and exciting area of creative development ORDER CODE
in primary phase education. In this practical introductory book, two AO2-006-5699
teachers and a psychologist provide details of:
• How to begin this process in classrooms
• Outlines of particularly successful sessions
• Case studies drawn from real experience in primary classrooms
• Resources and ideas to help get you started.
Your pupils will develop: free
CD Rom
• Playful and experimental thinking outside the box
• The ability to pose questions that are important to them
and create answers that are reasoned and reasonable
• Awareness and appreciation of themselves and others
as ‘knowledge creators’
• Confidence and ability to challenge their own thinking and
the status quo.
All 4-11
100

thinking & choices
Philosophy Through Storytelling

297 x 210mm (A4),
An accessible beginners’ manual with all you need to run philosophy
wire-o-bound
groups with children or adults
By Pauline Purcell ISBN 978 0 86388 772 7
Whether you work with school pupils, students or adults, philosophy offers ORDER CODE
the opportunity to develop thinking skills that have both personal and AO2-002-5666
academic application. This practical manual contains detailed guidance and
a set of short stories for running philosophy groups.
• Ideal for use in schools, the sessions can be used in a variety of • Particularly ideal for
environments, and with participants of all ages from five to 95. schools using the P4C
• In each session, the participants start with a warm-up, examine a key (Philosophy for Children)
stimulus, generate questions from that stimulus, agree to focus on one method and for adult
question and share, challenge and develop views on that question. special needs group
Finally they consider how well the process went, warm-down and end leaders.
the session.
This accessible manual helps
• Using this approach to philosophy is an excellent way to challenge you to introduce philosophy
thinking and to encourage interaction, as some participant responses to your group and will change
show: ‘It’s much more worth listening to than I expected’, ‘It is great to how you and your students
hear what others think and believe’, and ‘I feel I know the people in my think about themselves and
group much better.’ others.
Ages 5+
Philosophical Discussion Cards

25 cards, 127 x 90mm +
25 images with suggested questions for philosophical
discussion
By Pauline Purcell ISBN 978 0 86388 770 3
Whether you are working with school pupils, students or ORDER CODE
adults, philosophy offers the opportunity to develop AO2-003-5668
thinking skills that have both personal and academic
application. And, contrary to popular belief, you do not
need to be super-intelligent, or living in an ivory tower to
do it!
Pictures are a very useful way to facilitate philosophical
questions and this collection of images and question
suggestions provide an ideal stimulus
• Images include cartoon bomb, danger sign, cute puppy,
moon landing and a footprint in the sand.
• Includes a comprehensive instruction booklet.
• Suitable for all ages, from five to 95.
Introducing philosophical discussions to your group will
challenge how participants think about themselves and
each other, as well as the world around them.
Ages 5+
Philosophical Question Cards

52 cards, 127 x 90mm +
52 question cards for philosophical discussion
By Pauline Purcell
ISBN 978 0 86388 771 0
These thought-provoking cards offer a selection of questions
for philosophy sessions. The three categories are: ORDER CODE
AO2-003-5667
• What if… There were no computers.
• Choices. Which would you choose … money or friends?
• What is… courage?
Suitable for all ages, from five to 95, these cards introduce
philosophical scenarios for group discussion, which stimulate
lively debate and elicit interesting opinions and perspectives
from participants. Using philosophy with your group offers the
opportunity to develop thinking skills and will help group
members to get to know each other.
Ages 5+
VALUE! SET OF 3 AT A SAVING

101

thinking & choices
Thinking Flashcards
30 flashcards, each
A fun way to stretch and sharpen students’ minds and engage them in lateral thinking and philosophical thought
100 x 280mm
This colourful and humourous set of 30 flashcards will promote discussion and debate. There are a whole range of
uses for this versatile resource, from classroom display to assembly prompts. ORDER CODE
AO2-003-5511
All ages
Controversy! Cards
48 cards 125 x 80mm,
48 illustrated cards each featuring a controversial
boxed
statement to promote discussion
By Janis Clark ISBN: 978 0 86388 727 7
Controversy! Cards can help young people develop ORDER CODE

important social skills including: AO2-003-5523
• Forming opinions
• Expressing ideas and beliefs
• Consideration of others’ viewpoints
• Listening.
The cards can used in a variety of ways, for example
as prompts for a debating forum; as a fun activity
where students talk about a topic without hesitation
or repetition; as a regular slot in a weekly schedule.
Suitable for the whole secondary age range and ability,
and beyond.
All 11-17
“These cards
are cool!”
Students from
Milburn Academy
102

thinking & choices
Respect Posters
6 Posters
Illustrated by Bill Stott
Size 30.5 x 42.5
Six clever illustrations that
amusingly and eloquently depict ISBN: 978 0 86388 727 7
reasons for students to respect: ORDER CODE
• their peers, AO2-003-5500
• their mentors,
• their environment , and,
• possibly most importantly,
themselves.
Guaranteed to raise a smile in
any situation!
All Ages
Co-operation Posters
6 Posters
By Bill Stott
Size 30.5 x 42.5
Designed to reinforce the ethos and
expectations of the classroom and whole ORDER CODE
school environment. AO2-003-5495
All Ages
103

thinking & choices
The Really Useful ASD Transition Pack

95pp/wire-o-bound
includes CD
By Alis Hawkins and Jan Newport
ISBN: 978 0 86388 839 7
The Really Useful pack is built around a unique resource for schools – The Provision Record – a detailed map
of potential in-school provision from the moment the child walks into school to the time he is picked up. ORDER CODE
AO2-003-5748
At the heart of the Pack are five case studies presented as completed Provision Records. Each represents a
different presentation of Autism Spectrum Disorder and the specific adjustments required to include the
student successfully.
Using snippets of practice-based theory the authors provide an
overview of considerations as diverse as sensory sensitivities and
their impact on the school day, how interactions in the
playground might be handled and whether the pupil is allowed
to eat separately, as well as teaching and learning issues.
Included in the resource are a series of brief teacher-friendly
discussion-points on managing children on the autism
spectrum. These include:
• how and when to help the child socialise
• the perception and reality of 'bad' behaviour
• managing change
• using humour with children on the spectrum
• the occurrence of different behaviour at home and school
The resource comes with a CD ROM to allow schools to
incorporate the Provision Record and other resources in the
pack into their own online record system.
Ages 2-12
Available
Spring 2011
free
CD Rom
Talkabout Board Game

1 game board, 6 Talkabout
A fun way to develop 5 key skill areas
character pieces
By Alex Kelly and Brian Sains
5 sets of Talkabout
This board game has been designed to support challenge cards; 1 set
work on social communication skills, self esteem
Chance cards, Dice
and friendship skills.
The Talkabout board game is a journey through the ISBN: 978 0 86388 828 1
week where a player will encounter a number of ORDER CODE
different social skills tasks that need to be completed AO2-003-5741
in order to get to the end of the week.
The purpose of the game is to work together. There is
therefore no winner. Once a player has got to the
middle of the board, their role is to help the others to
Available
get there too.
Spring 2011
The game can be played at 6 different levels by
using the different colour coded packs to work
on different skills:
• Self awareness and self esteem
• Body language
• Friendship skills
• Assertiveness skills
• Any combination of the above
2-6 Players
Ages 7-16
104
Emotional and Mental Health

helping children with feelings
Helping Children with Feelings

Margot Sunderland, illustrated by Nicky Armstrong “Sunderland’s whole
The titles in this extraordinary series are a vital resource. Nine practical guidebooks, each with an series is excellent. I find
accompanying beautifully illustrated storybook, have been written to help children (aged 4-12 years) think I recommend each one….
about and connect with their feelings. Good writing, wonderful
These guides and stories enable teachers, parents and professionals to recognise the unresolved feeling artwork, a real impetus
behind a child’s behaviour and to respond correctly to help. to use the material.”
Adoption Today
Each guidebook focuses on a key feeling and is written in very user-friendly language. The exercises, tasks
and ideas for things to say and do are specifically designed to help a child think about, express and process
the feeling to the point of resolution.
Using Story Telling as a Therapeutic Tool

with Children 108pp, 244 x 170mm,
illustrated, paperback
By Margot Sunderland ISBN: 978 0 86388 425 2
This practical handbook begins with the philosophy and psychology
ORDER CODE
underpinning the therapeutic value of storytelling. It shows how to use
AO2-002-4720
storytelling as a therapeutic tool with children and how to make an
effective response when a child tells a story to you. It is an essential
accompaniment to the Helping Children with Feelings series.
Ages 4-12
Award winner
BMA Medical Book
competition
Highly commended
Helping Children who are Anxious or

Obsessional 72pp, A4, illustrated,
wire-o-bound
A guidebook to help children who: ISBN: 978 0 86388 454 2
• Are insecure or worry too much
ORDER CODE
• Suffer from phobias or nightmares AO2-002-5059
• Find it difficult to concentrate to let go and have fun
• Have suffered a trauma
• Are worryingly good or seem like little adults
• Use order and routine as a way of coping with ‘messy’ feelings
• Retreat into dullness as a way of managing their being in the world
• Develop obsessive-compulsive behaviour in order to ward off their
too-powerful feelings.
Ages 4-12
Willy and the Wobbly House

28pp, A4, full-stitched
A story for children who are anxious or obsessional
Willy is an anxious boy who experiences the world as a ISBN: 978 0 86388 498 6
very unsafe, wobbly place where anything awful might ORDER CODE
happen at any time. Joe, the boy next door, is too AO2-002-5058
ordered and tidy to be able to ever really enjoy life.
Follow their adventures with the Puddle People who
help them break out of their fixed patterns and find far
richer ways of living in the world.
Ages 4-12

ISBN: 978 0 86388 499 3 ORDER CODE AO2-002-4774
105

Helping Children with Low Self-Esteem

A guidebook to help children who:
wire-o-bound
• Don’t like themselves or feel there is something
fundamentally wrong with them ISBN: 978 0 86388 466 5
• Have been deeply shamed ORDER CODE
• Have received too much criticism or haven’t been AO2-002-5153
encouraged enough
• Let people treat them badly because they feel
they don’t deserve better
• Feel defeated by life, fundamentally unimportant,
unwanted or unlovable
• Bully because they think they are worthless or
think they are worthless because they are bullied
• Feel they don’t belong or do not seek friends because
they think no-one would want to be their friend.
Ages 5+
Ruby and the Rubbish Bin

32pp A4 full-colour stitched
A story for children with low self-esteem
Ruby hates herself so much that she often feels more like a piece of ISBN: 978 0 86388 462 7
rubbish than a little girl. Sometimes Ruby feels so miserable that she wants ORDER CODE
to sleep and sleep and never ever wake up again. Then Ruby meets Dot AO2-002-5146
and, over time, Dot helps Ruby to move from self-hate to self-respect.
After a very important dream, and help from Dot, Ruby finds her voice and
her anger, and stands up to the bullies. She makes new friends and knows
what it’s like to feel happy for the first time in her life.
Ages 4-12 “A vital resource
for all parents and
child professionals”
VALUE! PURCHASE BOTH AT A SAVING FAMILIES MAGAZINE
Helping Children who Bottle Up Their Feelings

wire-o-bound
• Are trying to manage their too painful feelings by themselves
ISBN: 978 0 86388 457 3
• Do not let themselves cry, protest or say that they are scared
• Are living with too many unresolved painful emotions from the past ORDER CODE
• Have had disturbing, overwhelming or confusing experiences, which AO2-002-5065
they have been unable to think through or feel through properly
• Are full of unexpressed feelings because expressing them feels
far too dangerous
• Are full of unmourned grief.
Ages 4-12
A Nifflenoo Called Nevermind

32pp, A4, full-colour,
A story for children who bottle up their feelings
stitched
Nevermind always carries on whatever happens! Each time something
horrible happens to him he just tucks his feelings away and carries on ISBN: 978 0 86388 496 2
with life. Find out what happens to Nevermind and how he begins to ORDER CODE
understand that his feelings do matter, how he learns to express them AO2-002-5064
and stand up for himself.
Ages 4-12

106

Helping Children Locked in Rage or Hate

192pp, A4 illustrated
• Hurt, hit, bite, smash, kick, shout, scream or who are out of control, ISBN: 978 0 86388 465 8
hyper aroused or hyperactive. ORDER CODE
• Are locked in anger or rage because of sibling rivalry AO2-002-5152
• Are controlling and punitive
• Regularly defy authority or are diagnosed with a conduct disorder
• Do not want to please people, cannot trust, have stopped looking for
love or approval or truly believe they do not need anyone
• Do not really know how to ‘like’ someone, and definitely do not know
how to love someone or are affectionate only if they want something.
Ages 4-12
How Hattie Hated Kindness

32 pages, A4, stitched
A story for children locked in rage or hate
With the help of lapping water-over-her-toes, Hattie understands that ISBN: 978 0 86388 461 0
because she’d been a very sad and frightened little girl in a too hard world, ORDER CODE
she had become hard too, so that the awful fear and the awful pain would AO2-002-5145
go away.
Ages 4-12

Helping Children who have Hardened their

Hearts or become Bullies 72pp, A4, illustrated,
wire-o-bound
• Bully or take revenge on others for the pain they have felt themselves
ORDER CODE
• Have become very defensive because something too painful has AO2-002-5061
happened to them
• Have hardened their hearts because they have been hurt in love; met
with too much harshness; witnessed parental violence; been
repeatedly hit; been shamed or humiliated; or had too many
experiences of not being responded to
• Think they have lost their parent’s love to someone else and have
hardened their heart.
Ages 4-12
A Wibble Called Bipley (and a few Honks)

40pp A4 full-colour stitched
A story for children who have hardened their hearts or become bullies
Bipley is a warm cuddly creature, but someone has broken his heart. He ISBN: 978 0 86388 494 8
feels so hurt that he decides it is just too painful to ever love again. When ORDER CODE
he meets some big tough Honks in the wood, they teach him how to AO2-002-5060
harden his heart so that he doesn’t have to feel hurt any more. Luckily
Bipley meets some creatures that teach him how he can protect himself
without hardening his heart.
Ages 4-12

107

Helping Children Pursue Their

Hopes and Dreams 40pp, A4, illustrated,
wire-o-bound
• Have been given too little encouragement to follow their hopes
ORDER CODE
and dreams
AO2-002-5063
• Are too despondent or defeated to go after their hopes or
their dreams
• Are too busy surviving, so hopes and dreams are a luxury they
cannot afford
• Think that hopes and dreams are for other people
• Do not follow their dreams because they are too afraid of failing
• Are following somebody else’s star
• Only dream small dreams for themselves, from a fear of being big.
Ages 4-12
A Pea Called Mildred

24pp, A4, full-stitched
A story to help children pursue their hopes and dreams
Mildred is a pea with dreams. She has great plans for her pea life. ISBN: 978 0 86388 497 9
However, people are always telling her that dreams are pointless as she is ORDER CODE
just another ordinary pea. Eventually, with the help of a kind person along AO2-002-5062
the way, Mildred ends up doing exactly what she has always dreamed of
doing.
Ages 4-12

Helping Children with Fear

wire-o-bound
• Worry a lot or exhibit signs of ongoing anxiety
ISBN: 978 0 86388 464 1
• Experience the world as an unsafe place
• Suffer from phobias, obsessions or nightmares ORDER CODE
• Are scared to tell someone that they are scared AO2-002-5151
• Know a terrible loneliness
• Feel insignificant in a world of adult giants
• Feel defeated by life or need help in being assertive
• Feel so unimportant that their only way to feel any potency is to be mute.
Ages 4-12
Teenie Weenie in a Too Big World

32pp, A4,
A story for fearful children full-colour, stitched
One day Teenie Weenie finds himself in a screechy, scary place. The ISBN: 978 0 86388 460 3
worse it gets, the smaller Teenie Weenie feels. Teenie Weenie feels
terrified and desperately alone. But after a while, with a Wip Wop bird ORDER CODE
and his friend Hoggie, Teenie Weenie learns about the power of AO2-002-5144
together. He comes to know how very different things look when it’s
an us not just a me. And so, whenever Teenie Weenie finds himself
struggling alone with something too difficult or too frightening, he
finds some together.
Ages 4-12

108

Helping Children with Loss

wire-o-bound
• Are suffering from the pain of loss or separation from someone or
something they love deeply ISBN: 978 0 86388 467 2
• Have had a parent, relative or important friend leave or die ORDER CODE
• Are obsessed with their absent parent AO2-002-5154
• Have lost someone they love, but have never really mourned
• Are trying to manage all their painful feelings of loss by themselves
• Feel that they have lost the love of someone they love deeply
“These books give you an
• Are suffering from separation anxiety excellent resource, are very
• Are adopted or fostered children who miss their birth parent terribly. elegant to look at and quite
Ages 4-12 uplifting in content – while
at the same time addressing
a real need” Special
The Day the Sea Went Out and

Never Came Back 40pp, A4, full-colour,
stitched
A story for children who have lost someone they love ISBN: 978 0 86388 463 4
Eric is a sand dragon who loves the sea very much. Each day,
ORDER CODE
he watches it going out and coming back. But one day, the
AO2-002-5147
sea goes out and does not come back. It feels to him as if he
has lost everything. After many bleak days, Eric sees a little
wild flower. It is dying. Eric knows he must save it. He finds
water. More and more flowers appear and so Eric starts to make a beautiful rock pool garden.
And as he does, he finds the courage to feel the full pain of his loss, instead of closing his
heart. He realises that his memories of his precious sea are like a special kind of treasure in
his mind, a treasure he will never lose.
Ages 4-12
Helping Children who Yearn for

Someone They Love 48pp, A4, illustrated,
wire-o-bound
• Are missing someone too much or
ORDER CODE
suffer from separation anxiety
AO2-002-5067
• Are obsessed with their absent parent
• Yearn for a parent who: has died; seems unreachable,
although she is right there; or is loving one minute and
indifferent, cold or abusive the next
• Yearn because they have been taken into care, fostered “Margot’s books are digestible
or adopted teaching aids for anyone working
Ages 4-12 with children – a resource that would
be beneficial in every school both for
qualified and non-qualified staff.”
Special Children
The Frog who Longed for the Moon to Smile

28pp, A4,
A story for children who yearn for someone they love
full-colour, stitched
Frog is very much in love with the moon because she once smiled at him.
So now he spends all his time dreaming about her. He waits and waits for ISBN: 978 0 86388 495 5
her to smile at him again. One day a wise and friendly crow helps frog to ORDER CODE
see how he is wasting his life away. All the time he has been facing the AO2-002-5066
place of very little, he’s had his back to the place of plenty.
Ages 4-12

109

Helping Children with Feelings Guidebooks & Storybooks - Set of 9

ORDER CODE
By Margot Sunderland, illustrated by Nicky Armstrong
AO2-002-5449
The nine titles in this extraordinary series are a vital resource for anyone working with troubled children. Each
practical guidebook focuses on a key feeling, and is accompanied by a beautifully illustrated storybook, to help
children aged 4-12 years think about and connect with their feelings. Enables child professionals to recognise the
unresolved feeling behind the behaviour and to respond correctly to help the child work through that feeling to the
point of resolution.
Ages 4-12
VALUE! PURCHASE ALL 9 GUIDEBOOKS & STORYBOOKS

110

arts therapy
Creative Storytelling with Children at Risk

186pp, A 4, wire-o-bound
Storytelling as a means of lightening the burden
By Sue Jennings ISBN: 978 0 86388 271 5
This book is about the ways in which we can tell and create stories with children ORDER CODE
who are troubled. Out of the stories can come plans, changes and variations, so AO2-002-4722
that children can feel more empowered to take action and to ask for help. The
book includes stories for:
• Play development • Senses • Assessment • Emotions.
The book also covers a range of fairy stories, myths, legends and suggestions for
creating stories together. This practical book will improve the play skills –
through storytelling and storywork – of anyone working with children, especially
with children ‘at risk’ such as looked-after children, or children suffering from
trauma or abuse.
Ages 3-14
"A practical and hands-on
Creative Play with approach which clearly
Children at Risk 224pp, A4 wire-o-bound illustrates the importance of
play for the developing child.
ISBN: 978 0 86388 536 5 Provides practical ideas for
Practical ideas highlighting the
importance of play for the ORDER CODE playing with children from
developing child AO2-002-5264 birth onwards, with
By Sue Jennings application of play
techniques for children with
This book looks at different types of play and how it is an special needs. These include
essential ingredient in healthy attachments and the building of
children with developmental
social relationships. Play techniques, with accompanying
delay as well as children who
worksheets, include:
have suffered abuse. … From
• Sand play and sculpting one of the key figures in the
• Shields and shelters play therapy world, a
• Secret faces, puppets and photocopiable resource for
story dolls anyone working with
• Dramatic play, theatre and children."
performance. Special Children
Ages 0-14
Creative Puppetry with Children & Adults

Practical ideas for making and using puppets therapeutically
By Sue Jennings ISBN: 978 0 86388 609 6
This book introduces the importance of puppet work for people with ORDER CODE
a wide variety of special needs, from withdrawn or hyperactive young AO2-002-5373
people, to adults in hospital situations suffering from depression.
This practical book gives step-by-step instructions for making simple
puppets, which can be made by adults and children with special needs
as well as staff who are developing the sessions. All materials used are
easily accessible and inexpensive. Also included are:
• Descriptions of different types of puppet and how they can be
applied in different settings.
• Explanations of the most effective puppets for different needs with examples.
• Puppetry stories and plays and the way they can be used is illustrated with examples of practice.
• An extensive bibliography, lists of resources and details of training courses.
Ages 6+
Creative Play & Drama with Adults at Risk

Improve the confidence, creativity and communication
skills of vulnerable adults ISBN: 978 0 86388 535 8
By Sue Jennings ORDER CODE
This hands-on manual offers a clear introduction to play and drama work AO2-002-5263
for professionals working with adults at risk. Many adults feel nervous about
drama and think that play is childish. Sue Jennings shows that by
participating in play and drama people can make a difference to how they feel about themselves and the world around them.
• Suitable for professionals working with adults who are vulnerable for a number of different reasons: those who have addictions such as eating
disorders, drug and alcohol abuse or a history of violent relationships; adults with mental ill health; individuals and families with behavioural
difficulties; people in forensic settings; those with multiple disabilities; learning impaired adults; people with strokes and other physical impairment
often as a result of accidental injury.
• Material is chosen sensitively to enable confidence and creativity building, and the development of communication skills. Photocopiable
worksheets offer the professional activities that will encourage trust and collaboration; foster independence and choice, maximise people's
learning potential and stimulate everyone's imagination and creativity.
• Ideas are given for improvisation and movement as well as masks and myths. Cross-cultural perspectives are discussed together with boundaries
for clinical groups. The importance of the healing potential of artistic expression is addressed throughout.
Ages 14+
111

arts therapysocial & emotional skills
Here’s One I Made Earlier

while others cover several areas A4 wire-o-bound
Ideas for enlivening and extending
SLT sessions simultaneously. The book is organised ISBN 978 0 86388 859 5
into chapters according to the major
By Alison Roberts ORDER CODE
skill area being addressed, with
This imaginative and practical book suggestion for linked items in other AO2-002-5755
contains a collection of ideas and chapters.
games that should provide you
You don’t need to be a great artist or
with lots of new resources without
craftsman to create these games and
spending a fortune. Some of the
activities, or huge quantities of spare
games and activities address
time to make most of the items. There
particular communication themes, e.g.
is a basic shopping list to help you get
• listening techniques started. A must have for all Speech
• vocabulary building and Language Therapists.
• speech sounds All Ages
• friendship skills,
Creative Themes for Groupwork

and Personal Development 120pp, A4, wire-o-bound
ISBN 978 0 86388 315 6
By Susan Pinn-Atkinson & Jenny Woolloff
ORDER CODE
Based around 30 themes, such as colour, television, and the internet, this AO2-002-5024
practical resource provides flexible and adaptable ideas for groupwork
sessions. The themes:
• Can be adapted and developed to match the exact needs and interests
of the participants; “Provides practical, flexible
• Aim to generate and inspire group facilitators to think broadly and and adaptable ideas for
creatively, and to feel confident in using the culture and history of their groupwork with a variety of
geographical area to enrich the work they do with participants; clients … I would highly
• Enable participants to explore, develop and reflect upon their hidden, recommend it for
unidentified or unacknowledged strengths, transferable skills and practitioners, care staff and
knowledge. educational staff.”
Ages 13+ Frontline
The Group Leader’s Toolkit

Activities & strategies for working with groups
ISBN: 978 0 86388 565 5
By Robin Dynes
An essential resource for all kinds of groups, these tried and tested strategies ORDER CODE
will stimulate and encourage full participation from all group members. AO2-002-5312
• Provides ideas for introducing group members to each other; breaking
down barriers; energising people; helping people learn; moving the group
on; building trust between group members; motivating people; assessing
and evaluating the group; managing behaviour and personal responsibility
and ending sessions.
• The activities are set out in a clear, easy to follow format, with variations
and guidance for adapting the activities.
• Will enable group leaders to promote group members’ self development,
meet the needs of their different learning styles, stimulate their creativity
and develop their thinking skills.
Ages 13+
The Groupwork Manual

100 practical activities for anyone who runs or participates in
group sessions ISBN 978 086388 408 5
By Andy Hickson ORDER CODE
• Includes a broad range of exercises, ideas, pitfalls and descriptions. AO2-002-2615
• An ideal companion to the Creative Activities in Groupwork series (p114).
• Covers every kind of group from social to community groups and from
encounter to therapeutic groups.
• Activities include transforming sound, singing questions, name paint, ritual teambuilding, ears, eyes and
mouth, survival, my favourite words, improvisations, sharing, jungle, musical hoops, space walk and
interviews.
Contents: Why do we work in groups?; Principles & procedures; The voice; Methods, techniques &
presentation; Working with people with learning difficulties; Optimum conditions; Casework anecdotes.
Ages 11+
112

group activities
Emotional Strength &

Self-Esteem 160pp, 207 x 131mm,
paperback
111 games to develop emotional strength and ISBN 978 0 86388 394 1
confidence By Rosemarie Portmann
ORDER CODE
Through the exploration and discovery of strengths
AO2-002-5109
and weaknesses, the participants learn to be
assertive whilst living respectfully with others.
Divided into four sections: • Strength – what’s that? • Getting to know your
own strengths • Gaining strength – showing strength • Together we are strong.
All Ages
Social Skills
212pp, 207 x 131mm,
160 games with ideas to improve the social paperback
climate within groups By Birgit Fuchs
Through a wide range of fun games the ISBN 978 0 86388 420 7
participants learn about themselves and others ORDER CODE
and develop skills in observation, precise listening AO2-002-5134
and empathetic communication. Games are
divded into eight categories:
• Awareness • Aggression • Reconciliation • Autonomy
• Order • Entertaining • Learning • Leisure.
Ages 7+
Dealing with Aggression

208pp, 207 x 131mm,
150 games to control and reduce aggression paperback
By Rosemarie Portmann
Encourages the participants to express their anger ISBN 978 0 86388 410 8
in a controlled environment so that they may ORDER CODE
recognise the triggers of anger and aggression and AO2-002-5124
learn how to control them. Sections include:
• Perceiving & expressing aggressive feelings
• Recognising triggers for anger & aggression • Better understanding of oneself & others
• Controlling & reducing anger & aggression • Building up inner strength &
self-esteem • Building non-aggressive relationships • Resolving conflicts peacefully.
All Ages
VALUE! BUY ALL 7 GROUP GAMES AT A SAVING
Early Speech &
Building Language Skills 448pp, 207 x 131mm,
paperback
Relationships 192pp, 207 x 131mm, A sensorimotor approach By Maria Monschein ISBN: 978 086388 543 3
paperback Full of practical ideas that can be easily
ORDER CODE
140 games and activities ISBN: 978 0 86388 546 4 implemented with minimal preparation, this book
AO2-002-5269
By Thorsten Boehner contains a wealth of games and activities for
ORDER CODE developing language with young children.
A comprehensive collection of AO2-002-5272 Following a multi-sensory approach, the games
games designed to foster
focus on having fun and working on speech and
personal development, improve
language difficultes without having to concentrate directly on speaking. The
social communication skills and strengthen group dynamics.
games are organised around the school year and are themed according to which
Full of practical and creative ideas that can be implemented
sense they specifically aim to develop.
with minimal preparation and equipment. The games will:
Includes games for: • Sense of touch • Proprioception • Balancing • Listening
• Increase self- and other-awareness
• Developing hand-eye coordination and finger-motor skills
• Improve recognition of one’s own limits as well as awareness
• Promoting oral motor skills • Working on individual problematic speech sounds
of the limits of others
• Encourage better teamwork skills Ages 3-11
• Increase flexibility as participants gain new experiences in
a playful and safe environment.
All Ages Playing with Words
Relaxation & 192pp, 207 x 131mm,
A comprehensive collection of word games for paperback
vocabulary development
Concentration 192pp, 207 x 131mm,
By Rosemarie Portmann & Elisabeth Schneider ISBN: 978 0 86388 545 7
paperback
With an emphasis on learning through play this ORDER CODE
130 games to promote ISBN 978 0 86388 419 1 book provides an extensive collection of games AO2-002-5271
relaxation and concentration that are fun to play and constructively fill leisure
By Rosemarie Portmann & ORDER CODE
AO2-002-5133 time. The activities are suitable for children and
Elisabeth Schneider adults and can be adapted for different client groups.
Includes games for: Contents include:
• Reducing restlessness and agitation • A-E-I-O-U • Letter patience • ‘M’ in the middle • Double meanings
• Calming and awareness • Pronouns • Haiku • Guessing rhyming words • Forbidden letters
• Attention and thinking • Who has the word? • Word snakes.
• Concentration for the whole body. Ideal for teachers, therapists, youth club leaders or activity providers.
All Ages Ages 7+
113

group activities
NEW
Edition
Creative Drama in
Groupwork 2nd edition 216pp, A5, wire-o-bound
ISBN 978 0 86388 791 8
By Sue Jennings
ORDER CODE
This bestselling book is now updated with new
AO2-002-5675
material and more tried-and-tested ideas, bringing
it up-to-date with contemporary drama therapy
techniques. With more than 150 ideas, this practical manual is a veritable treasure
trove which will inspire everyone to run drama sessions creatively, enjoyably and
effectively.
• Features advice on setting up a group, defining and negotiating aims and
objectives, and how to ensure a successful session.
• Activities encourage memory, interaction, concentration, feedback, and many
other skills.
• Also includes games, warm-ups and starters, improvisation role-play, visual
dynamics, and closures.
All Ages
Creative Relaxation in
Groupwork 200pp, A5, wire-o-bound
ISBN 978 0 86388 370 5
By Irene Tubbs
ORDER CODE
With more than 100 activities this book offers a
AO2-002-2286
goldmine of techniques and processes for
relaxation. Discusses the benefits of relaxation,
covers both theoretical and practical relaxation methods, provides constructive
guidelines for good practice and incorporates actual workshop themes.
Comprehensive activities aim to: • Help relax the mind • Work primarily on the
body • Integrate systems for mind and body harmony • Focus on
muscular relaxation • Promote concentration • Increase sensory awareness.
All Ages
Creative Games in
VALUE! BUY ALL 7 GROUPWORK BOOKS AT A SAVING
ISBN 978 0 86388 367 5
ORDER CODE AO2-002-1748 By Robin Dynes
(Please note - set price not available to trade) ORDER CODE
Presented in a format that immediately allows
AO2-002-0499
you to see what materials are needed, how
much preparation is required, and how each
Creative game is played, this book presents practical resource
material in an accessible format. Ideas include: • Introduction and mixing
Movement & 282pp, A5, wire-o-bound exercises • Games using general movement • Exuberant games • Puzzles
and brain teasers • Verbal games • Pen and paper games.
Dance in ISBN 978 0 86388 473 3
All Ages
Groupwork ORDER CODE
AO2-002-0357
By Helen Payne Creative Writing in

A strong link exists between movement and emotions. This Groupwork 160pp, A5, wire-o-bound
innovative book explores that link and provides 180 practical
activities with a clear rationale for the use of dance movement ISBN 978 0 86388 377 4
to enrich therapy programmes. • Presents an inspiring range of By Robin Dynes
ORDER CODE
session ideas and insights • Session plans divided into warm- Activities designed to help participants express
AO2-002-0349
ups, introductions to themes, development of themes and themselves, explore situations, compare ideas and
warm-downs • Explores many areas including developmental develop both imagination and creative ability.
movement processes, non-verbal communication and • Bursting with more than 100 ideas and activities
expression and communication. for encouraging creative writing as an effective activity for individuals and groups
• Contains hundreds of alternatives, suggestions for further development and ideas for
All Ages
discussion • Barriers to writing and expression can be broken down with Robin’s
gentle advice.
All Ages
Creative Art in
Groupwork 204pp, A5, wire-o-bound Creative Music in
ISBN 978 0 86388 409 2 Groupwork 132pp, A5, wire-o-bound
By Jean Campbell
ORDER CODE ISBN: 978 0 86388 453 5
Highly accessible, this manual By Christopher Achenbach
AO2-002-1544
contains 142 art activities ORDER CODE
This is an inspirational manual that offers
developed specifically for use AO2-002-2623
users effective ways of entering the field of
with groups of people of all ages. • Activities include drawing, music groupwork with adults of all ages
painting, collage and sculpture, covering themes such as and abilities. • Contains practical ideas for
relationships, emotions, culture, spirituality and celebrations. instrumental, vocal and listening activities, ranging from basic directing
• Each activity includes step-by-step instructions and gestures, clapping and free improvisation to chanting • Pays attention to
information on the aim, suitable age range, time to allow, groups with particular needs, such as elderly people and those with
suggested group numbers and materials required. learning disabilities.
All Ages All Ages
114

anger management
Control Your Anger

Posters 3 x A3 encapsulated posters
(305 x 425mm)
A set of three posters to help ORDER CODE
students control anger AO2-003-5562
By Martin Baines
Fun, comic-strip style characters
demonstrate ways of controlling anger.
Solutions include:
• Count to ten and calm down • Don't explode -
cool down • Fight the problem, not the person.
Martin Baines is a learning mentor who has created
an inspiring range of posters combining humour with
key messages to inform students of expected
behaviour.
Ages 11-17
Conflict Management
Posters 3 x A3 encapsulated posters
(305 x 425mm)
Three posters with tips and strategies to ORDER CODE
help students handle conflict positively AO2-003-5571
Eye-catching and colourful posters that
will help students learn about the causes
of conflict and how to deal with it by
using:
• Communication
• Negotiation
• Compromise
• A ‘win-win’ solution.
Set of 3 posters
Ages 11-17
Anger Management
Posters Size A2
ORDER CODE
Illustrated by Bill Stott AO2-003-5757
Clever illustrations amusingly depicting
why getting SO angry is really not
necessary or a good thing! Buy these
before you explode!
All Ages
115

anger management
Fired Up or Calming
Down? Game Primary
Age: 4-11
Game to teach children how to manage ISBN: 978 0 86388 711 6
their anger
ORDER CODE
By Susie Davis
AO2-003-5504
This fun and lively game allows players to
explore: Secondary
• Their anger triggers Age: 11-16
• The physiological responses in their bodies ISBN: 978 0 86388 712 3
• The way that getting angry often leads to ORDER CODE
negative behaviour. AO2-003-5505
The children work their way through situations
related to managing anger which allows them
to move up or down the board, and some
squares require them to answer questions
about themselves, their
experiences and their “I have used this game as a session in
perceptions. Up to 6
players
anger management group work. This
“What a fabulous game Fired Up and game was fantastic. The skills cards
Ages 4-16
Calming Down is. It is by far the best gave ample opportunity to discuss
game we have and we can see many issues that were familiar to the students.
uses both with individual children and The game offered a welcome change for
with groups.” them to offer advice and strategies to
Support Plus Worker, Multi Agency
each other.”
Lorraine Wiltshire, Inclusion Mentor,
Team Bridgnorth
Behaviour Support Team
Anger Management Cards

33 cards 124 x 80mm
Positive affirmation and attitude cards to use
guidance notes, boxed
for anger management
By Roy Bailey ISBN: 978 0 86388 763 5
Everyone has the ability to choose what they ORDER CODE
think and do. AO2-003-5564
Changing what individuals think and do makes it
possible for them to make better choices.
These cards help users to deal with and better
control their anger.
Promoting the ‘Rapid Anger Management’ (RAM) technique, the positive
affirmation cards include:
• I keep cool – I think things through • I concentrate on what I am doing
• I keep focusing on my anger management plan • My anger is under
my control.
A powerful, but stunningly simple and easy-to-use resource, for
working with individuals and groups, in a wide range of settings.
NEW
Ages 11+
Edition
Group Games: Dealing with

Aggression 208pp, 207 x 131mm,
paperback
150 games to control and reduce aggression ISBN: 978 0 86388 410 8
By Rosemarie Portmann ORDER CODE
Encourages the participants to express their anger in a AO2-002-5124
controlled environment so that they may recognise the
triggers of anger and aggression and learn how to
control them.
Sections include:
• Perceiving & expressing aggressive feelings
• Recognising triggers for anger & aggression
• Better understanding of oneself & others
• Controlling & reducing anger & aggression
• Building up inner strength & self-esteem
• Building non-aggressive relationships
• Resolving conflicts peacefully.
All Ages
116

anger management
Anger Management
200pp, A4, wire-o-bound,
A practical Resource for Children with Learning, Social or
CD
Emotional Difficulties
By Fiona Burton and Melanie Wells ISBN: 978 0 86388 811 3
Many children with language and learning difficulties also ORDER CODE
experience difficulties with social, emotional and behavioural AO2-002-5726
development.
This resources aims to deliver an appealing, practical and
meaningful programme which all children (including those
with learning difficulties) will find easy to access and enjoy.
There are eight sessions which cover:
• Understanding anger
• Understanding feelings
• Self-esteem
• Triggers and fuses
• Learning to think differently
• Physiology and relaxation
• Strategies to manage anger
• Review and reinforce
The pack includes information and evaluation sheets and a
powerpoint training session.
A comprehensive, practical resource facilitating the
development of self belief about the ability to change and
equipping children with the skills to achieve it.
Ages 5+
Transforming Your Anger in

Non-violent ways 297 x 210mm (A4)
wire-o-bound
A practical workbook helping individuals to safely express their anger ISBN 978 0 86388 754 3
By Peter Burton ORDER CODE
This book provides explanations, activities and exercises to change how you AO2-002-5616
understand and express your anger. It empowers you to move away from
your habitual reactions, resulting in conflict, and towards ways of expressing
your anger fully and safely in non-violent ways.
• Explains key concepts and common human experiences of the physical, neurological and emotional displays of anger.
• Helps readers to identify the key triggers for their own and others’ anger, and to identify their typical anger style.
• Describes non-violent ways to express anger fully and safely, and to receive and deal with the anger of others.
• Explains how changes to behaviour can be established and maintained.
With more than 40 activities and exercises to work through, this is a practical resource to empower you to change your
behaviour so you are able to express your anger safely and to improve your experience of family and work life.
Ages 13+
free
CD Rom
Controlling Anger
171pp, A4 wire-o-bound,
A solution focused approach for + CD Rom
children and young people
By Tina Rae & Sara Daly Age: 5-11
These two programmes (for different age ISBN: 978 1 90651 701 4
groups) aim, through the use of ‘story’ to ORDER CODE
help children and young people: AO2-006-5577
• Avoid or manage situations of conflict
• Understand that they can create
change
• Realise that it is possible to resolve 179pp, A4 wire-o-bound,
difficulties and achieve a positive + CD Rom
outcome.
Age: 11-18
Each book offers teachers and non-
teaching staff a practical, exciting and ISBN: 978 1 90651 700 7
well designed resource with full facilitator ORDER CODE
notes and all handout materials printable AO2-006-5578
from a CD Rom.
Ages 5-18
117

behaviour management
Restorative Practices & Bullying

62pp A4, wire-o-bound
A fresh approach to dealing with bullying, based on
restorative justice principles ISBN: 9780 86388 686 7
By Margaret Thorsborne & David Vinegrad ORDER CODE
The authors’ strategy for dealing with bullying in schools AO2-002-5463
uses the principles of the restorative justice framework.
This approach focuses on the needs of the community
affected by bullying behaviour, rather than simply apportioning blame
and deciding on punishment. This book is aimed directly at those who
have to deal with bullying – in classrooms, corridors, playgrounds, and
now on mobile phones and the internet. It provides responses that can
bring about repair and healing and, in the long term, make school a
safer place.
Topics covered include:
• Restorative justice and bullying
• Restorative responses to bullying incidents
• Managing reluctance to face up to bullying
• Preventing re-victimisation
• Reading and monitoring agreements.
The book includes scripts for use in small and community case
conferences, and a list of key questions to ask in interviews with victims
and wrongdoers.
Ages 7-16
Restorative Practices in Schools

Rethinking behaviour management in the whole school through
the use of restorative justice methods ISBN: 9780 86388 687 4
School conferences have proved remarkably successful in AO2-002-5461
teaching students about their responsibilities and accountability
to other people. This manual fulfils an important role by outlining
the techniques to learn and apply when planning and facilitating
conferences.
It includes guidance on:
• Analysing current school practice “A valuable contribution to
those who know that
• Deciding whether to hold a conference
building relationships is
• Preparing a conference more important than
• Convening and facilitating a conference rewards and punishment.”
• Follow-up after a conference. Colin Newton, Inclusive
The book contains many key documents such as preparation Solutions
checklist, conference script, typical agreement, evaluation sheet
and case studies.
Ages 7-16
Restorative Practices in Classrooms

Rethinking behaviour management through the use of restorative
justice methods in the classroom ISBN: 9780 86388 688 1
AO2-002-5462
This clearly presented manual takes practitioners in gradual stages
through the harsh realities of confronting wrong-doing and injustice
in school. The traditional approach seeks simply to apportion blame
and punish the wrongdoer. There is now strong evidence that
restorative justice can be
effective in reducing problem behaviour, and in engendering a sense
of fairness and justice among all stakeholders in the school
community. The book provides:
• An explanation of restorative justice and behaviour management
• A wide range of restorative practice measures
• Step-by-step instructions for planning and facilitating individual,
small group and whole class conferences
• Frequently asked questions and answers
• Key master documents that can be adapted
• Case studies.
Full of practical suggestions and techniques for dealing with problem
behaviour, whether trivial or serious.
Ages 7-16
118

50 Top Tips for Managing Behaviour

A practical resource that utilises the SEBS philosophy
(Teaching Social, Emotional and Behavioural Skills) ISBN: 978 0 86388 678 2
By Dave Stott ORDER CODE
With a very ‘hands-on’ approach to managing behaviour – all the AO2-002-5568
scenarios in this resource are taken from real-life situations and
can be used during staff training or simply as a reference book.
The book reflects situations that confront educational
professionals on a day-to-day basis:
• How to manage the student who always wants the last word
• Setting boundaries
• Managing anger, including your own
• Dealing with difficult parents
• Successful lunchtimes
• Creating an emotionally literate environment
• Behaviour plans
• Building self-esteem
• Coping with difficult colleagues.
50 Top Tips includes step-by-step, photocopiable guidance
sheets and contains illustrations, monitoring sheets and
posters. A brilliant resource to have as part of an induction
pack or as an essential companion to continuing professional
development.
All Ages
Resolving Conflict Posters

9 x A3 encapsulated
Strong, positive messages to support a determined posters (305 x 425mm)
approach to resolving conflict
ORDER CODE
Thought-provoking, one-line statements that can be used as AO2-003-5549
a start-point for discussion or simply displayed as a reminder
of a more positive approach to resolving conflicts.
All Ages
119

Bullying Ups and Downs

Game board, cards +
Fun game to learn about and discuss the many instruction booklet, boxed
issues surrounding bullying
This fun and imaginative game encourages ORDER CODE

students to think about bullying, to reveal their AO2-003-5604
different perceptions, and to share experiences
and feelings about bullying. Use this
comprehensive resource to find out what
students already think and to open up a group
discussion about key issues, including cyber
bullying and homophobic bullying.
Questions include:
• Why do students bully?
• What does a bully look like?
• What is a bystander?
• Name 3 different types of bullying
• Who would you talk to if you were being
bullied?
• Have you ever been bullied?
• Tell us about an experience you have had
• Why do students watch (be a bystander)
rather than go and tell someone?
• If you were in charge of the school – what
advice would you give to teachers about
how to deal with bullying?
For anyone working with secondary aged
students, this is a fun way for students to engage
with the topic of bullying.
Ages 11-16
Dealing with Bullying Posters

3 x A3 encapsulated posters
Set of three posters which address the issues of bullying (305 x 425mm)
By Martin Baines ORDER CODE
Martin Baines is a learning mentor who has created this inspring range of posters combining humour with key AO2-003-5677
messages to inform students of expected behaviour.
Ages 11-17
120

How to Stop Bullying

101 Strategies that really work
By Dr Andy Hickson ISBN: 978 0 86388 775 8
A hugely practical resource offering a diverse range ORDER CODE

of strategies to deal with bullying effectively. AO2-002-5669
Includes:
• What is bullying?
• Taking responsibility for ourselves
• Anti-bullying policies
• Peer support
• Warm-ups for groupwork
• Anti-bullying strategies
• Dangers
These 101 strategies will really make a difference to
the lives of all those affected by bullying. Each
strategy described is graded in terms of difficulty and
success rating. It describes how to use the technique
and what outcomes to expect from it. Some are
simple and straightforward whereas others are more
challenging.
A really practical resource book for adults, young
people, teachers and practitioners, and parents and
carers.
Ages 5+
VALUE! BUY BULLYING UPS & DOWNS / BULLYING POSTERS

& HOW TO STOP BULLYING AT A SAVING
Discuss This!
30 cards, 88 x 144mm,
By Carol Bristow
ISBN: 978 0 86388 818 2
content and for
totally relevant to
them.
game is around
of application.
All Ages
121

Teach to Inspire Better Behaviour

192pp, A4
Resource to enhance better behaviour in traumatised children ring-binder + CD Rom
By Sue Gott
ISBN: 978 1 90651 719 9
Teach to Inspire Better Behaviour deals with aggressive,
disruptive or unpredictable behaviours across the primary age ORDER CODE
ranges. Scientific understanding and the experience of those AO2-006-5636
working to help traumatised children consider:
• The classroom environment
• Positioning of staff
•
•
Routines and changes
Quiet times and relaxation
free
CD Rom
• Learning from mistakes
• Rewards and sanctions systems.
The author focuses on the causes and the impact of traumatic life
events linked with different stages of neurological and
psychological development (including separation, illness,
bereavement, neglect, abuse and inadequate limit setting in early
childhood) in addition to the cumulative effects of classroom
disruption on the mental health of both peers and adults.
Background reading and facilitator’s notes, together with a CD-
Rom containing a PowerPoint file for staff training and printable
handouts, provide a powerful framework for the development of
a whole-school approach.
Ages 5-11
How to Get on with Others Posters

Three posters full of advice and reminders on how to (305 x 425mm)
develop better relationships with other people
By Martin Baines ORDER CODE
AO2-003-5605
Display these eye-catching and colourful posters anywhere to
help students learn how to improve their relationships with
peers and adults. Suggestions include:
• Take time to listen!
• Remember that all people are created equal!
• Treat people how you want to be treated!
Ages 11-17
122

Bunking Off or Staying In?

Game, A4 manual
Resource to teach young people the + CD Rom
consequences of truancy
This resource contains a set of lesson ORDER CODE
plans, game board and CD Rom for AO2-003-5506
individual or group work, which allow
young people to consider:
• Why they truant
• How they'll feel when returning
after an absence
• How teachers feel about them
being there.
It is designed to encourage an
appreciation of why it is important to
go to and stay in school, and covers
actions that can be taken to overcome
factors such as boredom, problems
with teachers, bullying and difficulties
accessing the curriculum.
Contents: Motivating lessons, progress
assessment, pro-forma letter to parents,
free
CD Rom
photocopiable resource sheets, certificate, game
board and components.
Ages 11-15
Behaviour 4 My Future
An emotional literacy programme for students at + CD Rom
risk of exclusion
This fantastic resource engages students and motivates ORDER CODE

them to improve their behaviour at school. It consists of a AO2-002-5458
series of well structured sessions that have been designed
to appeal to different learning styles and to encourage the
development of the key skills and attitudes associated with
emotional literacy. Sessions include:
• An audit of students' work and behaviour
• Linking feelings, thinking and behaviour
• Managing stress and anger in the classroom
• Understanding and profiling students' multiple
intelligences
• Linking behaviour to future opportunities.
Suitable for one-to-one and group work, this book includes
free
CD Rom
set-up guidelines, photocopiable worksheets and a CD
Rom. Each session is linked to the secondary SEAL
outcomes.
Ages 11-18
Social Stories for Kids in Conflict

297 x 210mm (A4)
A practical guide to help young people improve their behaviour wire-o-bound
By John Ling
ISBN 978 0 86388 760 4
Designed to help all those who work and/or live with young people who
have difficulties with their behaviours and relationships with others, this ORDER CODE
book is a practical guide to help young people become more aware of AO2-002-5659
their behaviour and its effect on other people.
Focusing on mediation (including communication, the unblocking of
channels, the breaking down of barriers, the righting of wrongs, making amends, and restorative justice),
the book includes:
• Dialogues used by a neutral person to highlight difficulties and possible changes in behaviour.
• Cartoons and other visual techniques that can be used to present alternative ways to discuss problems.
• Examples of social stories covering personal stuff, daily routines, home life, social skills, homework, work
and playtime, PE and games, as well as a guide to writing your own social stories.
• Powerpoint presentation for staff, parents and carers.
Developed from work with children and young people with Autism, Asperger Syndrome, and related
conditions, as well as troubled young people with no named condition, the ideas and techniques can be
used and modified to help all young people to become more aware of their
behaviour and its effect on other people.
Ages 3-16
123

Classroom Rules Poster

By Martin Baines (305 x 425mm)
Every classroom should have one of these posters
ORDER CODE
to remind students about appropriate behaviour. AO2-003-5552
Ages 11-17
Praise Postcards
64 cards, 8 x 8 different
64 postcards with 8 different designs designs, A6 size
to personalise with messages for
students who deserve recognition and ORDER CODE
praise AO2-003-5519
By Martin Baines
Motivate and reward students with these
inspiring postcards. Featuring modern
graphics that will appeal to adolescents,
there are eight messages included:
The reverse can be personalised with a
positive message.
Ages 11-17
Have I Got News for

You! Postcards 12 each of 4 designs
supplied, A6 size
48 take-home postcards to reward hard ORDER CODE
work and good behaviour AO2-003-5560
Complete these charming postcards for
your pupils to take home as an
acknowledgement of their achievements in
the classroom. Each postcard includes
space for a personal message and there is a
choice of four different slogans:
• Good Effort! • Well Done!
• Hard Work! • Excellent!
Guaranteed to make their day!
Ages 5-11
124

Confidence Cards
53 cards, 125 x 80mm,
50 positive affirmations to change thinking guidance notes, boxed
By Roy Bailey
ISBN: 978 0 86388 7215
Confidence is a matter of choices, and thinking
provides us with the mechanism for making ORDER CODE
choices. AO2-003-5514
This card game will increase and strengthen the
user’s level of self-confidence and how they
think, feel and act.
An extremely valuable and easy-to-use resource NEW
for working with individuals and groups in a
wide range of settings.
Edition
Ages 11+
Assertiveness
120pp, 250 x 195mm,
A practical approach illustrated, wire-o-bound
By Stephanie Holland & Clare Ward
ISBN: 978 0 86388 379 8
This highly successful title offers an opportunity for
professionals from all backgrounds to develop an ORDER CODE
understanding of assertiveness. It is a highly practical AO2-002-0855
working manual from which you can apply the principles
of assertiveness both yourself and to your clients.
Contents:
• Behaviour types • Self-respect
• Being assertive • Criticism & conflict
• Our right to be assertive • Sexuality
• Owning our feelings • The assertive option
• Refusing & requesting • Clinical application.
Ages 11+
Let’s Talk Assertiveness

Card game to improve communication and confidence 78 cards each measuring
By Sue Nicholls ideas, boxed.
The pack comes in six sections:
ORDER CODE
• Is this assertive, passive or aggressive? (Examples of different AO2-003-5584
behaviours and beliefs)
• Give an example of… (Participants reflect on their own experiences to
explore assertiveness issues)
• Change this to being assertive (Changing passive and aggressive body
language and response to assertive ones)
• Discussion cards (To get participants thinking about ideas behind
assertiveness and motivations for becoming more assertive)
• When could you use this strategy? (Practical suggestions for becoming
more assertive)
• Situation cards: being assertive (Asking for ideas of an assertive response in
different scenarios).
Ages 11+
Protective Behaviours
80pp, A4, photocopiable
Activities for Teaching Protective Behaviours in Schools wire-o-bound
By Jodie Bodsworth, Anna Carter & Simon Sneath
ISBN: 978 0 86388 676 8
Protective Behaviours is a practical resource that has evolved from
the tried and tested ideas and experience of a group of teachers. ORDER CODE
The book contains whole-lesson plans and lists of activity suggestions AO2-002-5555
which can be adapted to suit children’s ages and needs, and are
intended as a reference for using the Protective Behaviours process.
It will help children to:
• Make safer choices • Deal with transition and change
• Stand up to bullying behaviours • Cope with divorce, loss and separation
• Raise self-esteem and improve • Develop a vocabulary of feelings
social skills
The activities are linked to different themes and coded to suggest suitable age
groups and group sizes. The book includes a brief explanation of the Protective
Behaviours process.
Ages 3-11
125

personal development
Group Activities for Personal

Development 116pp, A4, illustrated,
wire-o-bound
A vital collection of workshops for groups developing social skills ISBN 978 0 86388 337 8
and exploring relationships
ORDER CODE
By Sheena Duboust & Pamela Knight
AO2-002-2548
• Each theme is clearly divided into warm-ups, main exercises
and closures.
• Intended to help professionals save on preparation
time, the organisation and format of this book reflects “A good resource book for those running
its highly practical content. groups; it is easy to use, is excellently
• Workshops include: Learning to trust; Developing self- presented and contains a wealth of ideas
understanding; Non-verbal communication; Expressing for a whole range of situations and client
feelings; Assertion training; Exploring relationships; groups.”
Decision making. British Journal of Therapy
Ages 11+ and Rehabilitation
Counselling with Reality Therapy

136pp, 245 x 171mm,
By Robert E Wubbolding & John Brickell paperback
Reality therapy is a cognitive behavioural therapy method that continues to
grow in popularity as a therapeutic approach owing to its wide applicability, ISBN: 978 0 86388 338 5
its highly practical and interactive methodology, and its track record in ORDER CODE
counselling and helping people. This book forms an easy-to-use introduction AO2-002-3114
to this approach and includes:
• A discussion of the concepts behind reality therapy, choice
theory, the counselling environment, procedures and special applications
• Information on how this approach has a wide application, including developing responsibility, motivation,
self-esteem, improving relationships, dealing with discipline problems, and addictions.
• Details of how this technique can be used in schools, by the probation service, in prisons, at work, within
clinics and the health service and in many other areas where counselling is necessary.
Contents: History of reality therapy; Choice theory; the psychology underlying reality therapy; Creating the
counselling relationship; The procedures that lead to change; Reality therapy and group counselling;
Application to schools; Relationship counselling; Reality therapy and addictions treatment; paradoxical
techniques.
Ages 11+
Rainbow Game
2-6 Players (or teams)
A fun way to raise self-esteem and build
social skills ISBN: 978 0 6388 814 4
By Betty Rudd ORDER CODE
Rainbow promotes personal and social
Available AO2-003-5729
Spring 2011
development in all age groups. The game facilitates
the raising of self-awareness while developing
communication skills between players. These skills • Red for Action
are readily transferable to every day life encounters. • Orange for Courage
With three levels available – the third being the • Yellow for Imagination
most challenging Rainbow facilitates interaction, • Green for Feeling
verbal expression and respectful discussion • Blue for Talk
between players. Each level has seven mini-games
• Pink for Stimulus
within it. Every mini-game is colour-coded to relate
to a different quality for personal and social • Purple for Insight
development. Playing with all colours develops the full spectrum
of self-awareness and social skills.
The game will:
• Expand social skills
• propagate positive interaction
• boost confidence
• deal with decision-making
• promote problem –solving skills
• encourage consideration of personal values
• let even the shyest person’s voice be heard
• help each individual get along with others
• increase self-awareness
Ages 11+
126

anxiety & stress
The Mindfulness & Mindbalancing Handbook

297 x 210mm (A4)
A comprehensive resource for learning, practising and teaching wire-o-bound + 2 audio CDs
meditation
By Reinhard Kowalski ISBN 978 0 86388 749 9
Meditation is becoming a useful tool in the arsenal of the established ORDER CODE
healing professions. In particular, Mindfulness meditation is AO2-002-5600
recommended in the NICE guidelines as a treatment for depression and
has proved helpful for a range of problems, including anxiety disorders
and OCD. It can also be used with physical, psychosomatic and stress-related problems, and as a self-
development programme. The handbook:
• Guides the reader into meditation practices in a systematic, gradual and practical way.
• Includes Cognitive Therapy exercises, reflections, relaxation, guided imagery, breathing exercises and
a wide range of meditation practices from different traditions.
• Contains clear instructions on how to use the exercises and practices, as well as suggestions on how
they can be used with individuals and in groups.
• Addresses the differing needs of readers, whether it is to ‘dip into’ meditation a little, to follow a
programme, to learn about the spiritual aspects of meditation, or simply to create more
peacefulness, calmness, groundedness and centredness in their own and in the lives of others.
• Includes two audio CDs for the reader to develop their own varied daily relaxation and meditation
practices, as well as photocopiable worksheets, record-forms and audio exercises, so practitioners
can read them out in groups or to individual clients, if they prefer to use their own voice.
Meditation is a complex subject. This handbook provides a clear and practical guide that introduces
the reader to the wider context of meditation, provides an optional deeper understanding of some of
the concepts and models, and includes comprehensive resources for those who want to explore
meditation further.
CD
Resource
Ages 13+
Anxiety & Stress

Management Toolkit 3 CDs, 64ppp A5 booklet, 5
photocopiable instruction
By Reinhard Kowalski cards, boxed
This pack uses cognitive therapy methods, as well as ISBN: 978 0 86388 438 2
meditative and reflective techniques, to produce an
ORDER CODE
accessible and comprehensive resource for use in
AO2-003-5225
combating anxiety and stress in many client groups.
• The Toolkit is ideal for the treatment of
chronic tension, anxiety and panic attacks, insomnia,
phobias, psychogenic pain, stress-related and
psychosomatic disorders and tranquilliser
withdrawal. CD
Resource
• Covering areas such as muscular relaxation, relaxed
breathing, mediation, concentration
and positive thinking, the author’s own positive
approach accentuates personal growth and
self-development.
• Can be used as a structured and progressive
programme with both individuals and groups.
Ages 13+
Stress Breaker Cards

53 cards, 128 x 80mm,
50 cards to help manage stress by choosing new guidance notes, boxed
ways of thinking and acting
ISBN: 978 0 86388 762 8
By Roy Bailey
Managing stress is a matter of choice. These cards ORDER CODE
will help individuals to become more effective at AO2-003-5567
managing stress by using ‘stress breakers’ –
actions to cope with stress more effectively.
Such actions include:
• I allow myself to laugh and enjoy myself
• I give myself private ‘Me’ time NEW
• I breathe easily and relax Edition
• I take a break and let myself unwind
• I allow my positive thoughts to master stress
Can be effectively used with either individuals or
groups.
Ages 11+
127

anxiety & stress
MasterStress©
297 x 210mm (A4)
A comprehensive professional resource for assessing stress wire-o-bound
and delivering stress management interventions
By Roy Bailey ISBN 978 0 86388 759 8
This is an extensive resource for health practitioners to: ORDER CODE
AO2-002-5647
• Select the most appropriate stress assessment and stress
management interventions for their clients.
• Enable their clients to engage in effective personal stress
management.
• Empower clients to become more self-managing and,
through their own efforts, manage unwanted stress.
This is an essential resource for all counsellors and therapists
working with individuals or groups suffering from stress and
maladaptive coping. Organised to suit busy professionals, it
provides a clear knowledge base of stress, as well as a
photocopiable resource of stress management interventions.
Ages 13+
Stress, Anxiety, Depression

172pp x 184 x 247mm
By Martin Simmons & Peter Daw illustrated, wire-o-bound
Allowing clients to work on their own problems and at their own
pace, this excellent title recognises that solving personal problems ISBN: 978 0 86388 415 3
is a skill to be learnt just like any other. It teaches the reader the ORDER CODE
necessary skills and then guides the use of those skills through AO2-002-1938
organised action plans and practical self-help programmes.
• Excellent for helping to build confidence in relationships,
communicating with others and understanding personal choice.
• Helps the user overcome guilt, anger, moodiness, depression,
stress and anxiety.
• Encourages a more relaxed approach and helps to handle conflict at home and
in work.
• All of the exercises, questionnaires and action plans can be
freely photocopied.
Contents: Minds & bodies; Life style; Understanding ourselves;
An anxiety management programme; Gloom, sadness and depression;
Growing further.
Ages 13+
Anxiety Management
In 10 groupwork sessions
Designed for anyone wanting to develop an ORDER CODE
anxiety management programme for use with AO2-002-4178
groups or individuals, this practical handbook will
be invaluable to anyone who is called upon to
respond to people who have anxiety problems.
It is divided into two parts:
• Part 1 provides information for anxiety
management training;
• Part 2 consists of 10 chapters each looking at
a specific aspect of anxiety management
including; Understanding anxiety; Facing your
fears; Solving problems & making decisions;
Coping with stress and Managing Common
situations.
For each chapter, photocopiable session plans,
exercises and handouts are provided, to create a
10-week programme, which is adaptable for use
with all client groups and to the time available.
This is an invaluable working manual which will
help everyone understand anxiety and to explore
techniques for successfully controlling it.
Ages 13+
128

mental health
The Mental Health Handbook 3rd Edition

An extremely comprehensive resource of photocopiable handouts wire-o-bound + CD Rom
to aid therapeutic intervention
By Trevor Powell ISBN: 978 0 86388 758 1
This huge collection of valuable material is sensibly organised for quick ORDER CODE
䡵 Life as an ocea
access in one convenient package. Now updated, the third edition Imagine that your
n liner AO2-002-5622
It is a great thing
to be able to think
life is like an ocean something comple about
and you are the going liner tely different when
incorporates the latest developments in Cognitive Behavioural Therapy worthy and stay
parts of the ship
captain. For that
afloat in stormy
liner to be sea- a particular stress.
weather, various your relationship with your
If you have difficul
worried by
ties in
are separated into partner, but can
and includes new pages, as well as expanded sections on Psychosis and compartments. If
areas starts taking
the ship is damag
on water that damag
ed and one
to your family or
stress. It does howev
a friend this again
er take a deliber
ate
turn
reduces the
consistent effort,
OCD. restricted to that e is time and energy
Models for Und

one compartment to develop
good way of looking . This is quite a and maintain these separa
at your own life. te compa rtment s.
have different areas Most of us
in our lives such
as family, 䡵 Exercise
• The handouts are designed to be photocopied or printed from the friends, hobbies
or work. Some people
overlap than others;
some people live
have more Review
each area of your
compartmentalised very life in the diagram
FREE CD Rom and handed to clients to supplement treatment of a compartment
compartment of
lives. One definite
alised life is that
advant
if one area or
age
below. Write in the
they are friends
names of people
or family and specifi
, whether
c activities
your life goes wrong, or hobbies. Ask
programmes. mean your whole
wrong at work and
life has to. So if
it doesn’t
something goes
energy you put into
separate areas in
yourself how much
each area. Do you
time and
have
you have an all-con your life? Add any
erstanding Stre
hobby, such as sailing suming area that you have special
• Contains more than 150 photocopiable sheets, including graded painting, for examp
areas of stress and
, music, playing
le, you can get away
golf or
from the compa
your own ocean
in the empty box
liner, with the differen
rtments to reflect
or draw
t size
be absorbed by anothe
practice sheets, checklists, behavioural symptoms questionnaires, r area. your own life.
rating scales, home assignments, analysis sheets, goal plans and self-
monitoring exercises. DIET
HEALTH
ss
• The main theoretical underpinning of the book is cognitive SPIRITUALITY
PHYSICAL
EXERCISE
behavioural therapy, which offers an educational, instructive and HOLIDAYS TIME ALONE
PETS
directive approach to solving specific problems. HOUSE FAMILY PARTNER

HOBBIES
INDOORS
CHILDREN
• Includes handouts on a huge range of mental health issues, including ~ WORK
OUTDOORS
anxiety, assertiveness, bereavement, depression, irritable bowel

free
~ ~~ ~ ~ FRIENDS
~
syndrome, anger management, schizophrenia, bipolar disease, ~ ~ ~ ~~ ~~
~ ~ ~~ ~ ~ ~ ~~ ~
dementia and much more. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~ ~
CD Rom
~
Contents: Managing Anxiety; Assertiveness Training; Managing
Depression; Managing Stress; Changing Habits & Behaviour; Coping
NEW
with Psychosis, Bipolar Disorder and Dementia. Edition P © T Powell 2000
– This page may
be photocopied
for instructional
use only.
103
Ages 13+
Depression
A cognitive approach
By Geoff Tomlinson & Dawn Slater ISBN: 978 0 86388 403 0
Based on cognitive behavioural psychotherapy, this ORDER CODE

resource book describes how to treat mild to moderate AO2-002-5119
depression. Aimed at the professional with little or no
experience of treating depression, it provides detailed
instructions on recognising a client’s profile of depression, identifying
dysfunctional thinking patterns and following through the ten steps for
treatment.
• Divided into three parts – Part 1 contains basic information about
depression, cognitive therapy and other approaches to treatment; Part 2
gives practical guidance in 10 steps to help clients overcome depression;
and Part 3 provides additional information about sub-types of
depression, drug treatment and the management of suicide and self-
harm.
• Each step has handouts that can be
photocopied and given to the client.
• Suitable for use with groups as well as
individuals.
Ages 13+
The CBT Handbook

A4, wire-o-bound
A comprehensive resource of photocopiable worksheets to
aid therapeutic intervention ISBN: 978 0 86388 761 1
By Catherine Evans-Jones ORDER CODE
Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT) aims to help people AO2-002-5660
overcome their emotional difficulties through helping them
identify and change their thoughts and behaviour. CBT has
been evaluated for a wide range of presenting problems and
evidence of its efficacy found for depression, panic, agoraphobia, generalised anxiety disorder (GAD),
specific phobia, social phobia, obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) and post-traumatic stress disorder
(PTSD).
This eminently practical book provides more than 80 A4 photocopiable worksheets for cognitive
behavioural therapists to use with clients. As well as covering the fundamental techniques of CBT, it
supplies worksheets specific to presenting problems, such as OCD, panic and worry.
Worksheets are essential tools in CBT. They record events and patterns, provide new information, and
suggest new ways of thinking and acting. When and how to use a worksheet is determined by a number of factors: the
formulation, the stage in therapy, the current focus of treatment, the reading and writing ability of the client and the wishes of the client.
The use of worksheets in CBT is an ongoing learning process for both therapists and clients.
This is a fantastic resource for all clinicians working within the cognitive behavioural model.
Ages 13+
129

mental health
The Solution Focused Way

A comprehensive step-by-step guide to incorporating solution focused 297 x 210mm (A4)
techniques into everyday practice wire-o-bound
By Simon Proudlock ISBN 978 0 86388 753 6
Solution focused therapy helps clients to identify how their lives would be ORDER CODE
without their problems by exploring current client resources and strengths, AO2-002-5613
and their hopes for the future. Instead of dissecting the problem, it looks at
what is different when the problem isn’t happening or is less severe.
These times are the building blocks of solutions.
Solution focused methodology is increasingly used within community mental health teams, mental
health charities, inpatient settings, education and business, as it is a well-structured and demonstrably
effective approach. This book provides:
• Guidance for practitioners to gain the skills they need to move from problem focused work to
searching for solutions;
• A comprehensive step-by-step guide to using solution focused techniques and integrating them
into existing practice;
• A brief review of the evidence base on solution focused therapy;
• Ample exercises to give to clients to help them move away from their problems to finding solutions
• Clear instructions on how to adapt these techniques for specific populations such as individuals
with substance misuse problems, individuals in crisis, anger management and working with couples.
This is a very clear and practical guide to using solution focused brief therapy in everyday practice and
will be invaluable for all practitioners wanting to incorporate these techniques into their work.
Ages 13+
Introducing Emotional Freedom

Techniques 297 x 210mm (A4)
wire-o-bound
Simple and effective techniques for emotional health and wellbeing ISBN 978 0 86388 779 6
By Christine Moran ORDER CODE
Emotional Freedom Techniques (EFT) is an energy therapy that is AO2-002-5663
rapidly gaining recognition as a simple, yet very effective way to aid
emotional and physical wellbeing. The techniques empower individuals
to make their own changes in their thinking and feeling, by combining
focus on an issue whilst tapping on the body’s energy system. EFT
provides highly flexible, easy-to-use and practical solutions for a huge
range of emotional issues across all age groups.
This book is a comprehensive information resource and ‘how to’ guide
for health professionals and adults to introduce EFT into their day-to-
day lives.
• Provides an extensive exploration of how EFT can be successfully
applied to a wide range of social, emotional, behavioural and
health issues.
• Includes case examples of phobias, fears, issues around behaviour,
confidence, health issues, speech problems, depression, stress,
anger, addictions, abuse, performance issues and managing pain.
• Offers an overview of some of the latest perspectives within
neuroscience and physiology which reflect the changes that occur
naturally when using EFT.
Ages 13+
Counselling with Reality Therapy

136pp, 245 x 171mm,
By Robert E Wubbolding & John Brickell paperback
Reality therapy is a cognitive behavioural therapy method that
continues to grow in popularity as a therapeutic approach owing to ISBN: 978 0 86388 338 5
its wide applicability, its highly practical and interactive methodology, ORDER CODE
and its track record in counselling and helping people. This book AO2-002-3114
forms an easy-to-use introduction to this approach and includes:
• A discussion of the concepts behind reality therapy, choice theory,
the counselling environment, procedures and special applications
• Information on how this approach has a wide application, including developing responsibility,
motivation, self-esteem, improving relationships, dealing with discipline problems, and addictions.
• Details of how this technique can be used in schools, by the probation service, in prisons, at
work, within clinics and the health service and in many other areas where counselling is
necessary.
Contents: History of reality therapy; Choice theory; the psychology underlying reality therapy;
Creating the counselling relationship; The procedures that lead to change; Reality therapy and group
counselling; Application to schools; Relationship counselling; Reality therapy and addictions
treatment; paradoxical techniques.
Ages 13+
130

mental health
Transforming Your Anger in

Non-violent ways 297 x 210mm (A4)
wire-o-bound
A practical workbook helping individuals to safely express their anger ISBN 978 0 86388 754 3
By Peter Burton ORDER CODE
For those of you who are struggling with unhelpful expressions of AO2-002-5616
anger, whether your own or other people’s, this book provides
explanations, activities and exercises to change how you understand
and express your anger. It empowers you to move away from your
habitual reactions, resulting in conflict, and towards ways of expressing
your anger fully and safely in non-violent ways.
• Explains key concepts and common human experiences of the
physical, neurological and emotional displays of anger.
• Helps readers to identify the key triggers for their own and others’
anger, and to identify their typical anger style.
• Describes non-violent ways to express anger fully and safely, and to
receive and deal with the anger of others.
• Explains how changes to behaviour can be established and
maintained.
With more than 40 activities and exercises to work through, this is a
practical resource to empower you to change your behaviour so you
are able to express your anger safely and to improve your experience of family
and work life.
Ages 13+
Anger Control Training

By Emma Williams & Rebecca Barlow
ISBN: 978 0 86388 334 7
This is a comprehensive training handbook, offering a wealth of
photocopiable material, designed for professionals to help people ORDER CODE
change their thoughts, feelings and behaviour. AO2-002-3091
Using a cognitive-behavioural approach, this practical step-by-step
programme for anger control training (ACT) is divided into
four parts:
• Overviews the theoretical background, providing a
foundation to the understanding of the course
material;
• Clarifies issues to be considered before
commencing the programme, defining the client
group, client’s selection and the use of evaluation
measures;
• The ACT programme in 12, two-hour core sessions
with a step-by-step guide for facilitators. Covers
areas such as consequences of aggressive
behaviour, beliefs and relapse prevention planning;
• A supplementary programme with additional
material covering assertiveness training, enhancing
self-esteem and coping with stress.
Ages 13+
Interventions for Schizophrenia

By Emma Williams
ISBN: 978 0 86388 435 1
This step-by-step manual presents a flexible, five-module
intervention programme to help clients with schizophrenia ORDER CODE
understand their illness, recognise, monitor and cope with their AO2-002-5137
symptoms and reduce the impact of the illness on their lives.
• The detailed individual session guides include session plans,
handouts and education material. The book also includes a full description of the range of
available assessment tools, their administration and interpretation.
• Aimed at mental health professionals, including clinical psychologists, psychiatric nurses, social
workers and occupational therapists, the programme can be used with individuals or small
groups in a variety of settings, such as secure hospitals, general psychiatric hospitals, hostel’s
group homes, day centres and the client’s own home.
Ages 13+
131

head injury
Cognitive Rehabilitation Speech

Programme: CRISP CD Rom + instruction
booklet
A computer based speech rehabilitation tool (please note a headset with
microphone is required to use
By James Japp this programme)
‘CRISP’ is a computer based speech rehabilitation tool designed to ISBN: 978 0 86388 864 9
support Speech & Language Therapists between sessions with their
patients. It is aimed at adults with speech and language deficit ORDER CODE
following an acquired brain injury and will help to overcome the lack AO2-003-5756
of opportunity that patients often have to practice their speech in a
busy hospital or empty household. It has been designed to overcome some of the psychosocial barriers
to practising speech which can restrict improvement. This can include unwillingness to attempt
speaking because of embarrassment regarding speech deficit, or other people word finding and filling
gaps for the patient.
The therapist can select the most appropriate programme according to ability from over 20 available
and then set up the task for the patient to practice in their own home. The patient listens to the word,
practises and then record pronouncing the word. They can then play back their recording to
James Japp is a chartered occupational psychologist make a comparison.
specialising in clinical neuro-psychology and a medico- Designed so that all possible combination of words are included:
legal expert on the assessment of brain-injured clients.
• a range of syllables from 1 through to 5 syllables
For many years he has been at the forefront of developing
• includes words where the stress in on the first syllable, at the end syllable or the
vocational rehabilitation programmes for early intervention
middle syllables.
and return to work for individuals with acquired brain
• It has palatal fricatives, labionasal, labiodental, labio dental fricatives, diphthongs,
injury. James is consultant psychologist at The Papworth
semi vowels, alveolar fricatives, alveola plosives, labial plosives, velar plosives combinations.
Trust and Clinical Director at Neuropsychologists UK, an
• The word and sound type are of various complexities.
organisation which promotes good practice in returning
Adult
brain-injured clients to employment.
Living with an Acquired Brain Injury

200pp, A4, wire-o-bound,
The Practical Life Skills Workbook
CD
By Nicolas Hedley
ISBN: 978 0 86388 810 6
The Practical Life Skills workbook is designed for people who
have recovered well enough from brain injury to prepare for a ORDER CODE
return to independent living. Using a very accessible and easy AO2-002-5725
to read format which takes into account various learning styles
resulting from brain injury, the sessions can be completed
entirely at the pace that best suits the user.
Exercises and tips described in the book describe:
• Budgeting • Reading and understanding bill terminology • Route orientation • Form filling
• Planning a night’s entertainment.
Designed to be completed over a ten week period this book will represent a milestone in the
journey towards living independently for many people, providing careful guidance with everyday
tasks and activities that initially appear daunting.
Includes a CD of comprehensive, downloadable activities.
Adult
Therapeutic Groupwork for People

with Cognitive Losses 288pp, A4,
wiro-o-bound
Working with people with dementia ISBN: 978 0 86388 406 1
By Mike Bender ORDER CODE
Written by a leading author in the psychology of dementia, this AO2-002-5123
new title demonstrates how to carry out therapeutic groupwork
with people with cognitive losses. Focusing on developing a
therapeutic relationship in a group setting and on improving the
quality of life for those with cognitive losses, this practical
manual: “A seminal text ... This
• Provides a framework – based on theory, clinical practice and manual is a must read.”
research – within which effective groups can be run for people Journal of Dementia Care
with cognitive losses;
• Contains hands-on advice on how to plan, prepare, run and
evaluate group sessions;
• Enables translation of clients’ interests and needs into possible
sessions and to evaluate whether individual or groupwork
would be more appropriate.
• Includes groups for people with mild or severe cognitive loss,
as well as the various types of sessions, such as those
concerned with the present (eg problem-solving), the past (eg
reminiscence), and the practical (eg craft and music).
Adult
132

head injury
The Brain Injury Workbook

Exercises for cognitive rehabilitation 256pp, A4, illustrated,
wire-o-bound, Co-published
By Trevor Powell & Kit Malia with Headway
Evolved from working with head injured groups at Headway and
ISBN: 978 0 86388 318 7
those attempting to return to work, this is a rich, comprehensive
and photocopiable workbook for clients, professionals and carers. ORDER CODE
Primarily for professionals where exercises or handout sheets can AO2-002-5079
be photocopied and used therapeutically. The Brain Injury
Workbook can also be used by carers or family members to provide
stimulating activities for a head-injured person. In addition, the Society of
head-injured person themselves can work through the book on
Authors &
their own.
The Royal
• Contains over 140 cognitive rehabilitation exercises – tailored for
Society of
memory, thinking skills, executive functions, awareness and
insight, and emotional adjustment. Medicine Book
Awards:
• Provides more than 40 information sheets on key problem areas,
with questions for the reader, designed to educate and stimulate Highly
thinking and discussion. commended
• Suitable for both individuals and groups.
• Includes questionnaires for clients to complete
with or without help and quizzes to evaluate
and encourage information retention.
Adult
Head Injury
256pp, 245 x 171mm
A practical guide paperback, co-published
By Trevor Powell with Headway
This popular and bestselling book has been brought ISBN: 978 0 86388 451 1
up to date with the latest information on caring for
someone with a head injury. ORDER CODE
AO2-002-5159
• It provides professionals, families and carers with
a practical and down-to-earth guide to the hidden
psychological, social, behavioural and emotional
problems caused by head injury. BMA
• Written in a jargon-free style, it addresses the medical Medical Book
problems, rehabilitation and adjustment of individuals Competition:
and families to the realities of life after head injury.
Highly
• This revised edition includes a new additional final commended
chapter on long term emotional adjustment, plus
extended sections on: Other types of brain injury;
Returning to work; Anger management; and improving
insight and awareness.
Following on from the previous edition, this new and
updated version will be an essential addition to the
resources of all professionals working with people with a
head injury.
Adult
Head Injury Education

A group therapy manual 108pp, A4,
wire-o-bound
By Martin van den Broek & Beverley Dayus
ISBN: 978 0 86388 229 6
This practical manual outlines a head injury education therapy
programme for use with groups of clients with traumatic brain injury ORDER CODE
(TBI). AO2-002-4213
The programme covers: introduction to TBI; Types of head injury;
Cognitive problems covering memory; Attention and organising
difficulties; Cognitive self-help strategies; Emotional problems and their causes; Emotional problems
identifying self-help strategies; interaction between cognitive and emotional problems; Self-help
techniques.
• The 12-week head injury education programme includes photocopiable record sheets, overhead-
projector masters, homework reading material and educational materials.
• The programme is sufficiently detailed to allow the user to implement it in their own clinical
setting. Participants have the opportunity of engaging in group and individual activities.
• The authors outline the causes and incidence of TBI as well as the cognitive, emotional and
behavioural effects of brain damage. In particular, they refer to the clients’ need for information
and education and the problem of self-awareness following TBI.
Adult
133

dementia care
We Can Do I.T. Too

A4 wire-o-bound
Using computers as part of activity programmes for
Includes CD
people with dementia
By Nada Savitch and Verity Stokes ISBN: 978 0 86399 932 8
Many people feel that computers and people with ORDER CODE
dementia don’t mix. However computers and other digital AO2-002-5745
gadgets such as cameras and phones are part of our lives
and so it is important that people with dementia engage
with these IT driven activities. This book demystifies the
use of computers and other information technologies and provides a
multitude of ideas and case-studies demonstrating how IT can be used
effectively.
Using computers in a variety of ways with people with dementia is extremely
rewarding and benefits individuals, staff and family members. Based on real
experiences this book is designed to inspire people working in any dementia
service. It discusses why this is important, the multitude of uses and the
practicalities of introducing I.T. activities.
Uses include:
• Recording people’s lives – digital life story books; diary
• Making things – calendars; photo albums; reminders
• Helping with conversations – word finding; topics
• Communicating with friends (email; Skype, social networking/discussion forums)
• Helping with planning – personal planning; care plans; using services.
Suitable for care workers and managers, occupational and speech language therapists,
specialist activity works and volunteers working people’s homes, in day care, voluntary
organisations or care homes.
Discuss This!
30 cards, 88 x 144mm,
By Carol Bristow
ISBN: 978 0 86388 818 2
content and for
totally relevant to
them.
game is around
of application.
All Ages
134

dementia care
Dementia Care: The Adaptive Response

A4, wire-o-bound
A Stress Reductionist Approach
By Paul T M Smith ISBN: 978 0 86388 812 0
The process of dementia makes the experience of day to day living an ORDER CODE
acute challenge. This could be mediated with educated and timely AO2-002-5727
inputs and where the caring contract may be negotiated to preserve
both dignity and quality of life.
The premise of the adaptive response model is that armed with the knowledge of
human systems and their ability to adapt and adjust and with a firm application and
emphasis on person centred approaches to dementia care then the experience can be
enhanced and living with one of the dementia’s can be made less traumatic.
This holistic approach proposes a method of using environmental and social
psychology to maximise function in the individual and to minimise the negative
and destructive elements of the perceived and real environment.
Sections include:
• Basics of dementia • Systems • Stress • Adaptation • Coping
• Case Studies • Problematic Behaviours • Theories of Dementia Care
The author is Head of Dementia Development for the 5th largest provider of care
in the UK and a research fellow at Green Templeton College, Oxford University.
He has developed his adaptive response approach as a result of years of 'on the
ground’ experience and detailed research and collaborative work with leading
academics as well as outstanding service leaders.
Available
Summer 2011
The Essential Dementia Care Handbook

204pp, 245 x 171mm,
Edited by Graham Stokes & Fiona Goudie paperback
This edition draws together many new ideas and practical approaches
from professionals working at the leading edge of dementia care. ISBN: 978 0 86388 244 9
Beginning with the diagnosis of dementia and other problems ORDER CODE
associated with ageing, this book considers assessment, the person- AO2-002-4254
centred model of dementia, rehabilitation and therapy. It outlines
practical interventions, illustrated with case studies that provide a
stimulating insight into contemporary understanding and practice.
Adult
“An inspiring, informative and eminently readable

text, which lives up to its claim of being a
handbook and should be accessible to every Care
of Elderly unit.”
Journal of Community Nursing
Challenging Behaviour in Dementia

204pp, 245 x 171mm,
A person-centred approach
paperback
By Graham Stokes
ISBN: 978 0 86388 397 2
Understanding socially disruptive behaviour in dementia is
never easy and treatment is often characterised by policies of ORDER CODE
control and containment. This book, which is the result of the AO2-002-4207
authors’ 15 years of clinical work with people who are
challenging, disputes the traditional medical model of dementia.
The book:
• Contrasts the medical interpretation that sees anti-social
behaviour as mere symptoms of disease with a person- “I would recommend
centred interpretation that resonates change and resolution. this book to all who
• Offers a radical and innovative interpretation of challenging come in contact with
behaviour consistent with the new culture of dementia care, people with dementia”
focusing on needs to be met rather than problems to be British Journal of
managed. Neuroscience Nursing
Adult
135
Elderly Care
pocket colorcards for adults
Pocket ColorCards for Adults

• Four packs of 40 hand-sized clear and lively flashcards to • Designed for therapists, medical staff, carers and families.
support the communication needs of older adults Each set contains 40 cards, 127 x 90mm + instruction
• Easily portable to take to the ward, home or care home cards, boxed.
Personal Items
ISBN: 978 0 86388 589 1
A versatile pack illustrating individual
belongings ORDER CODE
• 40 photocards to use to convey AO2-001-5341
needs, or to help with naming
• Examples – hair dryer, cheque book,
mobile phone, diary, dressing gown.
Adult
In Hospital
ISBN: 978 0 86388 586 0
An essential pack for staff and visitors of
patients with communication difficulties ORDER CODE
• 40 cards to help clients discuss their needs AO2-001-5338
and concerns and to familiarise them with
hospital routines and procedures.
• Examples – nurse, MRI scan, menu cards,
ambulance, Zimmer frame.
Adult
Everyday Life
ISBN: 978 0 86388 587 7
A comprehensive pack of daily living activities
• 40 cards to aid communication and to ORDER CODE
encourage independence AO2-001-5339
• Examples – ironing, shopping, going to the
toilet, preparing dinner, getting up
Adult
Leisure Time
SBN: 978 0 86388 588 4
A detailed pack of interests and activities
ORDER CODE
• 40 photocards to encourage discussion, AO2-001-5340
and help clients focus on leisure time
• Examples – playing cards, gardening,
yoga, visiting a restaurant, painting
Adult
VALUE! POCKET COLORCARDS FOR ADULTS SET OF 4

136
Elderly Care
reminiscence
Writing Life Histories

200pp; A4 wire-o-bound
A guide for use in caring environments
Writing life histories is a practical handbook which gives ORDER CODE
clear guidance on how to put together life histories in AO2-002-5739
supportive or residential settings. It provides:
• Step-by-step guidance • Ideas for different types of life
histories • Activities, strategies and material for prompting
memories • Helpful tools and writing tips Available
• Suggestions for support and forming partnerships with Summer 2011
other local services • Ideas for involving the person’s family
and friends • Discussion on ethical issues to be considered.
The benefits of engaging a group or an individual in Life
History activities include – an aid to memory; creative
stimulation; a personalised identity when in a residential
home; promotion of interaction and co-operation with
others; continuity with previous life experience thus
combating loss of identity as well as an excellent
opportunity to pass on knowledge and experience to
others.
This is an indispensible resource for anyone interested in
compiling life histories including nurses, residential home
staff, carers, tutors and occupational therapists, group
facilitators in day centres, clubs for the elderly or learning
disabilities.
Life Times ColorCards: Life Events

36 cards, 148 x 210mm (A5)
Events and experiences that shape our lives
A collection of 36 cards representing a range of key moments
in life, offering an opportunity to consider, reflect and discuss ISBN: 978 0 86388 879 3
how this might affect the individual, family, friends or group. ORDER CODE
Subjects include: AO2-001-5758
• Birth of a sibling • First day at school • Running away from
home • Moving house • Becoming a parent • Acquiring a pet
• Car crash • Serious illness or disability • Death of a relative
or friend • Time with family or friends • Holidays • Walks •
First day at work • Passing an examination • An act of bravery
The cards are suitable for use in a whole range of
environments and will encourage participants to recall and
discuss their own personal experiences.
Also included is a booklet containing ideas for use and
discussion points.
Available
Summer 2011
Activities and Reminiscence Yearbook

272pp, A4 wiro-bound
Hundreds of Ideas in 52 Weekly Sessions
By Danny Walsh ISBN: 978 0 86388 443 6
This comprehensive guide provides a bumper book of original ORDER CODE
resource material for reminiscence and activities with older people AO2-002-5148
for a whole year!
• Containing 52 sections of ideas and resource materials for each
week of the year, this is an invaluable resource for activity organisers and group leaders in
residential, day care and hospitals, and for anyone working with older people.
• There is a theme for each week, eg., animals and pets, with corresponding ideas for social events,
reminiscence, exercises and games, quizzes, art and crafts, as well as ‘this week in history’, ‘good
ideas’, ‘discussion topics’, ‘homework’ and the option to personalise the week by recording local
anniversaries and events alongside personal landmarks and details.
• The ideas are easy to use and are relevant for both groups and individuals, including those with
mental health and cognitive problems. Some activities require some physical effort, others mental
effort, but they are all adaptable to be fun and achievable.
• This book also includes an introduction to the nature and value of reminiscence and
activities, and guidelines on ‘how to do it’.
Written by the author of ‘Groupwork Activities’, this comprehensive Available
resource provides hundreds of activity and reminiscence ideas – a Summer 2011
fantastic resource!
137
Elderly Care
reminiscence
The Memory Box

120 full colour cards
By Robin Dynes 105 x 148mm + 32pp
A multi-use resource, The Memory Box contains a instruction booklet, boxed
guidebook and 120 discussion cards to facilitate
general reminiscence, produce memory diaries, ISBN: 978 0 86388 556 3
put together guided autobiographies, or to help
ORDER CODE
facilitate life reviews.
AO2-003-5281
• Divided into twelve themes, the cards cover:
family background; childhood and school
days; adult life and children; working life;
events; achievements; places; people; good
times and bad times; favourite things; love and
romance; and bits and pieces.
• The cards can be used with individuals or
groups using spoken, recorded or written
responses, and are adaptable for use with
most clients and groups.
• Includes guidance on working with groups
with learning difficulties, sensory or speech
difficulties, dementia or bereavement,
depression and illness.
Ideal for use by tutors, care workers, nurses and
occupational therapists working in hospitals, day
centres, residential homes or education
settings facilitating the process of reminiscence.
Adults
The Reminiscence Puzzle Book

204pp, 251 x 195mm,
By Robin Dynes wire-o-bound
Spanning the years 1930 to 1989, this is a highly practical and
enjoyable puzzle book. It covers events, people, ISBN: 978 0 86388 348 4
entertainment and everyday life and is designed to encourage ORDER CODE
group participants to recall and discuss their own personal AO2-002-2267
experiences.
• Each decade contains six puzzles: who did what?,
Scramble, What happened?, True or false?, What’s the
connection? and a famous people crossword.
• Fully adaptable according to the needs and “Even though my residents
abilities of the individuals within the group.
rarely answered correctly,
Adults they recalled the events,
and this stimulated
conversation ... This book is
an excellent resource”
NAPA
The Reminiscence Quiz Book

180pp, 251 x 195mm,
By Mike Sherman wire-o-bound
An enduringly popular, informative and unusual quiz book
specifically produced for work with reminiscence groups. ISBN: 978 0 86388 352 1
Covering the years 1930 to 1969, it draws on memories and ORDER CODE
experiences of daily life and recalls major events and AO2-002-0819
celebrities.
• More than 600 questions and answers are offered on four
topics: news, people, entertainment and daily life.
• Questions can be adapted to all ages and abilities and
answers are supported by a wealth of background “Popular with both clients
information, ensuring that the answers can be and staff. We found we
discussed to extend the activity. could use the book for
Adults straightforward ‘fun’
quizzes as a way into a
reminiscence session or
Best ‘then and now’ discussion.”
Seller Alzheimer’s Disease Society
VALUE! BUY BOTH BOOKS AT A SAVING
138
Elderly Care
reminiscence
Decades Discussion Cards

40 photographic cards to introduce, 40 cards, 148 x 210mm (A5)
remind and inform about people, + instruction booklet, boxed
places and events of the 1950s ISBN 978 0 86388 793 2
and 60s
ORDER CODE
The 1950s were characterised by a AO2-003-5679
complete shift in lifestyle. Recovery
from the aftermath of the Second
World War was steady and slow –
a time for austerity, rationing, housing
shortages and conservative attitudes.
The emergence of a more prosperous
society saw an enormous growth in
consumer goods and the rise of youth
culture linked to styles of music and dress
most notably the Teddy Boys with their rockabilly
hairstyles and brothel creeper shoes.
Fun was in the air.
This huge turnaround in finances and lifestyle
created opportunities that were to be fully
exploited in the Swinging 60s. Town centres
changed in the 60s and bomb damaged cities
were replaced by modern visions of the future
– not necessarily to everyone’s taste. With new
motorways opening, initially with no speed
restrictions, there began a monumental
rise in car ownership as people enjoyed the
freedom of the roads, sadly signalling a decline
in rail travel so severe that 25% of the rail
network was axed following a damning
report by Dr. Beeching.
Adult
Life Times ColorCards: World War II

36 cards, 148 x 210mm (A5)
36 photographic cards depicting life during + instruction booklet, boxed
1938-1945 when the world was at war and
daily experiences were defined by that event ISBN 978 0 86388 794 9
Here we see people, places and events that shaped ORDER CODE
everyday life and left an enduring legacy to AO2-001-5680
all involved. Subjects include:
• Army, Navy and Air Force
• School Life • Family Life
• Evacuation • Air Raids and shelter
• Political figures • Entertainment
• Home Guard • Land Army
• Digging for Victory • Rationing
• Prisoners of war • Remembrance
• and many others…
Each card has an image relating to an
aspect of life during the Second World War
– Land Girls working with farmers to bring in
a harvest; bombed out houses caused by
flying bombs; evacuated children complete
with labels. The cards are suitable for use in
a whole range of environments and will
encourage participants to recall and discuss
their own personal experiences.
An accompanying booklet contains ideas
for use and discussion points.
Ages 11+
139
Elderly Care
reminiscence
The Reminiscence Skills Training

Handbook 192pp, A4, wire-o-bound
ISBN: 978 0 86388 313 2
A comprehensive training resource to promote good practice in
reminiscence work ORDER CODE
AO2-002-5025
By Ann Rainbow
This easy-to-use guide provides an accessible workbook for
reminiscence skills training. It includes:
• Information on the history and definition of “A practical guide to
reminiscence work. reminiscence work and a
• The value of the reminiscence experience to older people and must for anyone
their carers as well as practical ideas and suggestions on how involved with training
to use reminiscence in a beneficial and therapeutic way. carers to plan and run
• How to set up, run and maintain group and individual groups or work with
reminiscence activities. individuals. ... an
• Training points and training activities for each section to excellent resource.”
enhance understanding by making links with the personal
OTOP Magazine
experience of the reader.
• Emphasis on the role of reminiscence work in the social and
emotional care of ethnic minority elders, people with
dementia and older people who have been bereaved.
This handbook will not only help to promote reminiscence work
but also enhance everyday communication between carers and
older people.
Adult
Treasured Memories
Game board, playing pieces,
By Carlita Hunter large die, 48 action cards,
Designed for older people in day centres, 100 question cards +
hospitals or residential care, this board game instructions, boxed
encourages players to recall people, events,
things and stories from their past. ISBN: 978 0 86388 185 5
• Use this activity as a trigger to help players ORDER CODE

share memories that might otherwise stay AO2-003-4082
forgotten and at the same time they can
socialise, develop friendships, reminisce and
simply enjoy themselves.
• Benefits include exercising long-term memory,
assisting with a life review process, helping
individuals maintain their identity and
providing social support.
• Includes 48 action cards with activities such
as ‘demonstrate how to pump up a bicycle
tyre’, and 100 Question cards recalling events
from the past, such as ‘Did you ever see a
silent movie? Who starred in it and what
became of them?’
Adult
Reminiscence
260pp, 245 x 171mm,
Social & creative activities with older people in care paperback
By Roger Sim
ISBN: 978 0 86388 493 1
Reminiscence sessions and associated activities are an
appropriate and effective way of bringing pleasure, ORDER CODE
stimulation, meaning and purpose into the lives of older AO2-002-3396
people in care. This popular manual describes in some
detail the kind of activities that can be carried out, as well
as the principles behind reminiscence work.
• Includes ideas for activities, themes and resources using
photographs, slides, videos, cultural trips and involving the local school.
• Offers some unusual and more elaborate ideas such as putting on a reminiscence
exhibition, writing a book, making a radio play and arranging theatrical
performances.
• Themes include: childhood, home life, food & recipes, transport, holidays, work,
cinema, entertainers, weddings, fashion & style, royalty and then & now.
Adult
140
Elderly Care
reminiscence
Musical Bingo
20 Bingo cards, CD, 336
counters & full instructions,
boxed
ISBN: 978 0 86388 507 5
ORDER CODE
AO2-003-5226
Add variety to your activity or bingo

sessions with this musical version of the
ever-popular game.
• Includes twenty different game cards
with 20 squares each and 336 playing
counters.
• New on CD, there are more than 10
seconds of 40 different songs; the
song is played and the participant
places a counter on any square
containing the title of the song heard.
• The songs include: ‘Auld Lang Syne’,
‘Happy Birthday’, ‘I’m Forever Blowing
Bubbles’ and ‘Wedding March’.
Adult
CD
Resource
Song Book
80pp, A4, paperback
Featuring large clear print, the Song Book contains the words to
100 popular songs that are ideal for group sing-along sessions. ISBN: 978 0 86388 411 5
• The book is divided into six sections; traditional folk songs; ORDER CODE
choruses from old time variety; songs from World War II;
post-war evergreens; hymns; and Christmas songs.
AO2-002-0346 Best
• Songs include ‘Cockles & Mussels’, ‘You are my Sunshine’, Seller
‘Que Sera Sera’, ‘Jerusalem’ and ‘Away in a Manger’.
Adult
VALUE! BUY 10 COPIES AT A SAVING
TAPE
Sing Along Tape / CD
CD
An audio-cassette tape specially recorded for those who ORDER CODE AO2-003-5717
may not have access to a piano, this tape features 20 of
the songs from the Song Book.
• Each song has a few introductory melodies to reacquaint the group with the tune. Best
• Songs include: ‘I’m Henery the Eighth, I am’; ‘Let’s all go down the Strand’; ‘I Love
a Lassie’; ‘Roll out the Barrel’; ‘Lilli Marlene’; ‘We’ll Meet Again’; ‘Auld Lang Syne’;
Seller
‘Cockles & Mussels’; ‘My Bonnie is over the Ocean’.
Adult
VALUE! BUY SONG BOOK & TAPE OR SONG BOOK & CD AT A SAVING
ORDER CODE AO2-003-5442 Song Book & Tape
ORDER CODE AO2-003-5718 Song Book & CD
Musical Quiz
Now on CD, you can play tracks in random order ORDER CODE
and easily repeat each track. AO2-003-4661
• An easy-to-play game; simply listen to the first few
bars of each song and then name that tune!
• Eighty different melodies designed to bring back
memories and perhaps change the quiz session into a
•
sing-along session!
Contains many favourite tunes from the 1930s, 1940s,
CD
Resource
1950s and 1960s including ‘Born Free’, ‘Catch a Falling
Star’, ‘Delilah’, ‘Gregory Girl’, ‘Moon River’, and
‘Zip-a-Dee-Doo-Dah’.
Best
Adult
Seller
141
Elderly Care
reminiscence
Famous Faces
Talking and remembering 50 A5 cards + instruction
booklet, boxed
By Ian Franklin
ISBN: 978 0 86388 627 0
A flexible resource for all those needing tools for
memory activities, discussion and reminiscence with ORDER CODE
individuals or groups. This collection of 50 portrait cards AO2-003-5394
evokes memories, and provides stimulus for group discussion
and informal conversation between older people.
• Divided into five categories: Politicians and world leaders,
Royal family, Sports, Music/arts, Actors, Infamous, Entertainers
• Includes a booklet of biographical notes for the group leader
• Covers the post war period right up to the 1990’s
• Ideal for all communication work with head injury,
care of older people and stroke patients.
Adult
Sounds Nostalgic
Radio Theme Tunes
These packs provide memorable listening from the 40s and 50s
material covering the 1940s and 1950s
Each pack contains a CD & notes for guidance ORDER CODE
in a storage wallet. AO2-003-5227
Adult Voices from the 40s and 50s
CD
Resource
ORDER CODE
AO2-003-5228
“Highly welcome in the
growing catalogue of
Best resources for elderly care” VALUE! BUY BOTH AT A SAVING
Seller Reading Therapy Newsletter
“Worthwhile additions to
Memory Joggers 1940-1989 • The two titles in this series, Royalty and Entertainers’, any care setting with
introduce one card for each year from 1940 to 1989. elderly people for
Discussion around well-produced flashcards is a wonderful • Some cards are in black & white, and some are in colour. reminiscence and social
way of animating any group and these two sets on popular interaction”
topics are bound to trigger treasured memories, create Each pack contains 50 laminated cards 210 x 148mm +
notes for guidance, boxed British Journal of
interaction and help stories flow.
Occupational Therapy
Royalty
ISBN: 978 0 86388 655 3
Always controversial, there have been many
events in the life of the royal family that ORDER CODE
trigger memories and associations for older AO2-003-2550
people. In 1948 Prince Charles was born, in
1977 the Queen celebrated her silver jubilee
and the wedding of the year in 1960 was
Princess Margaret’s. Historical events that link
to the memories of today’s older generation
make this a very powerful set of cards indeed.
Adult
Entertainers
ISBN: 978 0 86388 358 3
Introduces people like Bill Hayley, a young
Frank Sinatra, the Goons, the Beatles and ORDER CODE
other favourites such as Violet Carson, AO2-003-2549
Morecombe & Wise, Marilyn Monroe and Best
Elizabeth Taylor, includes brief biographical
notes and ideas for use. Seller
Adult
VALUE! BUY BOTH SETS OF MEMORY JOGGERSAT A SAVING
142
Elderly Care
activities
Group Activities with Older Adults

By Vicki Dent
This clear and easy-to-use resource provides the tools you require to develop ISBN: 978 0 86388 342 2
and implement a range of activities that meet the needs of your group. ORDER CODE
• Structured around the ten areas of activity need – cognitive, creative, AO2-002-5096
cultural, educational /employment, emotional, physical, self-esteem,
sensory, social and spiritual – this book is a resource of activity ideas with
hints, tips and suggestions for successful planning and delivery, and
guidance on recording and evaluating activity programmes.
• Explores some of the adaptations required to meet the needs of younger
clients, those with dementia, and those with communication difficulties.
• An ideal resource for anyone working with elderly people wanting to
improve on an existing activity programme, or wishing to commence
one.
Adult
The New Culture of Therapeutic

Activity with Older People 256pp, 245 x 171mm,
paperback
Edited by Tessa Perrin ISBN: 978 0 86388 442 9
• This book clarifies and illuminates the changes that have been ORDER CODE
taking place in the field of activity provision over recent years, AO2-002-5142
and offers guidelines to those who are endeavouring to catch up.
• Contents include: the difference between old culture and new
culture thinking and practice; the new culture from the
perspective of the politician, the manager, the care assistance, Award Winner
the activity provider, the researcher, the trainer, the community BMA Medical
worker and the activity charity. Book
Competition
• Between them, the contributors bring a breadth of experience of Winner
the changing culture that spans more than three decades.
This is a vital resource for all staff and management of care
settings for older people.
Adult
The Good Practice Guide to Therapeutic

Activities with Older People in Care Settings 56pp, 245 x 171mm,
paperback
National Association for Providers of Activities for Old People ISBN: 978 0 86388 523 5
Edited by Tessa Perrin ORDER CODE
The first publication to offer clear guidelines on exactly what constitutes AO2-002-5214
good practice in activity provision, this guide provides:
• Guidance for care home owners and managers who wish to respond to
the recent government initiatives on providing activities for their clients; “A long overdue
• A model of good practice in one concise volume; publication and a very
• A benchmark against which activity providers can measure and necessary tool
evaluate their practice; for care home
• A call for clinical governance in the emerging ‘profession’ of activity owners/managers ”
provision.
Vicki Dent
Adult Occupational Therapist
Group Activities
The resource manual for everyone working with elderly people
illustrated, wire-o-bound
By Danny Walsh, Foreword by Dr Lesley Wilson
ISBN: 978 0 86388 445 0
This huge collection of practical activities and ideas can be used
with every group of older people. It: ORDER CODE
AO2-002-1724
• Contains many tried and tested activities that have been found
to be practically rewarding when working with groups of infirm
elderly people;
• Contains a host of well-presented ideas for: word puzzles, quizzes, outdoor
activities, relaxation, art, music, crafts and memory games;
• Shows how groupwork can be fun as well as therapeutic.
Contents: Setting the scene; Interaction & self-exploration; Word games & quizzes;
Exercises & relaxation; The arts; perception & orientation; Daily living skills & advice;
parties; pets & getting out; Considerations.
Adult
143
Elderly Care
activities
Gentle Exercises & Movement

for Frail People 48pp manual, 48
A5 photocopiable,
By Myfanwy Hook laminated cards, boxed
This pack illustrates and describes specific exercises, ISBN: 978 0 86388 555 6
some of which require small apparatus such as a ball, ORDER CODE
for frail elderly people. AO2-003-1723
The exercises are all tried and tested, having been
used widely with confused and disabled older people.
It contains many fresh ideas and all the exercises can
be done from a chair. Excercises and movement for:
• Arms • Ankles • Feet • Fingers • Hands • Knees
• Legs • Shoulders • Waist.
Adult
Best
Seller
The Art Activity Manual

A groupwork resource wire-o-bound
By Marylyn Cropley
ISBN: 978 0 86388 431 3
A simple, flexible and practical approach to art activities, this book is
ideal for all group facilitators who need a quick and easy way of using ORDER CODE
art activities therapeutically. AO2-002-5141
• The activities can be used by anyone, regardless of art ability,
and there are more than 100 ideas and suggestions with detailed
session plans.
• Based on ‘doing and enjoying’, the activities use the minimum of equipment and
can be adapted to suit people with mixed abilities and level of need.
• Specifically designed for adults with learning disabilities, physical disabilities and sensory loss,
people with mental health needs and older people.
• Art is a powerful intervention and communication tool, and these activities can also be used to
improve communication skills, build confidence and self-esteem, and develop self-awareness.
Ages 6+
The Classic Quiz Book 1

180pp, 251 x 195mm,
Edited by Robin Dynes wire-o-bound
Best This completely revised edition of Winslow’s popular
ISBN: 978 0 86388 440 5
Seller Quiz Book contains more than 2,000 questions
categorised into 40 stimulating subjects. ORDER CODE
• Designed for those who use quizzes as a group AO2-002-4168
activity, the questions are grouped into three ability
levels with a layout that enables the organiser to
rapidly locate the required topic.
• Topics cover areas such as cookery, animals, sport,
home, spellings, history and general knowledge.
• Features questions that are all realistically within the
scope of the average person.
Ages 13+
Quiz Book for Groups

Famous people
By Ted Payne ISBN: 978 0 86388 524 2
• This photocopiable manual contains 50 different quizzes – a total of ORDER CODE

1,000 questions AO2-002-3104
• Related to people: past, present and fictional
• Each section contains a quiz based on the surnames of famous people, a
pot luck quiz and three others on different subjects related to people.
Ages 13+
“Readers should definitely add this book to their library,
share it with colleagues and call on its practical wisdom
for the ultimate benefit of all older people in care.”
Reminiscence Magazine
144
Elderly Care
activities
Lifestyle Matters
An occupational approach to healthy ageing with a CD-ROM
By Claire Craig & Gail Mountain
ISBN: 978 0 86388 582 2
The Lifestyle Matters programme takes a holistic approach and
challenges participants to examine their lifestyle and to make positive ORDER CODE
changes which promote good physical and emotional health. AO2-002-5336
Themes include:
• The relationship between activity and health
• Maintaining mental and physical well-being “You didn't give me a
•
•
Safety in the home and community
Personal circumstances.
free
CD Rom
new lease of life, you
gave me back my life!”
The book is divided into four parts: Group member
• The programme and the principles behind it.
• How to implement the programme – including who can benefit
from it, how long it should last and the resources required. RECOMMENDED
• Delivering the programme – looking at session structure, selecting in the NICE
a session and keeping a record of group and individual sessions. guidelines (2009)
• The Lifestyle Matters manual – each section contains a
combination of group sessions, individual sessions and visits or
outings.
Adult
Active Commmunication Education (ACE)

A program for older people with hearing impairment
By Louise Hickson, Linda Worrall ISBN: 978 0 86388 614 0
& Nerina Scarinci ORDER CODE
ACE provides community health professionals with a step-by-step AO2-002-5378
programme for running group education sessions for older people with
hearing impairment, their family and friends.
• The programme consists of six modules based on everyday
communication activities known to be problematic for older people
with hearing impairments, such as using the telephone, listening to
the television, going to a restaurant and conversing at mealtimes.
• Each module includes photocopiable handouts that cover a detailed
discussion of the communication activity, possible solutions,
practical exercises, home exercises and feedback on what
has been covered. "A very well organized series
ACE is a valuable rehabilitation option for older people, of lessons with useful detailed
resulting in fewer communication difficulties, reduced social handouts and feedback forms."
isolation and an improved quality of life and wellbeing. Diane M. Bewer, George
Adult Washington University
Memory Games for Groups

By Robin Dynes
This wonderfully practical handbook features 80 adaptable and ISBN: 978 0 86388 439 9
photocopiable games for use with older people. The games can be: ORDER CODE
• Used as part of a social activities programme AO2-002-2693
• Specifically for reminiscence purposes
• To help keep people orientated to the world around them
• To exercise memory skills
• As a prelude to discussion so that individuals can share
difficulties and explore methods of aiding memory
• Made easier or more difficult to meet the needs of the
individuals involved.
Contents: Introduction; A guide to memory games for groups;
Personal memories; The past; The present; The world;
General games.
Adult
145
Elderly Care
activities
The Group Leader’s Toolkit

Activities & strategies for working with groups
An essential resource for all kinds ORDER CODE

of groups, these tried and tested strategies will stimulate AO2-002-5312
and encourage full participation from all group members.
• Provides ideas for introducing group members to
each other; breaking down barriers; energising
people; helping people learn; moving the group on;
building trust between group members; motivating
people; assessing and evaluating the group; managing
behaviour and personal responsibility and ending
sessions.
• The activities are set out in a clear, easy to follow
format, with variations and guidance for adapting the
activities.
• Will enable group leaders to promote group
members’ self development, meet the needs of their
different learning styles, stimulate their creativity and
develop their thinking skills.
Ages 13+
The Groupwork Manual

100 practical activities for anyone who runs or
participates in group sessions ISBN 978 086388 408 5
By Andy Hickson ORDER CODE
• Includes a broad range of exercises, ideas, pitfalls and AO2-002-2615
descriptions.
• An ideal companion to the Creative Activities in
Groupwork series (opposite).
• Covers every kind of group from social to community
groups and from encounter to therapeutic groups.
• Activities include transforming sound, singing questions,
name paint, ritual teambuilding, ears, eyes and mouth,
survival, my favourite words, improvisations, sharing,
jungle, musical hoops, space walk and interviews.
Contents: Why do we work in groups?; Principles &
procedures; The voice; Methods, techniques & presentation;
Working with people with learning difficulties; Optimum
conditions; Casework anecdotes.
Ages 11+
Creative Themes for Groupwork

and Personal Development 120pp, A4, wire-o-bound
ISBN 978 0 86388 315 6
By Susan Pinn-Atkinson
& Jenny Woolloff ORDER CODE
AO2-002-5024
Based around 30 themes, such as colour, television, and
the internet, this practical resource provides flexible and
adaptable ideas for groupwork sessions. The themes:
• Can be adapted and developed to match the exact “Provides practical,
needs and interests of the participants; flexible and adaptable
• Aim to generate and inspire group facilitators to think ideas for groupwork with
broadly and creatively, and to feel confident in using a variety of clients … I
the culture and history of their geographical area to would highly recommend
enrich the work they do with participants; it for practitioners, care
• Enable participants to explore, staff and educational
develop and reflect upon their hidden, unidentified or staff.”
unacknowledged strengths, transferable skills and
knowledge. Frontline
Ages 13+
146
Elderly Care
activities
NEW
Edition
Creative Drama in
Groupwork 2nd edition 216pp, A5, wire-o-bound
ISBN 978 0 86388 791 8
By Sue Jennings
ORDER CODE
This bestselling book is now updated with new
AO2-002-5675
material and more tried-and-tested ideas, bringing
it up-to-date with contemporary drama therapy
techniques. With more than 150 ideas, this practical manual is a veritable treasure
trove which will inspire everyone to run drama sessions creatively, enjoyably and
effectively.
• Features advice on setting up a group, defining and negotiating aims and
objectives, and how to ensure a successful session.
• Activities encourage memory, interaction, concentration, feedback, and many
other skills.
• Also includes games, warm-ups and starters, improvisation role-play, visual
dynamics, and closures.
All Ages
Creative Relaxation in
ISBN 978 0 86388 370 5
By Irene Tubbs
ORDER CODE
With more than 100 activities this book offers a
AO2-002-2286
goldmine of techniques and processes for
relaxation. Discusses the benefits of relaxation,
covers both theoretical and practical relaxation methods, provides constructive
guidelines for good practice and incorporates actual workshop themes.
Comprehensive activities aim to: • Help relax the mind • Work primarily on the
body • Integrate systems for mind and body harmony • Focus on
muscular relaxation • Promote concentration • Increase sensory awareness.
All Ages
Creative Games in
VALUE! BUY ALL 7 GROUPWORK BOOKS AT A SAVING
ISBN 978 0 86388 367 5
ORDER CODE AO2-002-1748 By Robin Dynes
(Please note - set price not available to trade) ORDER CODE
Presented in a format that immediately allows
AO2-002-0499
you to see what materials are needed, how
much preparation is required, and how each
Creative game is played, this book presents practical resource
material in an accessible format. Ideas include: • Introduction and mixing
Movement & 282pp, A5, wire-o-bound exercises • Games using general movement • Exuberant games • Puzzles
and brain teasers • Verbal games • Pen and paper games.
Dance in ISBN 978 0 86388 473 3
All Ages
Groupwork ORDER CODE
AO2-002-0357
By Helen Payne Creative Writing in

A strong link exists between movement and emotions. This Groupwork 160pp, A5, wire-o-bound
innovative book explores that link and provides 180 practical
activities with a clear rationale for the use of dance movement ISBN 978 0 86388 377 4
to enrich therapy programmes. • Presents an inspiring range of By Robin Dynes
ORDER CODE
session ideas and insights • Session plans divided into warm- Activities designed to help participants express
AO2-002-0349
ups, introductions to themes, development of themes and themselves, explore situations, compare ideas and
warm-downs • Explores many areas including developmental develop both imagination and creative ability.
movement processes, non-verbal communication and • Bursting with more than 100 ideas and activities
expression and communication. for encouraging creative writing as an effective activity for individuals and groups
• Contains hundreds of alternatives, suggestions for further development and ideas for
All Ages
discussion • Barriers to writing and expression can be broken down with Robin’s
gentle advice.
All Ages
Creative Art in
Groupwork 204pp, A5, wire-o-bound Creative Music in
ISBN 978 0 86388 409 2 Groupwork 132pp, A5, wire-o-bound
By Jean Campbell
ORDER CODE ISBN: 978 0 86388 453 5
Highly accessible, this manual By Christopher Achenbach
AO2-002-1544
contains 142 art activities ORDER CODE
This is an inspirational manual that offers
developed specifically for use AO2-002-2623
users effective ways of entering the field of
with groups of people of all ages. • Activities include drawing, music groupwork with adults of all ages
painting, collage and sculpture, covering themes such as and abilities. • Contains practical ideas for
relationships, emotions, culture, spirituality and celebrations. instrumental, vocal and listening activities, ranging from basic directing
• Each activity includes step-by-step instructions and gestures, clapping and free improvisation to chanting • Pays attention to groups
information on the aim, suitable age range, time to allow, with particular needs, such as elderly people and those with
suggested group numbers and materials required. learning disabilities.
All Ages All Ages
147
Elderly Care
activities
Let’s Talk!
By Patricia Roe 74 x 114mm, instructions
A set of discussion and prompt cards designed for use & ideas, boxed
by all groups. The pack is divided into the following
three themes: ORDER CODE
AO2-003-4083
• One thing…One thing I feel I do well is ...;
One thing that amuses me is…;
• Think back: What is your earliest memory?;
Name something good about getting older;
• Let’s Talk!: Do you like your name?; If you had one
wish, what would it be?
Best
All Ages
Seller
Best
Seller
Top 5
Top 5 is a pack of cards for conversation, group openers or 74 x 114mm, instructions
for use simply as a fun game. & ideas, boxed
Each card suggests a category for top five discussion.
• Examples are: Name your top five excuses for being late to ORDER CODE
work; smells in the kitchen; animal noises; or holiday AO2-003-3780
destinations;
• Hugely adaptable – change the game to top two, top
ten, or worst two and so on.
• Great cue cards for reminiscence, memory, recall and
group interaction with any group.
All Ages
Best
Seller
Let’s Mime
Let’s Mime is a simple non-competitive charades game for groups 74 x 114mm, instructions
of two or more people of any age. Use it with a particular & ideas, boxed
communication outcome in mind, or play it just for fun.
• Entirely non-verbal, players simply mime the actions ORDER CODE
depicted on the cards. AO2-003-4609
• The game can be adapted to include verbal activities, such as
describing the action on the card for a group to guess, or for finding key words
relating to the image on the card.
All Ages
The Non-Competitive Activity Book

By Robin Dynes wire-o-bound
This superb practical handbook contains 100 activities that are non-
competitive and can be used with individuals or groups. It provides ISBN: 978 0 86388 372 9
indispensable material for use with learning disabilities, mental health, ORDER CODE
physical disabilities and regressed psychiatric or geriatric patients. AO2-002-4125
• The non-competitive nature of these activities ensures that people feel
safe in making a contribution, and fear of failure or disappointment
is eliminated.
• Divided into photocopiable sections, these provide a session format
that focuses on maintaining and increasing the function of the whole
person.
• An ideal resource for day centres, hospitals, care homes and the
creative group leader.
All Ages
148
Speechmark Set Savings!

Please note - set prices not available to trade
Narrative Autism Spectrum Disorder

Set order no: AO2-003-5711 Set order no: AO2-003-5762
FEATURED ON PAGE 23 FEATURED ON PAGE 49
Speech & Language Early Skills

Talkabout Feelings & Emotions

149
Speechmark Set Savings!

Please note - set prices not available to trade
Emotional Literacy Bullying

FEATURED ON PAGE 85 FEATURED ON PAGE 120/121
Teenage Issues Pocket ColorCards for Adults

Thinking & Choices Reminiscence

150
Index
50 Top Tips for Managing Behaviour 119 Confidence Cards 125 FCTP: Functional Communication Therapy Planner 38
Conflict Management Posters 115 Feeding & Swallowing Disorders in Dementia 42
A Control Your Anger Posters 115 Feeling Up or Down? Game - Primary/Secondary 84
A Box Full of Feelings 63 Controlling Anger 117 Feelings 7
A House Full of Emotions 64 Controversy! Cards 102 Feelings (Idibod) Cards 75
A Nifflenoo Called Nevermind 106 Co-operation Posters NEW 103 Feelings Artbook, the 77
A Pea Called Mildred 108 Counselling with Reality Therapy 126, 130 Feelings Blob Cards 68
A Wibble Called Bipley (and a few Honks) 107 Creative & Philosophical Thinking in Feelings Colorcards 76
Achieving Speech & Language Targets 28 Primary Schools 100 Feelings Playing Cards 73
Action Picture Test 33 Creative Art in Groupwork 113, 147 Find The Link 15
Active Communication Education (ACE) 41, 145 Creative Drama in Groupwork 2nd Edition 113, 147 Fired Up or Calming Down? Game
Activity & Reminiscence Yearbook NEW 137 Creative Games in Groupwork 113, 147 Primary/Secondary 116
Adjectives 9 Creative Movement & Dance in Groupwork 113, 147 Frenchay E-Tran Frame, The 41
Alphabet of Emotions Poster 73 Creative Music in Groupwork 113, 147 Frog who Longed for the Moon to Smile, The 109
Anger Blob Cards NEW 69 Creative Play & Drama with Adults at Risk 111 Fun Pictures 55
Anger Control Training 131 Creative Play with Children at Risk 111 Fun with Food Programme, The 43
Anger Management Card Game 80 Creative Puppetry with Children & Adults 111 Fun with Sounds 25, 58
Anger Management Cards 116 Creative Relaxation in Groupwork 113, 147
Anger Management Posters NEW 115 Creative Storytelling with Children at Risk 111 G
Anger Management: A Practical Resource NEW 117 Creative Themes for Groupwork and Gentle Exercises & Movement for Frail People 144
Anxiety & Stress Management Toolkit 127 Personal Development 112, 146 Getting Organised Posters 91
Anxiety Management 128 Creative Writing in Groupwork 113, 147 Giant Blob Feelings Poster 71
Aphasia Screening Test (AST) 3rd edition 37 CRISP NEW 132 Good Practice Guide to Therapeutic Activities
Art Activity Manual, The 51, 144 Cultures, Beliefs & Customs ColorCards 3, 92 with Older People in Care Settings, The 143
Assemblies Across Faiths NEW 74 Group Activities for Personal Development 126
Assertiveness 125 D Group Activities with Older Adults 143
Autism 50 Day the Sea Went Out and Never Group Games: Dealing with Anger 116
Awareness Card Game 80 Came Back, The 109 Group Games: Emotional Stength & Self Esteem 78
Dealing with Aggression 114 Group Games: Social Skills 88
B Dealing with Bullying Posters 120 Group Leader's Toolkit, The 112, 146
Basic Sequences 11 Decades Discussion Cards 21, 139 Groupwork Activities 143
Basic Verbs 10 Decisions Colorcards 6, 92 Groupwork for Children with
Behaviour 4 My Future 123 Dementia Care - The Adaptive Approach NEW 135 Autism Spectrum Disorder 48
Behaviour Blob Cards NEW 69 Depression - A Cognitive Approach 129 Groupwork Manual, The 112, 146
Better Choices Posters 97 Developing Baseline Communication Skills 23, 58 Groupwork with Learning Disabilities 51
Beyond Aphasia 39 Developing Early Literacy Skills 57 Guess What 55
Big Book of Blob Feelings, The 67 Developing Language Concepts 29
Big Book of Blob Trees, The 66 Discuss This! NEW 75, 121, 134 H
Big Book of Blobs, The 67 Drama Scripts for People with Special Needs 51 Handling Emotion Card Game 80
Blob Collection, The 72 Draw on Your Emotions 85 Hands on Dyspraxia 53
Blob Feelings Ball 71 Draw On Your Relationships 85 Have I Got News for You! Postcards 124
Blob Mini Posters 70 Dysfluency Resource Book, The 35 Head Injury 133
Blob Posters 70 Head Injury Education 133
Blob Tree Posters 66 E Heads & Tails 54
Blobs Training Manual, The 65 Early Actions 55 Helping Children Locked in Rage or Hate 107
Blobtastic Sticker Book 70 Early Communication Skills 56 Helping Children Pursue Their Hopes and Dreams 108
BNVR: The Butt Non-Verbal Reasoning Test 38 Early Listening Skills 57 Helping Children who are Anxious or Obsessional 105
Boost Your Self-Esteem Posters 78 Early Movement Skills 57 Helping Children who Bottle Up Their Feelings 106
Brain Game, The NEW 31 Early Objects 55 Helping Children who have Hardened their
Brain Injury Workbook, The 133 Early Opposites 55 Hearts or become Bullies 107
Building Relationships 114 Early Sensory Skills 56 Helping Children who Yearn for Someone They Love 109
Bullying Ups and Downs Game 120 Early Sequences 55 Helping Children with Fear 108
Bunking Off or Staying In 123 Early Speech & Language Skills 114 Helping Children with Feelings Book Set 110
Bus Story Test 33 Early Visual Skills 56 Helping Children with Loss 109
Eating & Drinking Difficulties in Children 43 Helping Children with Low Self-Esteem 106
C Eco Issues Colorcards NEW 5, 93 Here's One I Made Earlier NEW 49, 112
Categories 19 Emotional Intelligence (EI) Games 84 Hopla Box, The 62
Cause & Effect 11 Emotional Intelligence EI Card Games Set 80 How Are They Feeling? Colorcards NEW 5
CBT Handbook, The 129 Emotional Intelligence Posters 81 How Do I Date? NEW 94
Challenging Behaviour in Dementia 135 Emotional Literacy 83 How Do I Get A Job? 94
Children's Phonology Sourcebook 34 Emotional Strength & Self Esteem 114 How Do I make Choices? 94
Choices Posters 96 Emotions 9 How Do I Make Friends? 94
Classic Quiz Book, The 144 Emotions Blob Cards 68 How Hattie Hated Kindness 107
Classroom Rules Poster 124 Emotions Colorcards 76 How Many? 54
ColorCards Activities 19 Empathy (Idibod) Cards 75 How to Get on with Others Posters 122
ColorLibrary - Animals & Birds 17 EQ Game 84 How to Stop Bullying NEW 121
ColorLibrary - Food 16 Essential Dementia Care Handbook, The 135 How's Teddy? 54
ColorLibrary - Home 16 Ethical & Philosophical Quotations Posters 99
ColorLibrary - Occupations 17 Everyday Life 136 I
ColorLibrary - Possessions 16 Everyday Objects 9 IFCI: Inpatient Functional Communication Int 39
ColorLibrary - Sport & Leisure 17 Expressive Verbs 10 In Hospital 136
ColorLibrary - Transport & Vehicles 17 Indoor Sounds 13
Common Parenting Issues 90 F Interactive Storytelling 51
Communication Activities with Adults 39 Familiar Verbs 10 Interventions for Schizophrenia 131
Communication Card Game 80 Family Blob Cards 68 Introducing Emotional Freedom Techniques 130
Communication Development Profile 28 Famous Faces 142 It's OK to be Me 78
Compassion Card Game 80 Famous Quotations - Mini Message Posters 100
151
Index
Problem Solving 12 Storycards Prepositions 61

K Problem Solving Card Game 80 Storycards Sequences 60
Knowledge Game, The NEW 87 Protective Behaviours 125 Storycards Verbs 61
Strands of Speech & Language
L Q Therapy, The NEW 29
Language for Living NEW 31 Quiz Book for Groups 144 Stress Breaker Cards 127
Language for Thinking 30 Stress Control Card Game 80
Learning to Become Socially R Stress, Anxiety, Depression 128
Talented Children 77 Rainbow Game NEW 79, 126 Swallowing Guidelines 42
Leisure Time 136 RCSLT 41
Lemon & Lime Library 32 Really Useful ASD Transition Pack, The NEW 104 T
Let's Draw 26 Relating Card Game 80 Talkabout 46, 88
Let's Mime 26, 148 Relaxation & Concentration 114 Talkabout Activities 46
Let's Talk! 27, 148 Reminiscence 140 Talkabout Assessment Tool CD Rom 47
Let's Talk Social Skills 27 Reminiscence Skills Training Handbook, The 140 Talkabout Board Game NEW 44, 104
Let's Talk: Assertiveness 27, 125 Reminisence Puzzle Book, The 138 Talkabout DVD 46
Let's Talk: Feelings 27, 76 Reminisence Quiz Book, The 138 Talkabout for Children - self awareness
Let's Talk: Social Skills 89 Resolving Conflict Posters 119 & self esteem NEW 44
Life Times Colorcards: World War II 8, 139 Respect Posters NEW 103 Talkabout for Children - social skills NEW 44
Life Times ColorCards:Life Events NEW 4 Responsibility & Respect Posters 95 Talkabout for Teenagers 47, 86
Lifestyle Matters 145 Responsibility Card Game 80 Talkabout Posters NEW 45
Living with an Acquired Brain Injury NEW 132 Restorative Practices & Bullying 118 Talkabout Relationships 47
Lotto Clip Frames 19 Restorative Practices in Schools 118 Teach to Inspire Better Behaviour 122
Restorative Practices in the Classroom 118 Teaching Happiness 79
M Riddles, Rhyme & Alliteration 25 Teamwork 41
Manual of Paediatric Feeding Practice, The 43 Ruby and the Rubbish Bin 106 Teen Issues 4
MasterStress 128 Teen Issues Colorcards 86
Match-up 54 S Teenage Life Blob Cards 68, 86
Memory Box, The 138 School Start 28 Teenie Weenie in a Too Big World 108
Memory Games for Groups 145 Seasonal Activities for Sensorimotor Devel 53 Test of Morpheme Usage 32
Memory Joggers - Entertainers 142 Secondary Assemblies for SEAL 74 Themed Activities for People with
Memory Joggers - Royalty 142 Selective Mutism Resource Manual, The 34 Learning Difficulties 52
Mental Health Handbook, The (3rd Edition) 129 Self-Image Card Game 80 Therapeutic Groupwork for Children 83
Mentoring Activities Box 82 Semantic Workbooks 40 Therapeutic Groupwork for People with
Mindfulness & Mindbalancing Handbook, The 127 Semantic-Pragmatic Language Disorder 52 Cognitive Losses 132
Mini Blob Tree Posters 66 Sensory Motor Activities for Early Thinking Flashcards 102
Move to Learn 97 Development 53, 58 Top 5 26, 148
Moving On Up! 91 Sequences: 4-Step 11 Transforming Your Anger in Non-Violent Ways 117, 131
Mum and Dad are Separating 90 Sequences: 6 & 8-Step for Adults 12 Transition 91
Musical Bingo 141 Sequences: 6 & 8-Step for Children 12 Treasured Memories 140
Musical Quiz 141 Sequences: Verb Tenses 10
My Friend Daniel Doesn't Talk 34 Sequencing Sounds 13 U
Shape & Size 54 Understanding & Using Spoken Language 23
N Short-Term Memory Difficulties in Children 30 Using Drama with Children on the
Narrative Intervention Programme 21 Simple Sequences 11 Autism Spectrum 48
New Culture of Therapeutic Activity Sing Along CD / Tape / Song Book NEW 141 Using Story Telling as a Therapeutic
with Older, The 143 Sisters 78 Tool with Children 105
Non-Competitive Activity Book, The 148 Snack Time 54
Not Just Talking! NEW 31 Social Behaviour 18 V
Social Communication Difficulties VASES: Visual Analogue Self-Esteem Scale 37
O Advise Pk NEW 30 Verb Tenses 10
Odd One Out 9 Social Highs or Social Lows?Game - VIP:Voice Impact Disorders 36
Outdoor Sounds 13 Primary/Secondary 89 Visual Metaphors Photocard Kit 8
Social Skills 114 Vocabulary Enrichment Programme 25
P Social Skills Handbook, The 88
Personal Items 136 Social Skills Programmes 50, 88 W
Personal Relationships 18 Social Stories for Kids in Conflict 50, 123 We Can IT Too NEW 134
Personal Safety 18 Solution Focused Way, The 130 What Are They Thinking? Colorcards 7, 93
Philosophical Discussion Cards 101 Sometimes I Feel ... 73 What Can You See? 15
Philosophical Question Cards 101 Sounds Nostalgic - Radio Theme Tunes 142 What do you Mean? 26
Philosophy through Storytelling 101 Sounds Nostalgic - Voices from the 40s & 50s 142 What Is It? 14
Phonological Screening Assessment 32 Sourcebook for Adults with Profound Comm 38 What's Different? 14
Phonology Resource Pack for Adult Aphasia 40 Sourcebook for Assessing & Maintaining Comm 38 What's Inside? 14
Play Better Games NEW 49 Sourcebook of Practical Communication, The 24 What's Missing? 14
Playing with Words 114 Speaking English: Asking & Answering 24 What's the Score NEW 87
Positive Interaction Skills 89 Speaking English: Discussion Topics 24 What's Wrong? 14
Positive Self-Identity for the Successful Speaking, Listening & Understanding 23 Willy and the Wobbly House 105
Teenage Learner 83 Spot What's Different Language Cards 59 Word Finding Vocabulary Test 33
Positive Values Posters 98 Spot What's Missing Language Cards 59 Working with Adults with a Learning Disability 52
Practical Ideas for Emotional Intelligence 82 Spot What's Wrong Language Cards NEW 59 Working with Children's Language 29, 58
Practical Intervention for Cleft SPPARC: Supporting Partners of People with 40 Working with Children's Voice Disorders 36
Palate Speech 34 Story Maker Motivator, The 22 Working with Dysfluent Children 35
Practical Intervention for Early Story Maker, The 22 Working with Dysphagia 42
Childhood Stammering 35 Story Starters Colorcards 6, 21 Working with Pragmatics 52
Praise Postcards 124 StoryBoards 20 Working with Voice Disorders 36
Prepositions 9 Storycards Adjectives 60 Writing & Developing Social Stories 50
Primary Assemblies for SEAL 74 Storycards Narrative 22, 60 Writing Life Histories NEW 137
152

Speech Mark Catalogue

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Speech Mark Catalogue

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Education, Health & Social Care 2011 Catalogue

Speechmark Sets 149 POSTCODE

Index & Order Form 151

PAGE 4 PAGE 5 PAGE 5

The Strands Social Not Just

PAGE 29 PAGE 30 PAGE 31

The Brain Game Language for Talkabout Board Game

PAGE 31 PAGE 31 PAGE 44

Talkabout Here's One I Play

PAGE 44 PAGE 49 PAGE 49

Spot What's Wrong Anger and Assemblies

PAGE 59 PAGE 69 PAGE 74

Discuss This! Rainbow Game What's the Score

PAGE 75 PAGE 79 PAGE 87

The Knowledge Game How Do I? Date The Really Useful ASD

PAGE 87 PAGE 94 PAGE 104

Anger How To Stop CRISP

PAGE 117 PAGE 121 PAGE 132

Living with We Can IT Too Dementia Care

PAGE 132 PAGE 134 PAGE 135

Writing Life Activity & Sing Along CD

PAGE 137 PAGE 137 PAGE 141

Inspiring, professional materials

Cultures, Beliefs & Customs

Life Times ColorCards: Life Events

Eco Issues ColorCards®

How Are They Feeling? ColorCards®

• Parents rowing in front of daughter

Decisions £44.99 +VAT

What Are They Thinking?

Visual Metaphors Photocard Toolkit

Life Times ColorCards: World War II

Odd One Out

Sequences: Verb Tenses

Cause & Effect

Sequencing: 6 & 8-Step for Children

Sequencing: 6 & 8-Step for Adults

Listening Skills ColorCards®

VALUE! BUY ALL 3 LISTENING SKILLS AT A SAVING

Find the Link

What Can You See?

ColorLibrary For example:

Transport & Vehicles

Animals & Birds

Sport & Leisure

Skills for Daily Living

VALUE! BUY ALL 3 SKILLS FOR DAILY LIVING AT A SAVING

Lotto Clip Frames

VALUE! BUY CATEGORIES & LOTTO CLIP FRAMES AT A SAVING

• The activities are easy to set up,

Speech & Language

VALUE! PURCHASE BOTH AT A SAVING

Speech & Language

Narrative Intervention Programme

Story Starters ColorCards®

Decades Discussion Cards

Speech & Language

The Story Maker Motivator

The Story Maker

Speech & Language

Speaking, Listening & Understanding

Understanding and Using

Speech & Language

Speaking English: Asking & Answering